Initial commit

173 files changed, 15049 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1562fd6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/README
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+CV -- Control video package.  This is a prototype package, used to load images
+into the image display (currently only the IIS), as well as to control the
+display and read the display memory.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cc437e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#{ BLINK -- Blink 2, 3, or 4 frames.
+
+# frame1,i,a,,,,Frame1
+# frame2,i,a,,,,Frame2
+# frame3,i,a,,,,Frame3
+# frame4,i,a,,,,Frame4
+# rate,r,h,1.,,,Blink rate (sec per frame)
+
+{
+	if ($nargs == 3) {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2 // " " //
+		frame3, blink+, rate=rate)
+	} else if ($nargs == 4) {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2 // " " //
+		frame3 // " " // frame4, blink+, rate=rate)
+	} else {
+	    _dcontrol (alternate = frame1 // " " // frame2, blink+, rate=rate)
+	}
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bccfa8f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/blink.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+frame1,i,a,,,,Frame1
+frame2,i,a,,,,Frame2
+frame3,i,a,,,,Frame3
+frame4,i,a,,,,Frame4
+rate,r,h,1.,,,Blink rate (sec per frame)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33dd032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cv.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Package parameters for CV.
+
+snap_file,f,a,,,,output file for snap image
+textsize,r,a,1.0,,,character size
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2eb9fab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/cvl.par
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Package parameters for CVL.
+# All  are from "display.par"
+
+image,f,a,,,,image to be displayed
+frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be written into
+border_erase,b,h,no,,,erase unfilled area of window
+erase,b,h,yes,,,display frame being loaded
+select_frame,b,h,yes,,,display frame being loaded
+#repeat,b,h,no,,,repeat previous display parameters
+fill,b,h,no,,,scale image to fit display window
+zscale,b,h,yes,,,display range of greylevels near median
+contrast,r,h,0.25,,,contrast adjustment for zscale algorithm
+zrange,b,h,yes,,,display full image intensity range
+nsample_lines,i,h,5,,,number of sample lines
+xcenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window horizontal center
+ycenter,r,h,0.5,0,1,display window vertical center
+xsize,r,h,1,0,1,display window horizontal size
+ysize,r,h,1,0,1,display window vertical size
+xmag,r,h,1.,,,display window horizontal magnification
+ymag,r,h,1.,,,display window vertical magnification
+z1,r,h,,,,minimum greylevel to be displayed
+z2,r,h,,,,maximum greylevel to be displayed
+ztrans,s,h,linear,,,greylevel transformation (linear|log|none)
+lutfile,f,h,"",,,name of textfile with user's transformation table
+version,s,h,"14May85"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b30ae1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/Cv.spc.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.help cv Jan86 tv.cv
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+\fIframe 1\fR while \fBf42\fR means \fIframes 4\fR
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+
+.ls \fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.le
+.ls \fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.le
+.ls \fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.le
+.ls \fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.le
+.ls \fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.le
+.ls \fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.le
+.ls \fBoffset\fR C N
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.le
+.ls \fBpan\fR (F)
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.le
+.ls \fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.le
+.ls \fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.le
+.ls \fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.le
+.ls \fBsnap\fR (C)
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.le
+.ls \fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.le
+.ls \fBtell\fR
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.le
+.ls \fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.le
+.ls \fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.le
+.ls \fBzoom\fR N (F)
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
+.le
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1440ebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/blink.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.help blink Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+blink -- Blink frames in the image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+blink frame1 frame2 [frame3 [frame4]]
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame1
+First frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame2
+Second frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame3
+Third frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls frame4
+Fourth frame in blink sequence.
+.le
+.ls rate = 1.
+Blink rate in seconds per frame.  May be any fraction of a second.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Two or more frames are alternately displayed on the image display monitor
+("stdimage") at a specified rate per frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To blink two frames:
+
+	cl> blink 1 2
+
+To blink three frames at a rate of 2 seconds per frame:
+
+	cl> blink 3 1 2 rate=2
+.ih
+BUGS
+The blink rate is measured in
+software and, therefore, will not be exactly even in a time sharing
+environment.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d34ccaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+.TL
+The "cv" Display Package
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.DA
+.PP
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+.PP
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+.I "frame 1"
+while \fBf42\fR means
+.I "frames 4"
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+.PP
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+.PP
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+.sp
+.SH
+\fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+.IP
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.SH
+\fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+.IP
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.SH
+\fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.SH
+\fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.SH
+\fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+.IP
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.SH
+\fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+.IP
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.SH
+\fBoffset\fR C N
+.IP
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.SH
+\fBpan\fR (F)
+.IP
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.SH
+\fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+.IP
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+.IP
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+.IP
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+.sp
+.KS
+.PS
+B: box
+move
+G: box
+move
+R: box
+move to B.sw left 0.375
+line dotted to B.nw
+line dashed to B.s
+move to G.sw
+line dashed to G.n
+line dashed to G.se
+move to R.s
+line dashed to R.ne
+line dotted to R.se right 0.375
+"blue" at B.s below
+"green" at G.s below
+"red" at R.s below
+.PE
+.sp
+.KE
+.IP
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.SH
+\fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+.IP
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.SH
+\fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+.IP
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.SH
+\fBsnap\fR (C)
+.IP
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+.IP
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+.IP
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.SH
+\fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+.IP
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+.IP
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.SH
+\fBtell\fR
+.IP
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.SH
+\fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+.IP
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.SH
+\fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+.IP
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.SH
+\fBzoom\fR N (F)
+.IP
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f90d74d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+.help cv Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+cv -- Control image device and take snapshots
+.ih
+USAGE
+cv
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls snap_file
+Output file for snap image.
+.le
+.ls textsize
+Character size for added text strings.
+.le
+.ih
+COMMANDS
+The following commands are available.  This list is also available when
+running the task with the commands h(elp) or ?.
+
+.nf
+--- () : optional; [] : select one; N : number; C/F/Q : see below
+b(link) N F (C Q) (F (C Q)..)	blink	(N = 10 is one second)
+c(ursor) [on off F]		cursor
+di F (C Q) [on off]		display image
+dg C (F Q) [on off]		display graphics
+e(rase) [N a(ll) g(raphics) F]	erase (clear)
+m(atch) (o) F (C) (to) (F) (C)	match (output) lookup table
+o(ffset)  C N			offset color (N: 0 to +- 4095)
+p(an) (F) 			pan images
+ps(eudo) (o) (F C) (rn sn)	pseudo color mapping
+				rn/sn: random n/seed n
+r(ange) N (C) (N C ...)		scale image (N: 1-8)
+re(set) [r i t a]		reset display
+				registers/image/tables/all
+sn(ap) (C)			snap a picture
+s(plit) [c o px,y nx,y]		split picture
+t(ell)				tell display state
+w(indow) (o) (F C)		window (output) frames
+wr(ite) [F C] text		write text to frame/graphics
+z(oom) N (F) 			zoom frames (N: 1-8)
+x   or   q			exit/quit
+--- C: letter c followed by r/g/b/a or, for snap r,g,b,m,bw,rgb,
+---   or for dg r/g/b/y/p/m/w, as 'cr', 'ca', or 'cgb'
+--- F: f followed by a frame number or 'a' for all
+--- Q: q followed by quadrant number or t,b,l,r for top, bottom,...
+.fi
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+\fIframe 1\fR while \fBf42\fR means \fIframes 4\fR
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+
+.ls \fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.le
+.ls \fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.le
+.ls \fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command selects frames to be displayed on the
+monitor.  If neither \fIon\fR or \fIoff\fR is given, the specified frames
+are turned on and all others are turned off.  Turning a frame on with
+the \fIon\fR specification displays the frames along with whatever else
+is present; that is the new frame is added to the display.  Note that
+turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.le
+.ls \fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.le
+.ls \fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.le
+.ls \fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.le
+.ls \fBoffset\fR C N
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.le
+.ls \fBpan\fR (F)
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.le
+.ls \fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.le
+.ls \fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.le
+.ls \fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.le
+.ls \fBsnap\fR (C)
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.le
+.ls \fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.le
+.ls \fBtell\fR
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.le
+.ls \fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.le
+.ls \fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.le
+.ls \fBzoom\fR N (F)
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
+.le
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cvl
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d34ccaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cv.ms
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+.TL
+The "cv" Display Package
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.DA
+.PP
+The \fIcv\fR program is used to control the image display from within
+\fIIRAF\fR.  It differs from most \fIIRAF\fR programs since it has its
+own prompt and its own internal "language".  Each of the available commands
+is described in the following paragraphs, but first a few comments on the
+command structure seem in order.  Commands are distinguished by their
+first letter, except for a few instances where the second letter is needed.
+The rest of the command name can be typed if you wish.  Commands often
+require specification of frames numbers, colors, quadrants, or numeric
+values.  In most cases, the order is unimportant,  but, zoom, for instance,
+does require the zoom power right after the command name.  The order given
+in the \fIhelp\fR command will always work.
+.PP
+A frame list is indicated in the \fIhelp\fR listing with an \fBF\fR.  This
+is to be replaced in the typed command by an \fBf\fR followed (no spaces)
+with a list of the pertinent image planes.  Thus, \fBf1\fR means
+.I "frame 1"
+while \fBf42\fR means
+.I "frames 4"
+and \fI2\fR.  In most cases, the leading \fBf\fR can be omitted.
+The specification \fBfa\fR means \fIall frames\fR.  In those
+cases in the \fIhelp\fR menu where the frame specification is optional,
+omitting the frame list is the same as typing \fBfa\fR; that is, operate
+on \fIall\fR frames.
+.PP
+A color specification is a \fBc\fR followed by a set of letters.
+The letter \fBa\fR means \fIall\fR, just as in the frame specification.
+The letters \fBr, b,\fR and \fBg\fR are the other possibilities for all
+commands other than \fIdg\fR and \fIsnap\fR.  For displaying graphics
+planes (\fBdg\fR), the other possibilities are \fBy, p, m, w\fR which
+stand for \fIyellow, purple, mauve,\fR and \fIwhite\fR.  (\fIMauve\fR is
+the wrong name and will get changed.)  The \fIsnap\fR command accepts, in
+addition to the standard three colors, \fBm, bw,\fR and \fBrgb\fR, which
+stand for \fImonochrome, black and white,\fR and \fIfull color\fR.  (See
+the discussion under \fIsnap\fR for further explanation.)
+An omitted color specification is the same as \fIall colors\fR.
+.PP
+Quadrants are given by a \fBq\fR followed by numbers from the set one through
+four, or the letter \fBa\fR as in the frame and color cases.  Quadrants are
+numbered in the standard way, with the upper right being \fI1\fR, the upper
+left \fI2\fR, etc.  Adjacent quadrants may be referenced by \fBt, b, l,\fR
+and \fBr\fR, standing for \fItop, bottom, left,\fR and \fIright\fR.  An
+omitted quadrant specification is the same as \fIall quadrants\fR.  Quadrants
+are effective only if the split screen command has set the split point to
+something other than the "origin".
+.sp
+.SH
+\fBblink\fR N F (C Q) (F C Q)
+.IP
+The blink rate is given by \fBN\fR, which is in tenths of a second.  Although
+current timing routines in \fIIRAF\fR do not recognize partial seconds,
+for the NOAO 4.2BSD UNIX implementation, a non-portable timing routine is
+used so that tenth seconds are usable.
+Erratic timing is pretty much the rule when the system load is large.
+One frame must be given,
+followed by any color or quadrant specification, and then
+optionally followed by any number of similar triads.  A specification of
+\fI10 f12 f3 f3 f4\fR would display frames one and two for one second, then
+frame three for two one second intervals, then frame 4, and then recycle.
+The first blink cycle may appear somewhat odd as the code "settles in",
+but the sequence should become regular after that (except for timing
+problems due to system load).  In split screen mode, it is necessary to
+specify all the frames together with quadrants, which leads to a lot of
+typing:  The reason is that blink simply cycles through a series of
+\fBdi\fR commands, and hence it requires the same information as that
+command.
+.SH
+\fBcursor\fR [on off F]
+.IP
+This command is used to turn the cursor on or off, and to read coordinates
+and pixel values from a frame.  Pixel coordinates for a feature are those
+of the image as loaded into the display, and do not change as the image
+is panned or zoomed.  Fractional pixel positions are given for zoomed
+images, with a minimum number of decimal places printed (but the same number
+for both the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates).
+For an unpanned, unzoomed image plane, the lower left corner
+of the \fIscreen\fR is (1,1)
+even if the image you loaded is smaller than 512x512, occupies only
+a portion of the display screen, and does not extend to the lower left
+corner of the screen.  This defect will likely be remedied
+when the \fIcv\fR package is properly integrated into \fIIRAF\fR.
+Pixel information can be read from a frame that is not being displayed.
+.SH
+\fBdi\fR F (C Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIi\fRmage command turns specified frames on (or off).
+Turning a frame off does not erase it.  A frame need not have all colors
+turned on, nor appear in all quadrants of a split screen display.
+.SH
+\fBdg\fR C (F Q) [on off]
+.IP
+The \fId\fRisplay \fIg\fRraphics command turns specific graphics planes
+on or off.  For the IIS display, neither the frame nor the quadrant
+parameters are relevant.  A side-effect of this command is that it
+resets the graphics hardware to the \fIcv\fR standard: red cursor and
+seven graphics planes, each colored differently.  If the display is in
+a "weird" state that is not cured with the \fIreset r/t\fR commands,
+and a \fIreset i\fR would destroy images of interest, try a \fIdg ca on\fR
+command followed by \fIdg ca off\fR.
+.SH
+\fBerase\fR [F all graphics]
+.IP
+This command erases the specified frame, or all the graphics planes, or
+all data planes.  The command \fBclear\fR is a synonym.
+.SH
+\fBmatch\fR (o) (F) (C) (to) (F) (C)
+.IP
+This command allows the user to copy a look-up table to a specified set
+of tables, and hence, to match the mapping function of frames (and/or
+colors) to a reference table.  If the \fBo\fR parameter is omitted, the
+match is among the look-up tables associated with particular frames;
+otherwise, the \fIouput\fR tables are used (hence, the \fBo\fR).  In the
+latter case, only colors are important; the frame information should
+be omitted.  For the individual frame tables, colors can be omitted, in
+which case a match of frame one to two means to copy the three tables
+of frame two (red, green, and blue) to those of frame one.  Only one
+reference frame or color should be given, but \fImatch f23 cgb f1 cr\fR
+is legal and means to match the green and blue color tables of both
+frames two and three to the red table of frame one.
+.SH
+\fBoffset\fR C N
+.IP
+The value N, which can range from -4095 to +4095 is added to the data
+pipeline for color \fBC\fR, thus offsetting the data.  This is useful
+if one needs to change the data range that is mapped into the useful part
+of the output tables.
+.SH
+\fBpan\fR (F)
+.IP
+When invoked, this command connects the trackball to the specified frames
+and allows the user to move (pan/roam/scroll) the image about the screen.
+This function is automatically invoked whenever the zoom factor is changed.
+.SH
+\fBpseudo\fR (o) (F C) (rn sn)
+.IP
+Look-up tables are changed with the \fIwindow\fR and the \fIpseudocolor\fR
+commands.  Windowing provides linear functions and is discussed under that
+command; \fIpseudo\fR provides pseudo-coloring capabilities.  Pseudo-color
+maps are usually best done in the output tables, rather than in the
+look-up tables associated with particular frames; hence, \fBps o\fR is
+the more likely invocation of the start of the command line.  A color
+(or colors) can be specified for "output" pseudocolor, in which case, only
+those colors will be affected.  For frame look-up tables,
+the frame must be specified.
+.IP
+Two mappings are provided.  One uses a set of randomly selected colors
+mapped to a specified number of pixel value ranges.  The other uses
+triangle color mappings.  The former is invoked with the \fI(rn sn)\fR
+options.  In this case, the number following \fBr\fR gives the number of
+ranges/levels into which the input data range is to be divided; to
+each such range, a randomly selected color is assigned.  The number
+following \fBs\fR is a seed for the random number generator;  changing
+this while using the same number of levels gives different color mappings.
+The default seed is the number of levels.  If only the seed is given (\fBr\fR
+omitted), the default number of levels is 8.  This mapping is used when
+a contour type display is desired:  each color represents an intensity range
+whose width is inversely proportional to the number of levels.
+.IP
+The triangle mapping uses a different triangle in each of the three look-up
+tables (either the sets associated with the specified frames, or the output
+tables).  The initial tables map low intensity to blue, middle values to
+green, and high values to red, as shown in the diagram. (The red and blue
+triangles are truncated as their centers are on a table boundary.)
+.sp
+.KS
+.PS
+B: box
+move
+G: box
+move
+R: box
+move to B.sw left 0.375
+line dotted to B.nw
+line dashed to B.s
+move to G.sw
+line dashed to G.n
+line dashed to G.se
+move to R.s
+line dashed to R.ne
+line dotted to R.se right 0.375
+"blue" at B.s below
+"green" at G.s below
+"red" at R.s below
+.PE
+.sp
+.KE
+.IP
+Once invoked, the program then allows the user to adjust the triangle
+mapping.  In
+response to the prompt line, select the color to be changed and move the
+trackball:  the center of the triangle is given by the \fIx\fR cursor
+coordinate and the width by the \fIy\fR coordinate.  Narrow functions
+(small \fIy\fR) allow one to map colors to a limited range of intensity.
+When the mapping is satisfactory, a press of any button "fixes" the
+mapping and the user may then either select another color or exit.
+Before selecting a color, place the cursor at approximately the default
+position for the mapping (or where it was for the last mapping of that
+color under the current command); otherwise, the color map will change
+suddenly when the color is selected via the trackball buttons.
+.SH
+\fBrange\fR N (C) (N C ...)
+.IP
+This command changes the range function in the specified color pipeline
+so that the data is scaled by (divided by) the value \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, useful range values are 1,2,4 and 8;  anything else will be changed
+to the next lowest legal value.
+.SH
+\fBreset\fR [r i t a]
+.IP
+Various registers and tables are reset with this command.  If the \fBr\fR
+option is used, the registers are reset.  This means that zoom is set to
+one, all images are centered, split screen is removed, the range values are
+set to one and the offset values are set to zero.  Also, the cursor is
+turned on and its shape is set.  Option \fBi\fR causes all the image and
+graphics planes to be erased and turned off.  Option \fBt\fR resets all
+the look-up tables to their default linear, positive slope, form, and
+removes any color mappings by making all the output tables the same, and
+all the frame specific tables the same.  Option \fBa\fR does \fIall\fR
+the above.
+.SH
+\fBsnap\fR (C)
+.IP
+This command creates an \fIIRAF\fR image file whose contents are a
+512x512 digital snapshot of the image display screen.  If no color
+is specified,
+or if \fIcm\fR (color monochromatic) is given,
+the snapshot is of the \fIblue\fR image, which, if you
+have a black and white image, is the same as the red or the green
+image.  Specifying \fBcg\fR for instance will take a snapshot of the
+image that you would get had you specified \fIcg\fR for each frame
+turned on by the \fIdi\fR command.  Color is of interest only when
+the window or pseudo color commands have made the three colors distinguishable.
+If the "snapped" image is intended to be fed to the Dicomed film
+recorder, a black and white image is all that is usually provided and so
+a color snap is probably not appropriate.
+In the case of the "no color/monochromatic" snap, the graphics planes are
+all added together, while, if a real color is given, only the graphics
+planes that have some of that color are included in the image.
+The color \fBrgb\fR can be
+given, in which case the red, green, and blue images are weighted equally
+to produce a single image file.  This image does not represent well what
+you see, partly because of the equal weight given all colors: some
+mapping of eye sensitivity is probably what is required, but it is not
+implemented.
+.IP
+The program operates by first determining zoom, pan, offset, tables, etc,
+and, for each quadrant of the split screen, which images planes are active.
+Then, for each line of the display, those images are read out from the display's
+memory and the transformations done in hardware are duplicated pixel by pixel
+in software.  The word "active" needs a bit of explanation.  Any image plane
+whose pixels are contributing to the image is active.  No image is active if
+it has been turned off (by the \fIdi\fR) command (or if all images were
+turned off and the one of interest not subsequently turned back on).  If the
+image is all zeroes, or if it is not but split screen is active and the
+part of the image being displayed is all zeroes, it is not contributing to
+the output.  However, the snap program cannot tell that an active image is
+not contributing anything useful,
+and so it dutifully reads out each pixel and adds zeroes to the output.
+The moral of this is that frames of no interest should be (turned) off before
+snap is called (unless you don't have anything better to do than wait for
+computer prompts).  When split screen is active, frames are read only for
+the quadrants in which they are active.
+.IP
+The fastest snaps are for single images that are zoomed but not panned
+and which are displayed (and snapped) in black and white, or snapped
+in a single color.
+.SH
+\fBsplit\fR [c o px,y nx,y]
+.IP
+This command sets the split screen point.  Option \fBc\fR is shorthand for
+\fIcenter\fR, which is the normal selection.  Option \fBo\fR stands for
+\fIorigin\fR, and is the split position that corresponds to no split screen.
+If you wish to specify the split point in pixels, use the \fBpx,y\fR form, in
+which the coordinates are given as integers.  If you prefer to specify
+the point in NDC (which range from 0 though 1.0), use the \fBnx,y\fR form
+in which the coordinates are decimal fractions.
+.IP
+A peculiarity of the IIS hardware is that if no split screen is desired,
+the split point must be moved to the upper left corner of the display, rather
+than to the lower left (the \fIIRAF\fR 1,1 position).  This means that no
+split screen (the \fBo\fR option, or what you get after \fBre r\fR) is really
+split screen with only quadrant \fBfour\fR displayed:  if you use the \fIdi\fR
+command with quadrant specification, only quadrant 4 data will be seen.
+.SH
+\fBtell\fR
+.IP
+This command displays what little it knows about the display status.  At
+present, all it can say is whether any image plane is being displayed, and
+if any are, what is the number of one of them.  This rather weak performance
+is the result of various design decisions both within \fIcv\fR and the
+\fIIRAF\fR display code, and may be improved.
+.SH
+\fBwindow\fR (o) (F C)
+.IP
+This command operates just as the \fIpseudo\fR command, except that it
+applies a linear mapping to the output look-up tables (if option \fBo\fR
+is used) or to the frame specific tables.  The mapping is controlled by
+the trackball, with the \fIy\fR cursor coordinate supplying the slope
+of the map, and \fIx\fR the offset.  If different mappings are given to
+each color, a form of pseudo-color is generated.
+.SH
+\fBwrite\fR [F C] text
+.IP
+This command writes the given text into either an image plane (or planes)
+or into the specified color graphics bit plane(s).  The user is prompted 
+to place the cursor at the (lower left) corner of the text, which is
+then written to the right in roman font.  The user is also asked for
+a text size (default 1.0).  If the text is written into a graphics
+plane, and a \fBsnap\fR is requested with no color specification, then
+text in any graphics plane will be included in the image.  A color snap,
+on the other hand, will include graphics text to the extent that the
+text is displayed in that color.
+Text written into an image plane
+will have the same appearance as any "full on" pixel; that is, text
+in an image plane is written at maximum intensity,
+overwrites the image data,
+and is affected by look-up tables, offsets,
+and so forth, like any other image pixels.
+.SH
+\fBzoom\fR N (F)
+.IP
+This command zooms the display to the power given by \fBN\fR.  For the
+IIS, the power must be 1,2,4, or 8; anything else is changed to the next
+lower legal value.  The model 70 zooms all planes together.  The center
+of the zoom is determined by the cursor position relative to the first
+frame specified (if none, the lowest numbered active one).  Once the zoom
+has taken place, the \fIpan\fR routine is called for the specified frames.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cda07b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/cvl.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+.help cvl Jul87 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+cvl -- load images in image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+cvl image frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls image
+Image to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls frame
+Display frame to be loaded.
+.le
+.ls erase = yes
+Erase frame before loading image?
+.le
+.ls border_erase = no
+Erase unfilled area of window in display frame if the whole frame is not
+erased?
+.le
+.ls select_frame = yes
+Display the frame to be loaded?
+.le
+.ls fill = no
+Interpolate or block average the image to fit the display window?
+.le
+.ls zscale = yes
+Apply an automatic intensity mapping algorithm when loading the image?
+.le
+.ls contrast = 0.25
+Contrast factor for the automatic intensity mapping algorithm.
+.le
+.ls zrange = yes
+If not using the automatic mapping algorithm (\fIzscale = no\fR) map the
+full range of the image intensity to the full range of the display?
+.le
+.ls nsample_lines = 5
+Number of sample lines to use in the automatic intensity mapping algorithm.
+.le
+.ls xcenter = 0.5, ycenter = 0.5
+Horizontal and vertical centers of the display window in normalized
+coordinates measured from the left and bottom respectively.
+.le
+.ls xsize = 1, ysize = 1
+Horizontal and vertical sizes of the display window in normalized coordinates.
+.le
+.ls xmag = 1., ymag = 1.
+Horizontal and vertical image magnifications when not filling the display
+window.  Magnifications greater than 1 map image pixels into more than 1
+display pixel and magnifications less than 1 map more than 1 image pixel
+into a display pixel.
+.le
+.ls z1, z2
+Minimum and maximum image intensity to be mapped to the minimum and maximum
+display levels.  These values apply when not using the automatic or range
+intensity mapping methods.
+.le
+.ls ztrans = "linear"
+Transformation of the image intensity levels to the display levels.  The
+choices are:
+.ls "linear"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the minimum and
+maximum display levels.
+.le
+.ls "log"
+Map the minimum and maximum image intensities linearly to the range 1 to 1000,
+take the logarithm (base 10), and then map the logarithms to the display
+range.
+.le
+.ls "none"
+Apply no mapping of the image intensities (regardless of the values of
+\fIzscale, zrange, z1, and z2\fR).  For most image displays, values exceeding
+the maximum display value are truncated by masking the highest bits.
+This corresponds to applying a modulus operation to the intensity values
+and produces "wrap-around" in the display levels.
+.le
+.ls "user"
+User supplies a look up table of intensities and their corresponding
+greyscale values.  
+.le
+.le
+.ls lutfile = ""
+Name of text file containing the look up table when \fIztrans\fR = user.
+The table should contain two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified image is loaded into the specified frame of the standard
+image display device ("stdimage").  For devices with more than one
+frame it is possible to load an image in a frame different than that
+displayed on the monitor.  An option allows the loaded frame to become
+the displayed frame.  The previous contents of the frame may be erased
+(which can be done very quickly on most display devices) before the
+image is loaded.  Without erasing, the image replaces only those pixels
+in the frame defined by the display window and spatial mapping
+described below.  This allows displaying more than one image in a
+frame.  An alternate erase option erases only those pixels in the
+defined display window which are not occupied by the image being
+loaded.  This is generally slower than erasing the entire frame and
+should be used only if a display window is smaller than the entire
+frame.
+
+The image is mapped both in intensity and in space.  The intensity is
+mapped from the image pixel values to the range of display values in
+the device.  Spatial interpolation maps the image pixel coordinates
+into a part of the display frame called the display window.  Many of
+the parameters of this task are related to these two transformations.
+
+A display window is defined in terms of the full frame.  The lower left
+corner of the frame is (0, 0) and the upper right corner is (1, 1) as viewed on
+the monitor.  The display window is specified by a center (defaulted to the
+center of the frame (0.5, 0.5)) and a size (defaulted to the full size of
+the frame, 1 by 1).  The image is loaded only within the display window and
+does not affect data outside the window; though, of course, an initial
+frame erase erases the entire frame.  By using different windows one may
+load several images in various parts of the display frame.
+
+If the option \fIfill\fR is selected the image is spatially interpolated
+to fill the display window in its largest dimension (with an aspect
+ratio of 1:1).  When the display window is not automatically filled
+the image is scaled by the magnification factors (which need not be
+the same) and centered in the display window.  If the number of image
+pixels exceeds the number of display pixels in the window only the central
+portion of the image which fills the window is loaded.  By default
+the display window is the full frame, the image is not interpolated
+(no filling and magnification factors of 1), and is centered in the frame.
+The spatial interpolation algorithm is described in the section
+MAGNIFY AND FILL ALGORITHM.
+
+There are several options for mapping the pixel values to the display
+values.  There are two steps; mapping a range of image intensities to
+the full display range and selecting the mapping function or
+transformation.  The mapping transformation is set by the parameter
+\fIztrans\fR.  The most direct mapping is "none" which loads the image
+pixel values directly without any transformation or range mapping.
+Most displays only use the lowest bits resulting in a wrap-around
+effect for images with a range exceeding the display range.  This is
+sometimes desirable because it produces a contoured image which is not
+saturated at the brightest or weakest points.  This transformation is
+also the fastest.  Another transformation, "linear", maps the selected
+image range linearly to the full display range.  The logarithmic
+transformation, "log", maps the image range linearly between 1 and 1000
+and then maps the logarithm (base 10) linearly to the full display
+range.  In the latter transformations pixel values greater than
+selected maximum display intensity are set to the maximum display value
+and pixel values less than the minimum intensity are set to the minimum
+display value.
+
+Methods for setting of the range of image pixel values, \fIz1\fR and
+\fIz2\fR, to be mapped to the full display range are arranged in a
+hierarchy from an automatic mapping which gives generally good result
+for typical astronomical images to those requiring the user to specify
+the mapping in detail.  The automatic mapping is selected with the
+parameter \fIzscale\fR.  The automatic mapping algorithm is described
+in the section ZSCALE ALGORITHM and has two parameters,
+\fInsample_lines\fR and \fIcontrast\fR.
+
+When \fIztrans\fR = user, a look up table of intensity values and their
+corresponding greyscale levels is read from the file specified by the
+\fIlutfile\fR parameter.  From this information, a piecewise linear
+look up table containing 4096 discrete values is composed.  The text
+format table contains two columns per line; column 1 contains the
+intensity, column 2 the desired greyscale output.  The greyscale values
+specified by the user must match those available on the output device.
+Task \fIshowcap\fR can be used to determine the range of acceptable
+greyscale levels.  When \fIztrans\fR = user, parameters \fIzscale\fR,
+\fIzrange\fR and \fIzmap\fR are ignored.
+
+If the zscale algorithm is not selected the \fIzrange\fR parameter is
+examined.  If \fIzrange\fR is yes then \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR are set to
+the minimum and maximum image pixels values, respectively.  This insures
+that the full range of the image is displayed but is generally slower
+than the zscale algorithm (because all the image pixels must be examined)
+and, for images with a large dynamic range, will generally show only the
+brightest parts of the image.
+
+Finally, if the zrange algorithm is not selected the user specifies the
+values of \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR directly.
+.ih
+ZSCALE ALGORITHM
+The zscale algorithm is designed to display the image values near the median
+image value without the time consuming process of computing a full image
+histogram.  This is particularly useful for astronomical images which
+generally have a very peaked histogram corresponding to the background
+sky in direct imaging or the continuum in a two dimensional spectrum.
+
+A subset of the image is examined.  Approximately 600 pixels are
+sampled evenly over the image.  The number of lines is a user parameter,
+\fInsample_lines\fR.  The pixels are ranked in brightness to
+form the function I(i) where i is the rank of the pixel and I is its value.
+Generally the midpoint of this function (the median) is very near the peak
+of the image histogram and there is a well defined slope about the midpoint
+which is related to the width of the histogram.  At the ends of the
+I(i) function there are a few very bright and dark pixels due to objects
+and defects in the field.  To determine the slope a linear function is fit
+with iterative rejection;
+
+	I(i) = intercept + slope * (i - midpoint)
+
+If more than half of the points are rejected
+then there is no well defined slope and the full range of the sample
+defines \fIz1\fR and \fIz2\fR.  Otherwise the endpoints of the linear
+function are used (provided they are within the original range of the
+sample):
+
+.nf
+	z1 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (1 - midpoint)
+	z2 = I(midpoint) + (slope / contrast) * (npoints - midpoint)
+.fi
+
+As can be seen, the parameter \fIcontrast\fR may be used to adjust the contrast
+produced by this algorithm.
+.ih
+MAGNIFY AND FILL ALGORITHM
+The spatial interpolation algorithm magnifies (or demagnifies) the
+image along each axis by the desired amount.  The fill option is a
+special case of magnification in that the magnification factors are set
+by the requirement that the image just fit the display window in its
+maximum dimension with an aspect ratio (ratio of magnifications) of 1.
+There are two requirements on the interpolation algorithm; all the
+image pixels must contribute to the interpolated image and the
+interpolation must be time efficient.  The second requirement means that
+simple linear interpolation is used.  If more complex interpolation is
+desired then tasks in the IMAGES package must be used to first
+interpolate the image to the desired size before loading the display
+frame.
+
+If the magnification factors are greater than 0.5 (sampling step size
+less than 2) then the image is simply interpolated.  However, if the
+magnification factors are less than 0.5 (sampling step size greater
+than 2) the image is first block averaged by the smallest amount such
+that magnification in the reduced image is again greater than 0.5.
+Then the reduced image is interpolated to achieve the desired
+magnifications.  The reason for block averaging rather than simply
+interpolating with a step size greater than 2 is the requirement that
+all of the image pixels contribute to the displayed image.  If this is
+not desired then the user can explicitly subsample using image
+sections.  The effective difference is that with subsampling the
+pixel-to-pixel noise is unchanged and small features may be lost due to
+the subsampling.  With block averaging pixel-to-pixel noise is reduced
+and small scale features still contribute to the displayed image.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+For the purpose of these examples we assume a display with four frames,
+512 x 512 in size, and a display range of 0 to 255.  Also consider two
+images, image1 is 100 x 200 with a range 200 to 2000 and image2 is
+2000 x 1000 with a range -1000 to 1000.  To load the images with the
+default parameters:
+
+.nf
+	cl> cvl image1 1
+	cl> cvl image2 2
+.fi
+
+The image frames are first erased and image1 is loaded in the center of
+display frame 1 without spatial interpolation and with the automatic intensity
+mapping.  Only the central 512x512 area of image2 is loaded in display frame 2
+
+To load the display without any intensity transformation:
+
+	cl> cvl image1 1 ztrans=none
+
+The next example interpolates image2 to fill the full 512 horizontal range
+of the frame and maps the full image range into the display range.  Note
+that the spatial interpolation first block averages by a factor of 2 and then
+magnifies by 0.512.
+
+	cl> cvl image2 3 fill+ zscale-
+
+The next example makes image1 square and sets the intensity range explicitly.
+
+	cl> cvl image1 4 zscale- zrange- z1=800 z2=1200 xmag=2
+
+The next example loads the two images in the same frame side-by-side.
+
+.nf
+	cl> cvl.xsize=0.5
+	cl> cvl image1 fill+ xcen=0.25
+	cl> cvl image2 erase- fill+ xcen=0.75
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+display, magnify
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a3548e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/erase.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.help erase Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+erase -- erase display frame
+.ih
+USAGE
+erase frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame to be erased.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified frame in the image display ("stdimage") is erased.
+Note that the erased frame can be different than the frame currently
+being displayed on the monitor.  The graphics frame is not erased.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To erase frame 3:
+
+	cl> erase 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec3a9059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/frame.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.help frame Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+frame -- select frame to be displayed on the image display
+.ih
+USAGE
+frame frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame to be displayed.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The specified frame is displayed on the image display monitor ("stdimage").
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To display frame 3:
+
+	cl> frame 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95e6f800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/lumatch.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.help lumatch Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+lumatch -- match lookup tables for two display frames
+.ih
+USAGE
+lumatch frame ref_frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls frame
+Frame whose lookup table is to be adjusted.
+.le
+.ls ref_frame
+Frame whose lookup table is to be matched.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The lookup tables mapping the display frame values to the grey levels
+on the display monitor are matched in one frame to a reference frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To match the lookup tables in frame 3 to those in frame 1:
+
+	cl> lumatch 3 1
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70cc7aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/monochrome.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+.help monochrome Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+monochrome -- select monochrome enhancement
+.ih
+USAGE
+monochrome
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Set the display monitor to display monochrome grey levels by setting
+the lookup tables for each color gun to the same values.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+	cl> monochrome
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c7bb70a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/pseudocolor.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+.help pseudocolor Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+pseudocolor -- select pseudocolor enhancement
+.ih
+USAGE
+pseudocolor
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls enhancement
+Type of pseudocolor enhancement.  The types are:
+.ls "random"
+A randomly chosen color is assigned to each display level.
+.le
+.ls "linear"
+The display levels are mapped into a spectrum.
+.le
+.ls "8color"
+Eight colors are chosen at random over the range of the display levels.
+.le
+.le
+.ls window = yes
+Window the lookup table for the frame after enabling the pseudocolor?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The display levels from the lookup table are mapped into various saturated
+colors to enhance an image.  There is a choice of three color mappings.
+After the pseudocolor enhancement is enabled on the display monitor the
+user may, optionally, adjust the frame lookup table.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.nf
+	cl> pseudocolor random
+	cl> pseudocolor 8color
+	cl> pseudocolor linear
+.fi
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bd9aa13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/rgb.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+.help rgb Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+rgb - select true color mode (red, green, and blue frames)
+.ih
+USAGE
+rgb red_frame green_frame blue_frame
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls red_frame
+Frame to use for the red component.
+.le
+.ls green_frame
+Frame to use for the green component.
+.le
+.ls blue_frame
+Frame to use for the blue component.
+.le
+.ls window = no
+Window the rgb lookup tables?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+Set the display monitor to display rgb colors by using three frames to
+drive the red, green, and blue guns of the color display monitor.
+Optionally, window the rgb lookup tables.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+	cl> rgb 1 2 3
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f98130c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/window.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+.help window Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+window -- adjust the contrast and dc offset of the current frame
+.ih
+USAGE
+window
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The lookup table between the display frame values and the values sent
+to the display monitor is adjusted interactively to enhance the display.
+The mapping is linear with two adjustable parameters; the intercept
+and the slope.  The two values are set with the image display cursor
+in the two dimensional plane of the display.  The horizontal position
+of the cursor sets the intercept or zero point of the transformation.
+Moving the cursor to the left lowers the zero point while moving the cursor to
+the right increases the zero point.  The vertical position of the cursor
+sets the slope of the transformation.  The middle of the display is zero
+slope (all frame values map into the same output value) while points above
+the middle have negative slope and points below the middle have positive
+slope.  Positions near the middle have low contrast while positions near
+the top and bottom have very high contrast.  By changing the slope from
+positive to negative the image may be displayed as positive or negative.
+
+The interactive loop is exited by pressing any button on the cursor control.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.nf
+	cl> window
+	Window the display and push any button to exit:
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+It may be necessary to execute FRAME before windowing.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85a0b604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/doc/zoom.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.help zoom Jan86 images.tv.iis
+.ih
+NAME
+zoom - zoom in on the image (change magnification)
+.ih
+USAGE
+zoom
+.ls zoom_factor
+Zoom factor by the display is to be expanded.  The factors are powers
+of 2; 1 = no zoom, 2 = factor of 2, 3 = factor of 4, and 4 = factor of 8.
+.le
+.ls window = no
+Window the enlarged image?
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+The display is zoomed by the specified factor.  A zoom factor of 1 is no
+magnification and higher factors correspond to factors of 2.  The zoom
+replicates pixels on the monitor and only a part of the display frame
+centered on the display cursor is visible.  The window option allows
+the user to adjust interactively with the cursor the part of the zoomed
+frame.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+To magnify the displayed frame by a factor of 2:
+
+	cl> zoom 2
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+cv
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4da666bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#{ ERASE -- Erase a greyscale display frame.
+
+# frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be erased
+# saveframe,i,h
+
+{
+	saveframe = _dcontrol.frame
+	_dcontrol (frame=frame, erase=yes)
+	_dcontrol (frame = saveframe)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f84180f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/erase.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+frame,i,a,1,1,4,frame to be erased
+saveframe,i,h
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1252f7da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/frame.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ FRAME -- Select the frame to be displayed.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="frame", frame=frame)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e000c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/giis.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+input,s,a,,,,input metacode file
+device,s,h,"stdimage",,,output device
+generic,b,h,no,,,ignore remaining kernel dependent parameters
+debug,b,h,no,,,print decoded graphics instructions during processing
+verbose,b,h,no,,,"print elements of polylines, cell arrays, etc. in debug mode"
+gkiunits,b,h,no,,,print coordinates in GKI rather than NDC units
+txquality,s,h,"normal","normal|low|medium|high",,character generator quality
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ddd46e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Imdis.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+.help imdis Dec84 "Image Display I/O"
+.ce
+\fBImage display I/O Design\fR
+.ce
+Richard Wolff
+.ce
+May 1985
+.sp 1
+.nh
+Introduction
+
+    The image display i/o interface uses the features of the GIO interface
+to provide for the reading and writing of images and for the control of
+the various subunits of a typical image display device.  The cell array
+calls of GIO are used for the image data, while the text and polyline
+functions handle the text and line generation.  Cursor reads are also
+done with standard GIO calls.  However, all the other display functions
+are implemented through a series of GIO escape sequences, which are
+described in this document.
+.sp
+.nh
+Escape sequences
+
+    Each sequence is described here, giving first a line with the count
+of the number of words in the escape "instruction", followed by the data.
+Since most of the data items might be more rationally considered arrays,
+they are so indicated here.  This means that in most cases, the number of
+words in the escape instruction cannot be determined until run-time; an
+indication of this is the use of "sizeof(arrays)" to indicate the number
+of words in all the pseudo arrays.
+.sp
+Escape 10  --  reset
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1 hard/medium/soft
+.ls
+.nf
+hard		Clear image and graphics planes
+medium		reset all (lookup) tables to linear
+soft		reset scroll, zoom, cursor, alu, etc.
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is used to preform various reset commands.  These are not
+done at GKOPENWS time because the user will not necessarily want to
+upset the existing display when the image kernel is started up.
+.sp
+Escape 11  --  set image plane
+.ls
+.tp 4
+sizeof(arrays) IFA IBPL
+.ls
+.nf
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+IBPL(i)		image bit plane array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is essentially a header to the getcell/putcell calls.  It
+identifies both the frame(s) and bit plane(s) to be read or written.  IFA
+is an array of (short) integers, each of which specifies a plane (using
+one indexing), the last element of the array being the integer IDS_EOD
+to flag the End Of Data.  IDS_EOD is a defined to be (-2).  IBPL represents
+the bit planes that are to be read or written for all the frames in IFA.
+The data is IBPL is terminated with IDS_EOD.  If the first element of IFA (or
+IBPL) is IDS_EOD, all image frames (all bit planes) are involved in the I/O.
+All "array" data are expected to be terminated with IDS_EOD, and the general
+convention is maintained that IDS_EOD with no preceding data implies all
+"frames", "colors", or whatever.
+.sp
+Escape 12  --  set graphics plane
+.ls
+.tp 4
+sizeof(arrays) GFA GBPL
+.ls
+.nf
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+GBPL(i)		graphics bit plane array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is identical to escape 11, but refers to graphics planes
+instead of image planes.  Generally, each graphics bit plane will refer to
+a particular color, or perhaps, to a particular image plane.  But there is
+no enforced correspondence between graphics planes and image planes or colors.
+The GFA specifies a set of graphics planes, and is probably unnecessary as the
+bitplane array carries adequate information.  Including it, however, retains
+symmetry with escape 11.  Thus, GFA cannot be omitted, for otherwise the
+kernel would not know where GBPL started, but is set to IDS_EOD, and the
+kernel can then find and ignore it.
+.sp
+Escape 13  --  display image
+.ls
+.tp 6
+1+sizeof(arrays) ON/OFF IFA ICOLOR IQUAD
+.ls
+.nf
+ON/OFF		turn frame on or off
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+ICOLOR(i)	image color array
+IQUAD(i)	image quadrant array (for split screen mode)
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+The specified image planes are all to be displayed in all the colors given
+by ICOLOR.  If ICOLOR(1) is IDS_EOD, a full color display is implied.
+The quadrant value specifies which quadrant the frames are
+to appear in--this is needed only when the split screen mode is in effect;
+otherwise, IQUAD[1] = IDS_EOD.
+.sp
+Escape 14  --  display graphics
+.ls
+.tp 6
+1+sizeof(arrays) ON/OFF GBPL GCOLOR GQUAD
+.ls
+.nf
+ON/OFF		turn referenced planes on or off
+GBPL(i)		graphics bit plane array
+GCOLOR(i)	graphics color array
+GQUAD(i)	graphics quadrant array (for split screen mode)
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+This sequence is identical to escape 13, except for the substitution of
+a bitplane array for frames, since graphics are usually treated bit by bit.
+[With the IIS systems, for instance, this call requires manipulation of
+the color-graphics lookup table.]
+.sp
+Escape 15  --  save device state
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1+sizeof(arrays) FD IFA GFA
+.ls
+.nf
+FD		file descriptor for save file
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Saves the specified image frames and graphics planes and all the device
+dependent status information in the file referenced by FD.  Not implemented
+in the Kernel (yet).
+.sp
+Escape 16  --  restore device state
+.ls
+.tp 5
+1+sizeof(arrays) FD IFA GFA
+.ls
+.nf
+FD		file descriptor for restore file
+IFA(i)		image frame array
+GFA(i)		graphics frame array
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Restores the specified image frames and graphics planes and all the device
+dependent status information from the file referenced by FD.  Not implemented
+in the Kernel (yet).
+.sp
+Escape 17  --  control
+.ls
+.tp 9
+4+sizeof(arrays) REG RW N FRAME COLOR OFFSET DATA
+.ls
+.nf
+REG(i)		control register or function
+RW(i)		read or write (write is 0, read 1, wait/read is 2)
+N(i)		Number of data values
+FRAME(i)	frame array
+COLOR(i)	color array
+OFFSET(i)	offset or other datum
+DATA(Ni)	array of data
+.fi
+.le
+.le
+.sp
+Escape 18 is a very general sequence for writing any device
+control register.  Such "registers" include such generally available
+capabilities as look-up tables, as well as specifics, such as min/max
+registers. The upper level code may have to consult an "imagecap"
+file to determine what it can request.
+
+FRAME, OFFSET, and COLOR, may not be needed for a particular operation,
+but these arrays cannot be omitted; rather, use a one element array with
+the value IDS_EOD.  Should additional information be needed for an operation,
+it can be transmitted in DATA.
+.sp
+.nh
+Examples
+
+.sp
+To clear all frames, one would issue the following sequence
+.ls
+.tp 4
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  11  IFA[1] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_CLEARWS
+GKI_ESCAPE  12  IFA[1] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_CLEARWS
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+To write an image to frame 2 ( IIS internal frame number 1 )
+.ls
+.tp 2
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  11  IFA[1] = 2  IFA[2] = IDS_EOD  IBPL[1] = IDS_EOD
+GKI_PCELL   data
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+To activate frame 1 in red and green
+.ls
+.tp 2
+.nf
+GKI_ESCAPE  13  IFA[1] = 1  IFA[2] = IDS_EOD  ICOLOR[1] = IDS_RED
+		ICOLOR[2] = IDS_GREEN  ICOLOR[3] = IDS_EOD
+		IQUAD[1] = IDS_EOD
+.fi
+.le
+.sp
+.bp
+.nh
+Defines
+
+This section presents the value and intended use of each of the various
+defined constants.  This list is likely to expand.
+
+.nf
+define	IDS_EOD         (-2)		# flag for end of data
+
+define	IDS_RESET	10		# escape 10
+define	IDS_R_HARD	 0		# hard reset
+define	IDS_R_MEDIUM	 1		# medium
+define	IDS_R_SOFT	 2
+define	IDS_R_SNAPDONE	 3		# end snap
+
+define	IDS_SET_IP	11		# escape 11
+define	IDS_SET_GP	12		# escape 12
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_I	13		# escape 13
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_G	14		# escape 14
+define	IDS_SAVE	15		# escape 15
+define	IDS_RESTORE	16		# escape 16
+
+# max sizes
+
+define	IDS_MAXIMPL	16		# maximum number of image planes
+define	IDS_MAXGRPL	16		# maximum number of graphics planes
+define	IDS_MAXBITPL	16		# maximum bit planes per frame
+define	IDS_MAXGCOLOR	 8		# maximum number of colors (graphics)
+define	IDS_MAXDATA   8192		# maximum data structure in display
+
+define	IDS_RED		 1
+define	IDS_GREEN	 2
+define	IDS_BLUE	 3
+define	IDS_YELLOW	 4
+define	IDS_RDBL	 5
+define	IDS_GRBL	 6
+define	IDS_WHITE	 7
+define	IDS_BLACK	 8
+
+define	IDS_QUAD_UR	 1		# upper right quad.: split screen mode
+define	IDS_QUAD_UL	 2
+define	IDS_QUAD_LL	 3
+define	IDS_QUAD_LR	 4
+
+define	IDS_CONTROL	17		# escape 17
+define	IDS_CTRL_LEN	 6
+define	IDS_CTRL_REG	 1		# what to control
+define	IDS_CTRL_RW	 2		# read/write field in control instr.
+define	IDS_CTRL_N	 3		# count of DATA items
+define	IDS_CTRL_FRAME	 4		# pertinent frame(s)
+define	IDS_CTRL_COLOR	 5		#   and color
+define	IDS_CTRL_OFFSET	 6		# generalized "register"
+define	IDS_CTRL_DATA	 7		# data array
+
+define	IDS_WRITE	 0		# write command
+define	IDS_READ	 1		# read command
+define	IDS_READ_WT	 2		# wait for action, then read
+define	IDS_OFF		 1		# turn whatever off
+define	IDS_ON		 2
+define	IDS_CBLINK	 3		# cursor blink
+define	IDS_CSHAPE	 4		# cursor shape
+
+define	IDS_CSTEADY	 1		# cursor blink - steady (no blink)
+define	IDS_CFAST	 2		# cursor blink - fast
+define	IDS_CMEDIUM	 3		# cursor blink - medium
+define	IDS_CSLOW	 4		# cursor blink - slow
+
+define	IDS_FRAME_LUT	 1		# look-up table for image frame
+define	IDS_GR_MAP	 2		# graphics color map...lookup table per
+					# se makes little sense for bit plane
+define	IDS_INPUT_LUT	 3		# global input lut
+define	IDS_OUTPUT_LUT	 4		# final lut
+define	IDS_SPLIT	 5		# split screen coordinates
+define	IDS_SCROLL	 6		# scroll coordinates
+define	IDS_ZOOM	 7		# zoom magnification
+define	IDS_OUT_OFFSET	 8		# output bias
+define	IDS_MIN		 9		# data minimum
+define	IDS_MAX		10		# data maximum
+define	IDS_RANGE	11		# output range select
+define	IDS_HISTOGRAM	12		# output data histogram
+define	IDS_ALU_FCN	13		# arithmetic feedback function
+define	IDS_FEEDBACK	14		# feedback control
+define	IDS_SLAVE	15		# auxiliary host or slave processor
+
+define	IDS_CURSOR	20		# cursor control - on/off/blink/shape
+define	IDS_TBALL	21		# trackball control - on/off
+define	IDS_DIGITIZER	22		# digitizer control - on/off
+
+define	IDS_BLINK	23		# for blink request
+define	IDS_SNAP	24		# snap function
+define	IDS_MATCH	25		# match lookup tables
+
+# snap codes ... just reuse color codes from above.
+define	IDS_SNAP_RED	 IDS_RED	# snap the blue image
+define	IDS_SNAP_GREEN	 IDS_GREEN	# green
+define	IDS_SNAP_BLUE	 IDS_BLUE	# blue
+define	IDS_SNAP_RGB	 IDS_BLACK	# rgb image --- do all three
+define	IDS_SNAP_MONO	 IDS_WHITE	# do just one
+
+# cursor parameters
+
+define	IDS_CSET	128		# number of cursors per "group"
+
+define	IDS_CSPECIAL	4097		# special "cursors"
+			# must be > (IDS_CSET * number of cursor groups)
+define	IDS_CRAW	IDS_CSPECIAL	# raw cursor read
+define	IDS_BUT_RD	4098		# "cursor number" for read buttons cmd
+define	IDS_BUT_WT	4099		# wait for button press, then read
+define	IDS_CRAW2	4100		# a second "raw" cursor
+.fi
+.nh
+Explanation
+
+    Most of the control functions of an image display do not fit within
+the standard GIO protocols, which is why the escape function is provided.
+However, image displays exhibit a wide range of functionality, and some
+balance must be achieved between code portability/device independence and
+use of (possibly peculiar) capabilities of a particular device.  The control
+functions (such as IDS_FRAME_LUT, IDS_CURSOR, IDS_SLAVE) "selected" here
+are, for the most part, general functions, but the code was written with
+the IIS Model 70 at hand (and in mind), and some "defines" reflect this.
+
+    The model of the display is a device with some number of image frames,
+each of which has associated with it an INPUT look-up table, used for
+scaling or bit selection as data is written into the image frame;
+a FRAME look-up table for each of the three primary colors, used to
+alter the video stream from the image frame; combining logic that sums the
+output of the various FRAME tables, forming three data streams, one for
+each color; an OUTPUT look-up table that forms a final transformation
+on each color prior to the data being converted to analog form; and
+possibly, bias (OUT_OFFSET) and RANGE scaling applied somewhere in the
+data stream (most likely near the OUTPUT look-up tables).
+
+    Each image plane can be SCROLLed and ZOOMed independently (though
+of course, not all devices can do this), and there may be SPLIT screen
+capability, with the possibility of displaying parts of four images
+simultaneously.
+
+    Hooks have been provided in case there is a ALU or FEEDBACK hardware,
+or there is a SLAVE processor, but use of these functions is likely to
+be quite device dependent.  The IIS can return to the user the MINimum
+and MAXimum of a color data stream, and can also run a histogram on
+selected areas of the display:  There are "defines" pointing to these
+functions, but their use is not yet specified and there is not yet
+a clean way, within the GIO protocols, for reading back such data.
+
+    Three functions that not so hardware oriented have "defines":
+BLINK, MATCH and SNAP.  The first is used if the hardware supports
+blink.  MATCH allows the kernel code to copy look-up tables---something
+the upper level code could do were there a well defined mechanism for
+reading non-image data back.  SNAP is used to set-up the kernel so that
+a subsequent set of get_cellarray calls can be used to return a data
+stream that represents the digital data arriving at the
+digital-to-analog converters:  the kernel mimics the hardware and so
+provides a digital snapshot of the image display screen.
+
+    Images are loaded by a series of put_cellarray calls, preceded
+by one IDS_SET_IP escape to configure the kernel to write the put_cell
+data into the correct image planes (and optionally, specific bit planes).
+The graphics planes are written to in the same manner, except that
+IDS_SET_GP is used.  It is not guaranteed that the SET_IP and SET_GP
+are independent, and so the appropriate one should be given before
+each put_cell sequence.  Put_cells can be done for any arbitrary
+rectangular array; they are turned into a series of writes to a
+sequence of image rows by the GIO interface code.
+
+    Calls to put_cell require the mapping of pixel coordinates
+to NDC, which is made more complex than one might first
+guess by the fact that the cell array operations are specified
+by *inclusive* end points...See the write-up in "Note.pixel".
+
+    Images planes are erased by the standard GIO gclear call, which
+must be preceded by a SET_IP (or SET_GP for graphics).  This is
+perceived as reasonably consistent with the image loading as erasure
+is loading with zeros, but presumably can be done far more efficiently
+in most devices than with a series of put_cell calls.
+
+    Images planes are turned on and off with IDS_DISPLAY_I, and graphics
+planes with IDS_DISPLAY_G.  Color and quadrant information must be
+supplied as mentioned in the descriptions for escapes 13 and 14.
+
+    The look-up tables are specified to the lower level code by giving
+the end points of the line segments which describe the table function.
+The end points are specified in NDC.  This makes for a
+simple, and device independent, upper level code.  However, there is no
+obvious (to the writer at least) code to invert the process, and return
+end points for the simplest line segments that would describe a given
+look-up table.  (Moreover, there is no mechanism to return such information
+to the upper level.)  Therefore, the kernel code is asymmetric, in that
+writes to the tables are fed data in the form of end points, but reads from
+the tables (needed for the kernel implementation of SNAP) return the
+requested number data values as obtained from the hardware.
+
+    The control sequence for the ZOOM function requires, in addition to
+the usual frame/color information, a zoom power followed by the GKI
+coordinates of the pixel to be placed at the screen center.  Likewise,
+the SCROLL and SPLIT screen functions require GKI center coordinates.
+
+    The OFFSET and RANGE sequences provide for bias and scaling of the
+image data.  Where they take effect is not specified.  Offset requires
+a signed number to be added to the referenced data; range is specified
+by a small integer which selects the "range" of the data.
+
+    Control of hardware cursors, trackballs, etc is provided:  CURSOR
+can be used to select cursor shape, blink rate, etc.  Devices such as
+(trackball) buttons are interrogated as if they are cursors, with a
+cursor number that is greater than to IDS_CSPECIAL.  The "key" value
+returned by a "read" call to devices such as the trackball buttons will
+be zero if no button was pressed or some positive number to represent
+the activated device.  Any "read" may be instructed to return
+immediately (IDS_READ) or wait for some action (IDS_READ_WT); for
+buttons, there are special IDS_BUT_RD/IDS_BUT_WT.
+
+    Cursors are read and written through the standard GIO interface.
+The cursor number ranges from 1 up through IDS_CSPECIAL-1.  Each
+frame has a set of set of cursors associated with it: frame n has
+cursors numbered n, IDS_CSET+n, 2*IDS_CSET+n, etc.  Currently,
+IDS_CSPECIAL is 4097, and IDS_CSET is 128, so there can be 128
+different frames, each with 32 cursors.  The coordinates associated
+with a given cursor, and hence frame, are NDC for the pixel on which
+the cursor is positioned.  If a frame is not being displayed, a cursor
+read for that frame will return NDC for the pixel that would appear at
+the current cursor position if the frame were enabled.  Note that the
+NDC used in the cursor_set and cursor_read calls are relative to
+the image planes in the display device; the fact the image data may
+have come from a much larger user "world" is not, and can not be,
+of any concern to the kernel code.
+
+    Cursor 0 is special, and is not associated with a particular frame;
+rather, the kernel is allowed to choose which frame to associate with
+each cursor zero read or write.  The IIS code picks the lowest numbered
+frame that is on (being displayed).  With split screen activated, a
+frame can be "on" and not be seen; for cursor zero, what matters is
+whether the frame video is active, not whether the split position
+happens to be hiding the frame.  The "key" value returned by the cursor
+read routine is the frame number selected by the kernel.  Cursor
+IDS_CSPECIAL is also unusual, since it refers to the screen coordinates
+and returns NDC for the screen.  It is referred in the code as IDS_CRAW
+(a "raw" cursor) and is needed for positioning the cursor at specific
+points of the screen.
+
+    The MATCH function requires that the frame and color information
+of the control escape sequence point to the reference table; the
+tables to be changed are given in the "data" part with the (IDS_EOD
+terminated) frame sequence preceding the color information.  The RW
+field specifies which type of look-up table is to be changed.
+.sp
+.nh
+Interface Routines
+
+    The routines listed here are those used to implement the video
+control package, and are found in the file "cvutil.x".
+Arguments relating to image frames, image colors, display quadrants,
+offset, range, and look-up table data are short integer arrays,
+terminated by IDS_EOD.  Cursor position (x and y) are NDC (hence, real).
+All other arguments are integers.
+
+.ls cvclearg (frame, color)
+Clears (erases) the given color (or colors) in the graphics frame given
+by the argument "frame".  For the IIS display, the "frame" argument
+is not relevant, there being only one set of graphics frames.
+.le
+.ls cvcleari (frames)
+Clears (erases) all bits in the given image display frames.
+.le
+.ls cv_rdbut
+Reads the buttons on whatever device the kernel code associates with
+this call, and returns an integer representing the button most recently
+pressed.  If none pressed, returns zero.
+.le
+.ls cv_wtbut
+Same as cv_rdbut, but if no button pressed, waits until one is.  This
+routine will, therefore, always return a non-zero (positive) integer.
+.le
+.ls cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+Reads the cursor "cnum" returning the NDC coordinates in x and y.  The
+mapping of cursor number to frame is described in the preceding
+section: for cursors with numbers below IDS_CSET (128), the cursor
+refers to the frame (cnum equal 5 means frame 5).
+.le
+.ls cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+Sets the cursor to the NDC given by x and y for the frame referenced by
+cnum.
+.le
+.ls cv_scraw (x, y)
+Sets the "raw cursor" to position (x,y).
+.le
+.ls cv_rcraw (x, y)
+Reads the "raw cursor" position in (screen) NDC.
+.le
+.ls cvcur (cmd)
+Turns the cursor on (cmd is IDS_ON) or off (IDS_OFF).
+.le
+.ls cvdisplay (instruction, device, frame, color, quad)
+Turns on ("instruction" equals IDS_ON) image plane ("device" equals
+IDS_DISPLAY_I) frame (or frames) in specified colors and quadrants.
+Turn them off if "instruction" equals IDS_OFF.  Manipulates graphics
+planes instead if "device" equals IDS_DISPLAY_G.
+.le
+.ls cvmatch (type, refframe, refcolor, frames, color)
+Copies the reference frame and reference color into the given frames
+and color.  For the IIS, "type" is either IDS_FRAME_LUT, referring to the
+look-up tables associated with each frame, or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT, referring
+to the global Output Function Memory tables.
+.le
+.ls cvoffset (color, data)
+Sets the offset constants for the specified colors to values given in
+"data"; if there are more colors given than corresponding data items,
+the kernel will reuse the last data item as often as necessary.
+.le
+.ls cvpan (frames, x, y)
+Moves the given frames so that the NDC position (x,y) is at the center
+of the display.
+.le
+.ls cvrange (color, range)
+Scales the output for the given colors; if there are more colors given
+than corresponding range items, the kernel will reuse the last data item
+as often as necessary.  Range is a small number which specifies which
+range the data is to be "put" in.  For the IIS, there are only 4 useful
+values (1,2,4, and 8); the kernel will map the requested value to the
+next smallest legitimate one.
+.le
+.ls cvreset (code)
+Resets the part of the display referenced by "code".  For the IIS, a code
+of IDS_R_HARD refers to (erasing) the image and graphics planes, IDS_R_MEDIUM
+resets the various look-up tables, and IDS_R_SOFT resets the various registers
+(such as zoom, scroll, range, split screen, and so forth).
+.le
+.ls cvsnap (filename, snap_color)
+Creates an IRAF image file, named "filename", which represents the image
+display video output for the specified color (IDS_SNAP_RED, IDS_SNAP_MONO,
+etc).  "filename" is a "char" array.  The image is of the full display,
+though, since the data is obtained from the kernel line by line via
+get_cellarray calls, partial snapshots can be implemented easily.
+.le
+.ls cvsplit (x,y)
+Sets the split screen point at NDC position (x,y).
+.le
+.ls cvtext (x, y, text, size)
+Writes the given text at NDC position (x,y) in the specified size.
+Currently, font and text direction are set to NORMAL.
+.le
+.ls cvwhich (frame)
+Tells which frames are on.  In the current implementation, this relies
+on reading cursor 0:  in this special case, the cursor variable passed
+to ggcur() is changed by the kernel to reflect which frame it selected
+(or ERR if no frame is active).
+.le
+.ls cvwlut (device, frames, color, data, n)
+Writes the look-up tables associated with "frames" and "color".  "device"
+is IDS_FRAME_LUT or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT.  The data to be written is given as
+a series of line segments, and hence is described as a series of GKI
+(x,y) pairs representing the line end points.  For connected lines,
+the first pair gives the first line segment starting coordinates, and all
+following pairs the endpoints.  The variable "n" gives the number of
+values in "data"; there is no terminating IDS_EOD.
+.le
+.ls cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+Zooms, to the given power, the specified frames with each frame
+centered, after the zoom, at the given NDC position.
+.le
+
+    The following two support routines are included in the interface
+package.
+.ls cv_move (in, out)
+Copies the short array "in" into the short array "out", up to and
+including a trailing IDS_EOD.  This procedure returns the number of
+items copied.
+.le
+.ls cv_iset (frames)
+Implements the image display escape sequence, with the bitplane
+argument to that escape sequence set to "all".
+.le
+.ls cv_gset (colors)
+Implements the graphics display escape sequence, with the image
+argument to that escape sequence set to "all".
+.le
+.sp
+.nh
+Example
+
+    The following code is used to pan (scroll) the image in response
+to a changing cursor position.  It is assumed that the "frame" array
+consists of a list of frames to be panned together, terminated, as
+is almost everything in this code, by IDS_EOD.
+.nf
+
+# Pan subroutine
+
+procedure pansub (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to pan
+
+int	button
+int	cnum, cv_rdbut()
+real	x,y, xc, yc
+real	oldx, oldy
+
+begin
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# Where is cursor now?
+	# cv_rcraw uses the "RAW CURSOR" which reads and writes in
+	# screen (NDC) coordinates instead of image NDC.
+
+	call cv_rcraw (xc,yc)
+
+	# Pixel to NDC transformation is discussed in the file 
+	# "Note.pixel"
+
+	x = x_screen_center_in_NDC
+	y = y_screen_center_in_NDC
+
+	call cv_scraw (x, y)	# put cursor at screen center
+
+	# Select a cursor---at least one per frame (conceptually at least)
+
+	cnum = frames[1]
+
+	# If cnum == IDS_EOD, the calling code did not select a frame.  So,
+	# if cnum is 0, the kernel will select an active frame as the
+	# one to use when mapping NDC cursor positions to screen
+	# coordinates.
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+
+	# Determine NDC at screen center (where cursor was moved to)
+	# for frame of interest
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	# Restore cursor to original position
+	call cv_scraw (xc, yc)
+
+	repeat {
+	    oldx = xc
+	    oldy = yc
+	    repeat {
+	        call cv_rcraw (xc, yc)
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until ( (xc != oldx) || (yc != oldy) || (button > 0))
+	    # Determine change and reflect it about current screen
+	    # center so image moves in direction cursor moves.
+	    x = x - (xc - oldx)
+	    y = y - (yc - oldy)
+	    # If x or y are <0 or > 1.0, add or subtract 1.0
+	    "adjust x,y"
+	    call cvpan (frames, x, y)
+	} until (button > 0)
+end
+.fi
+    [The call to cvpan may in fact need to be a series of calls, with
+the array "frames" specifying one frame at a time, and (x,y) being the
+new cursor position for that particular frame, so that differently panned
+frames retain their relative offsets.]
+    The cursor and button routines are given here.
+.nf
+
+# CV_RDBUT -- read button on trackball (or whatever)
+# if none pressed, will get zero back
+
+int procedure cv_rdbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_RCUR -- read cursor.  The cursor read/set routines do not restore
+# the cursor number...this to avoid numerous stati/seti calls that
+# usually are not needed.
+
+procedure cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+int	junk
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, junk)
+end
+
+# CV_SCUR -- set cursor
+
+procedure cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call gscur (cv_gp, x, y)
+end
+
+# CV_SCRAW -- set raw cursor
+
+procedure cv_scraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+begin
+	call cv_scur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+.fi
+
+    The routine cv_move copies its first argument to the second up through
+the required IDS_EOD termination, returning the number of items copied.
+"cv_stack" is a pointer to a pre-allocated stack area that is used to
+build the data array passed to the GIO escape function.
+
+.nf
+# cvpan -- move the image(s) around
+
+procedure cvpan (frames, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+real	x,y					# position in NDC
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SCROLL		# Control Unit
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE		# Read/Write
+
+	# Three is the number of data items (two coordinates) plus the
+	# terminating IDS_EOD.  In many escape sequences, this number
+	# must be determined from the data rather than known in advance.
+
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+
+	# Move the frame data, which is of "unknown" length
+
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+
+	# Color is unimportant here, but the color data must exist.  The
+	# simplest solution is to use IDS_EOD by itself.
+
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD	# default to all colors
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = IDS_EOD	# for all frames
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+.fi
+.endhelp
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b3a22de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.misc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+To implement a full device save/restore, we need:
+zdev_restore(fd)
+zdev_save(fd)
+zim_save(fd,ipl)
+zgr_save(fd,gpl)
+zim_restore(fd,ipl)
+zgr_restore(fd,gpl)
+...zgr are just entry points into zim_{save,restore}(fd,pl)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91c0338f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/Note.pixel
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+	Herein is described how pixel coordinates should be encoded into
+GKI metacode units and how this data is then converted back to pixel numbers
+by the "lower level" code.  For concreteness, the discussion is based on
+a 512 x 512 display, where the pixels are numbered from 1 to 512 (one-based)
+or 0 to 511 ( zero based).  Only the X axis is discussed, the Y axis
+being treated identically.
+	GKI metacode ranges from 0 through 32767, for a total of 32768
+values.  In NDC coordinates, the range is from 0.0 through 1.0.
+These coordinates are show in the diagram following.
+.sp
+.nf
+last GKI coordinate of pixel
+	       63    127   191   255   319        32703  32767(!)
+pixel	        |     |     |     |     |           |      |
+extent--   |<-->||<-->||<-->||<-->||<-->|| ... |<-->||<--->|
+		|     |     |     |     |           |      |
+the	   |-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| ... |-----|-----|
+pixels	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+	   |-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| ... |-----|-----|
+num-  (1-b)  1      2     3     4     5          511   512
+bers  (0-b)  0      1     2     3     4          510   511
+	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+GKI	   0    64    128   192   256   320   32640 32704 32767(!)
+	   |     |     |     |     |     | ... |     |     |
+NDC	  0.0  1/512 2/512 3/512 4/512 5/512      511/512 1.0
+.fi
+.sp
+	The pixels are not points, but rather, in GKI/NDC space, have
+"physical" extent.  In NDC coordinates, the pixel boundaries are
+easily calculated as (left boundary = zero-based pixel number / 512)
+and (right boundary = 1-based pixel number / 512).  In GKI coordinates,
+each pixel spans 64 GKI units, with the left boundary given by
+"zero-based pixel number times 64".  The right boundary is then the
+left boundary plus 64 and then actually references the next pixel.
+That is, the left boundary is included in the pixel, while the right
+boundary is not.
+(Pixel 0 goes from 0 through 63, pixel one from 64 through 127, etc.)
+This works for all pixels except the last one, which would have a
+right boundary of 32768; in this special case, the right boundary
+is defined to be 32767.  As will be seen later on, this should cause
+no difficulties.
+	Explicit reference to a particular pixel should, in GKI
+coordinates, refer to the pixel's left (or for Y, lower) edge.  Thus,
+pixel 7 (one-based system) is, in GKI, 6*64 or 384.
+	Cell arrays are denoted by their lower-left and upper-right
+corners, with the understanding that all pixels WITHIN this rectangle
+are to be read/written.  Thus, an array that covers (one-based)
+(4,10) to (18, 29) implies that, in X, pixels 4 through 17 are referenced.
+Therefore, the GKI coordinate range is from 3*64 up to 17*64, where
+3*64 is the GKI coordinate for the left edge of pixel 4 and 17*64 is
+the GKI coordinate for the right edge of pixel 17.  (Remember, the
+right edge of pixel 512 is 32767, not 32768.)
+	The (real) NDC coordinate that is then passed to the interface code
+is determined by dividing the GKI coordinate by 32767.  The interface
+code will, ultimately, multiply by 32767 to give the GKI coordinates
+passed to the lower level.
+	The lower level code translates the GKI coordinate values into
+zero-based pixel numbers by multiplying by 512/32768 ( not 32767).
+The (real) pixel numbers so determined are then truncated,  and become
+the ones to scroll to, zoom to, or put the cursor on.  Therefore,
+when refering to single pixels for such operations, use the left
+boundary of the pixel as the desired GKI/NDC coordinate.
+	Pixel computation for cell arrays is somewhat more complicated.
+The right boundary of a cell array can be the left boundary for
+an adjacent cell array; if the simple truncation scheme were used, that
+coordinate would be included in both cell array operations, which is not
+acceptable (especially for hard copy devices where the resultant overplotting
+would be, at best, objectionable).  This problem gives rise to the following
+algorithm.  Left (and lower) positions are rounded up to the next pixel
+boundary if the fractional position is greater than or equal 0.5.  Right
+(and upper) positions are rounded down to the next pixel boundary if the
+fractional position is less than 0.5; since a fractional pixel value of 0.0
+is less than 0.5, the right/upper pixel will be decreased even if it is
+already on a boundary.  The truncated values are then used as the
+INCLUSIVE range of pixels to read or write.  (If the positions lie
+within the same pixel, that pixel becomes the X (or Y) range.  If the
+positions are in adjacent pixels, the right pixel operation is
+not done if the left pixel moves into the same pixel as the right one.)
+	With this algorithm, the right edge of the display (NDC=1.0,
+GKI=32767) becomes position 511.98, which is not rounded down as the
+fractional part is >= 0.5, and, which, when truncated, turns into 511
+which is what is desired as the (last) included pixel in the range.
+
+	For zoomed (image) displays, fractional pixel coordinates are
+possible in the sense that, for a zoom of 4, pixels 16.0, 16.25,
+16.50, and 16.75, all refer to the same datum.  When setting the cursor,
+the lower level code must distinguish all these cases, which have GKI
+values (from a one-based coordinate system) 960, 976, 992, and 1008.
+The lower level code will return these fractional pixel values when reading
+the cursor, but the integral value is the real reference to the data
+point.  However, calls to the getcell and putcell routines should use
+16 (aka 960) or the cell array rounding will interfere with what is
+wanted. This does restrict getcell calls from starting/ending in the middle
+of a zoomed (replicated) pixel, but makes the behavior of getcell
+the same as putcell, which cannot write into the middle of a zoomed pixel.
+
+	In summary, users should reference individual pixels by
+specifying their left (or lower) boundaries in GKI/NDC.  For cursor
+reference on zoomed displays, fractional (in the sense outlined above)
+pixels may be referenced.  Right (or upper) boundaries are used only
+for cell arrays, and except for the very right-most, are determined by
+the user in an operation similar to that for the left boundaries.  GKI
+coordinates that are a little too large (not more than 31 units for a
+512 resolution device) will be rounded/truncated to the desired
+coordinate.  For cell array operations only, ones a little too small
+will still address the correct pixel.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..504a8330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/file.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Some notes on the fio system.
+    Binary files.
+	open the binary file with
+    fio_fd = fopnbf(dev_name, mode, zopn_dev, zard_dev, zawr_dev,
+		zawt_dev, zstt_dev, zcl_dev)
+	where dev_name is a char string, terminated with EOS,
+	mode is READ_ONLY, READ_WRITE, WRITE_ONLY, NEW_FILE, APPEND,
+		TEMP_FILE, NEW_COPY
+	and the z routines are for open, read, write, wait, get status,
+	and close ( see system interface reference manual).
+    
+    The fio_fd that is returned is then used in calls to read, write, and flush.
+    They have the form   write(fio_fd, buffer, #_of_chars)
+			 read (fio_fd, buffer, #_of_chars)
+			 flush(fio_fd)
+			 seek (fio_fd, loffset)
+		long =   note (fio_fd)
+    The output data will be buffered in a buffer of CHAR size as set by
+    a kernel call to zstt().  This can be overridden by
+	fsetl(fio_fd, F_BUFSIZE, buffer_size_in_char)
+    Partially filled buffers can be forced out by "flush".
+    Input data is buffered up before being made available to the
+    user;  if an i/o call is needed to fill the buffer and it returns with
+    an inadequate number of data items, then the read returns with fewer
+    than requested itmes.
+    The file system can be made to use an external (local) buffer by
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_BUFPTR, new_buffer)
+    For general image i/o, it is desirable to set the ASYNC parameter to YES
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_ASYNC, YES)
+    If the device has a specific block size, this can be set by
+	fseti(fio_fd, F_BLKSIZE, value);
+    the file system will use this value for checking validity of block offsets
+    in reads and writes.  If the value is zero, the device is considered a
+    "streaming" device, and no checks are done.
+
+(from Doug)
+The device block size parameter is set at open time by all call to ZSTT__.
+FIO is permissive and allows one to set almost anything with FSET, but some
+of the parameters are best considered read only.  This is documented at the
+parameter level in <fset.h>.
+
+Image displays are NOT streaming devices, they are random access, block
+structured devices.  If you wish to defeat block alignment checking then
+ZSTT__ may return a block size of 1 char.  Note that not all image displays
+are addressable at the pixel level.  Even those that are are may be most
+efficiently accessed using line at a time i/o (block size equals 1 line).
+
+If the block size is set to 1 FIO will still access the device in chunks
+the size of the FIO buffer.  The file area is partitioned up into a series
+of "pages" the size of the FIO buffer and FIO will fault these pages in and
+out when doing i/o.  The only advantages of a block size of 1 are that the
+FIO buffers may be any size (not much of an advantage), and more significantly,
+AREAD and AWRITE calls may be used to randomly access the device.  The latter
+are asynchronous and are not buffered, and are the lowest level of i/o
+provided by FIO.
+
+    The form for the z routines is
+	zopn_dev(dev_name, mode, channel)
+	zard_dev(channel, buffer, length, offset)
+	zawr_dev(channel, buffer, length, offset)
+	zawt_dev(channel, bytes_read/written)
+	zstt_dev(channel, what, lvalue)
+	zcl_dev (channel, status)
+
+    where channel is some number to be used however the z routines want, but
+    in the simplest case and under UNIX, would be the file descriptor of the
+    open file as determined by zopn_dev, or, in case of error, is ERR.
+    length and offset are in BYTES.  zstt_dev() will be handled locally.
+
+Bytes, yes, but the file offsets are one-indexed.  See the System Interface
+reference manual.
+ 
+    Each of the z*_dev routines above, with the exception of zstt_dev, will
+    ultimately result in a call to one of the system z routines for binary
+    files: zopnbf, zardbf, zawrbf, zawtbf, zclsbf.  These routines take
+    the same arguments as the z*_dev routines, with the exception that
+    unix_fd is to be substituted for channel.  "unix_fd" is the actual
+    file descriptor that results from the "real" open of the device by
+    zopnbf.  It does not need to be visible above the z*_dev routines.
+
+The FIO z-routines for a device do not necessarily resolve into calls to the
+ZFIOBF driver.  It is desirable to structure things this way if we can since
+it reduces the size of the kernel, but if necessary the z-routines can be
+system dependent.  Since the IIS is data driven and is interfaced in UNIX
+as a file we were able to use the existing ZFIOBF driver, resulting in a
+very clean interface.  New devices should also be interfaced this way if
+possible.  For various reasons a data stream interface is almost always
+preferable to a control interface (like Sebok's Peritek driver).  I would
+seriously consider adding a layer on a control driven device driver to make
+it appear to be data driven, if the driver itself could not be modified.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..450de91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/doc/iis.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+.TL
+The IIS Image Display
+.AU
+Richard Wolff
+.br
+Central Computer Services
+National Optical Astronomy Observatories
+Tucson, Arizona 
+.DA
+.PP
+The International Imaging Systems (IIS) Model 70f is a reasonably
+flexible image display with some more advanced capabilities than the IPPS,
+(and, sad to say, some less advanced ones as well).  This note describes
+the hardware so that the user can use the device to best advantage.
+The Model 75, which is in use at CTIO, is more elaborate still, but its
+fundamental properties are the same as the 70f boxes in use at NOAO.
+.PP
+The image display has four image planes (frames, memories), each of which
+can hold a 512 x 512 8 bit image.  (The hardware can support 12 such planes,
+but only four are installed in the NOAO units.)  These planes are loaded
+directly from the host computer;  while there is hardware to support a
+13-bit input/8-bit output mapping during load, this is not currently used
+at NOAO.  The frames are numbered 1 through 4 and there is nothing to
+distinguish one from another.  More than one image plane may be displayed
+at one time; this may create a rather messy screen image, but, of course,
+the hardware doesn't care.
+.PP
+The image is generated by hardware that
+addresses each pixel in turn, and sends the data at that location to the
+video display.  Panning (scrolling/roaming) is accomplished simply by
+starting the address generation somewhere other than at the normal starting
+place.
+Each plane has its own starting address, which just means that each
+plane can be panned independently.  In contrast, on the model 70,
+all planes zoom together.  Zooming is done by pixel replication:
+The master address generator
+"stutters", duplicating an address 2, 4, or 8 times before moving on to
+the next pixel (and duplicating each line 2, 4, or 8 times--an additional
+complication, but a necessary one, which is of interest only to hardware types).
+The master address is then added to the per-image start address
+and the resulting address streams are used to generate
+the per-image data streams, which are added together to form the final image.
+The net result of this is an image on the screen, with user control of the
+placement of each image plane, and with one overall "magnification" factor.
+.PP
+If more than one image is active, the pixel values for a given screen
+position are \fBadded\fR together.  Thus, with four image planes, each of
+which has pixels that can range in value from 0 through 255, the output
+image can have pixel values that range from 0 through 3060.  Unfortunately,
+the output hardware can handle only values from 0 through 1023.  But,
+fortunately, hardware has been included to allow the use to offset and
+scale the data back to the allowed output range.  We will look at that
+in more detail later.
+.PP
+The hardware that determines which frames are to be displayed consists
+of "gates" that enable or disable the frame output to the image screen.
+These "gates" are controlled by various data bits in the hardware.
+Conceptually, given the description in the previous paragraphs, one can
+imagine one bit (on or off) for each image frame, and it is these
+bits that the \fBdi\fR command turns on and off.  However, there are
+complications, one of which is the split screen mode.  Split screen
+hardware allows the user to specify a point, anywhere on the screen,
+where the screen will be divided into (generally, unequally sized) quadrants.
+The display control bits specify not only which images will be active,
+but in which of the four quadrants they will be active.
+There are four control bits per image plane, and so, any image can
+be displayed in any number of quadrants (including none, which means the
+image is "off").
+.PP
+If one imagines the split screen point in the middle of the screen, then
+four quadrants are visible, number 1 being the upper right, number 4 the bottom
+right, etc.  As the split screen point is moved to the upper left, quadrant
+four increases in size and the other three decrease.  When the split point
+reaches the top left corner (\fIIRAF\fR coordinate (1,512)), only quadrant
+four is left.  Due to a hardware decision, this is the normal, non-split,
+screen configuration, the one you get when you type the \fBs o\fR command.
+It would make more sense to set the non-split position so the screen was
+filled with quadrant one, but the hardware won't allow it.  So, be
+warned, if you have a split screen display,
+and then reset the split point to the "unsplit" point,
+what you see will be only what you had displayed in quadrant 4.
+.PP
+The model 70f is a color display, not monochrome, and this adds more
+complexity.  What happens is that the data from each enabled image plane
+is replicated and sent to three \fIcolor pipelines\fR,
+one for the \fIred\fR gun of the monitor, one for the \fIgreen\fR,
+and one for the \fIblue\fR.  If the pipeline data streams are
+the same, we get a black and white image.  If they differ, the
+final screen image is colored.  Since there are really three data streams
+leaving each image plane, it should not be surprising that there are
+display control bits for each color, as well as each quadrant, of each
+image.  Thus (and finally) there are 12 control bits, three colors in each
+of four quadrants, for each image plane.  One can set up a display with
+different images in different quadrants, and each colored differently!
+Of course, the coloration is somewhat primative as the choices are limited
+to red on or off, green on or off, both red and green on (yellow), blue on
+or off, etc.  More control comes with look-up tables.
+.PP
+The data from the combined image planes is added together in the pipelines.
+There are offset and range registers for each pipeline which allow you to
+bias and scale the data.  Offset allows you to add or subtract a 13 bit
+number (+-4095) and range scales the data by a factor of 1,2,4, or 8.
+These are of interest mostly when more than one image is combined; in this
+case, the resulting stream of data should be adjusted so that it
+has its most interesting data in the range 0 through 1023.
+.PP
+Why 1023?  The reason is that after offset and range have taken their
+toll, the data is "passed through" a 10 bit in/10 bit out look-up table.
+Look-up tables are digital functions in which each input datum is used
+as an index into a table and the resultant value that is thus "looked-up"
+replaces the datum in the data stream.  The look-up tables here
+are known as the \fIoutput\fR
+tables (or, as IIS would have it, the "Output Function Memories").
+There is one for
+each of the three pipelines, and each accepts an input value of 10 bits,
+which limits the data stream to 0 through 1023,
+If the image data in the three pipelines are the same, and the output
+tables are too, then a black and white image results.  If, however, the
+pipelines are identical but the tables are different, a colored image
+results.  Since this image is not a true color image,
+but simply results from manipulating the three identical color
+pipelines in differing ways, the result is called a pseudo-color image.
+.PP
+The simplest look-up table is a linear function, whose input values run
+from 0 through 1023 and whose output values do the same.  The trouble
+with such a linear output table is that the usual case is a single image
+being displayed, in which case the pipeline data is never more than 255.
+With the unit slope table, the maximum output would be 255, which is
+one-quarter of full intensity.  A better table in this case would be one of
+slope 4, so 255 would map to 1023 (maximum output).  This is what the
+default is, and above 255 input, all values are mapped to 1023.  If,
+however, two images are being displayed, then data values may be larger
+than 255 (at overlap points), and as these all map to 1023, only full white
+results.  The range/offset registers may be of use here, or a different
+output table should be used.
+.PP
+The output of the "output" tables is combined with the graphics and cursor
+data and sent to the display screen.  The graphics planes are one bit
+deep; there are seven of them, and together with the cursor, they form
+an "image" 8 bits deep.  In this sense, the graphics planes are just
+like image data, and in particular, they pan and zoom just as the
+image planes do.  Of course, the cursor is different.  The graphics
+planes are sent through a look-up table of their own, which determines
+what happens when one graphics plane crosses/overlaps others and/or the
+cursor.  The resultant data replaces the pipeline data.  The graphics
+data can be added to the pipeline data instead of replacing it, but this
+feature is not available in \fIcv\fR at this time.  The cursor is really
+a writable 46x64 bit array; thus, its shape can be changed, a feature
+that may be made available to users.  Note that there is no quadrant/split
+screen control for the graphics planes.
+.PP
+The final complication, at least as far as the current software is
+concerned, is that each image plane has its own set of three look-up
+tables, one for each color.  Thus, there are 4x3 frame look-up tables
+and three output tables.  The image tables affect only the data from
+the associated image plane.  It is the output of these tables that
+forms the input to the three color pipelines.  Each table is an 8 bit in/9
+bit out table, with the output being treated as a signed number (255 to
+-256).  (Combining 12 9 bit numbers (a full model 70f) can produce a 13 bit
+number, which is why the offset hardware accepts 13 bit numbers.)  In
+the \fIcv\fR software, only positive numbers are used as output from
+the tables.  Typically, the image tables are loaded with linear
+functions of varying slope and intercept.
+.PP
+With the two sets of tables, image and output, it is possible to create
+all sorts of interesting pseudo-color images.  One possibility is to
+place the appropriate three mappings in the output tables so as to create
+the color (for instance, red can be used only for pixels with large
+values, blue for low values, green for middling ones).  Then the image
+tables can be set to adjust the contrast/stretch of the each image
+individually, producing, one assumes, useful and/or delightful
+pseudo-color images.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec1b0ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.com
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# CHRTAB -- Table of strokes for the printable ASCII characters.  Each character
+# is encoded as a series of strokes.  Each stroke is expressed by a single
+# integer containing the following bitfields:
+#
+#	2                   1
+#	0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 
+#	          | | | |         | |         |
+#		  | | | +---------+ +---------+
+#		  | | |      |           |
+#		  | | |      X           Y
+#		  | | |
+#	          | | +-- pen up/down
+#                 | +---- begin paint (not used at present)
+#                 +------ end paint (not used at present)
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Define the database.
+
+short	chridx[96]		# character index in chrtab
+short	chrtab[800]		# stroke data to draw the characters
+
+# Index into CHRTAB of each printable character (starting with SP).
+
+data    (chridx(i), i=01,05) /   1,   3,  12,  21,  30/
+data    (chridx(i), i=06,10) /  45,  66,  79,  85,  92/
+data    (chridx(i), i=11,15) /  99, 106, 111, 118, 121/
+data    (chridx(i), i=16,20) / 128, 131, 141, 145, 154/
+data    (chridx(i), i=21,25) / 168, 177, 187, 199, 203/
+data    (chridx(i), i=26,30) / 221, 233, 246, 259, 263/
+data    (chridx(i), i=31,35) / 268, 272, 287, 307, 314/
+data    (chridx(i), i=36,40) / 327, 336, 344, 352, 359/
+data    (chridx(i), i=41,45) / 371, 378, 385, 391, 398/
+data    (chridx(i), i=46,50) / 402, 408, 413, 425, 433/
+data    (chridx(i), i=51,55) / 445, 455, 468, 473, 480/
+data    (chridx(i), i=56,60) / 484, 490, 495, 501, 506/
+data    (chridx(i), i=61,65) / 511, 514, 519, 523, 526/
+data    (chridx(i), i=66,70) / 529, 543, 554, 563, 574/
+data    (chridx(i), i=71,75) / 585, 593, 607, 615, 625/
+data    (chridx(i), i=76,80) / 638, 645, 650, 663, 671/
+data    (chridx(i), i=81,85) / 681, 692, 703, 710, 723/
+data    (chridx(i), i=86,90) / 731, 739, 743, 749, 754/
+data    (chridx(i), i=91,95) / 759, 764, 776, 781, 793/
+data    (chridx(i), i=96,96) / 801/
+
+# Stroke data.
+
+data	(chrtab(i), i=001,005) /    36,  1764,   675, 29328,   585/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=006,010) / 21063, 21191, 21193, 21065, 29383/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=011,015) /  1764,   355, 29023,   351, 29027/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=016,020) /   931, 29599,   927, 29603,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=021,025) /   603, 29066,   842, 29723,  1302/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=026,030) / 28886,   143, 29839,  1764,   611/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=031,035) / 29256,    78, 20810, 21322, 21581/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=036,040) / 21586, 21334, 20822, 20569, 20573/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=041,045) / 20833, 21345, 29789,  1764,   419/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=046,050) / 20707, 20577, 20574, 20700, 20892/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=051,055) / 21022, 21025, 20899,  1187, 28744/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=056,060) /   717, 21194, 21320, 21512, 21642/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=061,065) / 21645, 21519, 21327, 21197,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=066,070) /  1160, 20700, 20704, 20835, 21027/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=071,075) / 21152, 21149, 20561, 20556, 20744/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=076,080) / 21192, 29841,  1764,   611, 21023/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=081,085) / 21087, 21155, 21091,  1764,   739/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=086,090) / 21087, 21018, 21009, 21068, 29384/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=091,095) /  1764,   547, 21151, 21210, 21201/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=096,100) / 21132, 29192,  1764,    93, 29774/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=101,105) /   608, 29259,    78, 29789,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=106,110) /   604, 29260,    84, 29780,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=111,115) /   516, 21062, 21065, 21001, 21000/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=116,120) / 21064,  1764,    84, 29780,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=121,125) /   585, 21063, 21191, 21193, 21065/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=126,130) / 21191,  1764,    72, 29859,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=131,135) /   419, 20573, 20558, 20872, 21320/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=136,140) / 21646, 21661, 21347, 20899,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=141,145) /   221, 21155, 29320,  1764,    95/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=146,150) / 20835, 21411, 21663, 21655, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=151,155) / 20552, 29832,  1764,    95, 20899/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=156,160) / 21347, 21663, 21658, 21334, 29270/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=161,165) /   854,  5266, 21644, 21320, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=166,170) / 28749,  1764,   904, 21411, 21283/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=171,175) / 20561, 20559, 21391,   911, 13455/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=176,180) /  1764,   136, 21320, 21645, 21652/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=181,185) / 21337, 20889, 20565, 20579, 29859/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=186,190) /  1764,    83, 20888, 21336, 21651/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=191,195) / 21645, 21320, 20872, 20557, 20563/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=196,200) / 20635, 29347,  1764,    99, 21667/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=201,205) / 29064,  1764,   355, 20575, 20570/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=206,210) / 20822, 20562, 20556, 20808, 21384/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=211,215) / 21644, 21650, 21398, 20822,   918/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=216,220) /  5274, 21663, 21411, 20835,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=221,225) /   648, 21584, 21656, 21662, 21347/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=226,230) / 20899, 20574, 20568, 20883, 21331/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=231,235) / 21656,  1764,   602, 21210, 21207/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=236,240) / 21079, 21082, 21207,   592, 21069/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=241,245) / 21197, 21200, 21072, 21197,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=246,250) /   602, 21146, 21143, 21079, 21082/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=251,255) / 21143,   585, 21132, 21136, 21072/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=256,260) / 21071, 21135,  1764,   988, 20628/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=261,265) / 29644,  1764,  1112, 28824,   144/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=266,270) / 29776,  1764,   156, 21460, 28812/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=271,275) /  1764,   221, 20704, 20899, 21218/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=276,280) / 21471, 21466, 21011, 21007,   521/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=281,285) / 20999, 21127, 21129, 21001, 21127/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=286,290) /  1764,   908, 20812, 20560, 20571/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=291,295) / 20831, 21407, 21659, 21651, 21521/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=296,300) / 21393, 21331, 21335, 21210, 21018/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=301,305) / 20887, 20883, 21009, 21201, 21331/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=306,310) /  1764,    72, 20963, 21219, 29768/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=311,315) /   210,  5074,  1764,    99, 21411/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=316,320) / 21663, 21658, 21398, 20566,   918/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=321,325) /  5266, 21644, 21384, 20552, 20579/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=326,330) /  1764,  1165, 21320, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=331,335) / 20574, 20899, 21347, 29854,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=336,340) /    99, 21347, 21662, 21645, 21320/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=341,345) / 20552, 20579,  1764,    99, 20552/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=346,350) / 29832,    86, 13078,    99, 29859/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=351,355) /  1764,    99, 20552,    86, 13078/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=356,360) /    99, 29859,  1764,   722, 21650/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=361,365) / 29832,  1165,  4936, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=366,370) / 20574, 20899, 21347, 29854,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=371,375) /    99, 28744,    85,  5269,  1160/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=376,380) / 29859,  1764,   291, 29603,   611/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=381,385) /  4680,   328, 29576,  1764,    77/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=386,390) / 20872, 21256, 21581, 29795,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=391,395) /    99, 28744,  1160, 20887,    82/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=396,400) / 13475,  1764,    99, 20552, 29832/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=401,405) /  1764,    72, 20579, 21077, 21603/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=406,410) / 29768,  1764,    72, 20579, 21640/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=411,415) / 29859,  1764,    94, 20899, 21347/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=416,420) / 21662, 21645, 21320, 20872, 20557/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=421,425) / 20574,   862, 29859,  1764,    72/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=426,430) / 20579, 21411, 21663, 21656, 21396/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=431,435) / 20564,  1764,    94, 20557, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=436,440) / 21320, 21645, 21662, 21347, 20899/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=441,445) / 20574,   536, 29828,  1764,    72/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=446,450) / 20579, 21411, 21663, 21657, 21398/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=451,455) / 20566,   918, 13448,  1764,    76/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=456,460) / 20808, 21384, 21644, 21649, 21397/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=461,465) / 20822, 20570, 20575, 20835, 21411/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=466,470) / 29855,  1764,   648, 21155,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=471,475) / 29923,  1764,    99, 20557, 20872/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=476,480) / 21320, 21645, 29859,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=481,485) / 21064, 29795,  1764,    99, 20808/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=486,490) / 21141, 21448, 29923,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=491,495) / 29832,    72, 29859,  1764,    99/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=496,500) / 21079, 29256,   599, 13411,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=501,505) /    99, 21667, 20552, 29832,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=506,510) /   805, 20965, 20935, 29447,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=511,515) /    99, 29832,  1764,   421, 21221/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=516,520) / 21191, 29063,  1764,   288, 21091/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=521,525) / 29600,  1764,     3, 29891,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=526,530) /   547, 29341,  1764,   279, 21207/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=531,535) / 21396, 21387, 21127, 20807, 20555/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=536,540) / 20558, 20753, 21201, 21391,   907/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=541,545) / 13447,  1764,    99, 28744,    76/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=546,550) /  4424, 21256, 21516, 21523, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=551,555) / 20823, 20563,  1764,   981, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=556,560) / 20823, 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=561,565) / 29642,  1764,  1043,  4887, 20823/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=566,570) / 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=571,575) /  1032, 29731,  1764,    80,  5136/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=576,580) / 21523, 21271, 20823, 20563, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=581,585) / 20808, 21256, 29707,  1764,   215/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=586,590) / 29591,   456, 20958, 21153, 21409/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=591,595) / 29727,  1764,    67, 20800, 21248/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=596,600) / 21508, 29719,  1043, 21271, 20823/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=601,605) / 20563, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=606,610) /  1764,    99, 28744,    83,  4439/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=611,615) / 21271, 21523, 29704,  1764,   541/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=616,620) / 21019, 21147, 21149, 21021, 21147/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=621,625) /   533, 21077, 29256,  1764,   541/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=626,630) / 21019, 21147, 21149, 21021, 21147/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=631,635) /   533, 21077, 21058, 20928, 20736/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=636,640) / 28802,  1764,    99, 28744,    84/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=641,645) / 29530,   342, 13320,  1764,   483/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=646,650) / 21089, 21066, 29384,  1764,    87/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=651,655) / 28744,   584, 21076,    84,  4375/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=656,660) / 20951, 21076, 21207, 21399, 21588/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=661,665) / 29768,  1764,    87, 28744,    83/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=666,670) / 20823, 21271, 21523, 29704,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=671,675) /    83, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=676,680) / 21523, 21271, 20823, 20563,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=681,685) /    87, 28736,    83, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=686,690) / 21523, 21516, 21256, 20808, 20556/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=691,695) /  1764,  1047, 29696,  1036, 21256/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=696,700) / 20808, 20556, 20563, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=701,705) / 21523,  1764,    87, 28744,    83/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=706,710) / 20823, 21271, 29716,  1764,    74/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=711,715) / 20808, 21256, 21514, 21518, 21264/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=716,720) / 20816, 20562, 20565, 20823, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=721,725) / 21461,  1764,   279, 29591,   970/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=726,730) / 21320, 21128, 21002, 21025,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=731,735) /    87, 20556, 20808, 21256, 21516/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=736,740) /  1032, 29719,  1764,   151, 21064/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=741,745) / 29719,  1764,    87, 20808, 21077/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=746,750) / 21320, 29783,  1764,   151, 29704/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=751,755) /   136, 29719,  1764,    87, 21064/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=756,760) /   320, 29783,  1764,   151, 21527/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=761,765) / 20616, 29704,  1764,   805, 21157/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=766,770) / 21026, 21017, 20951, 20822, 20949/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=771,775) / 21011, 21001, 21127, 21255,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=776,780) /   611, 29273,   594, 29256,  1764/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=781,785) /   485, 21093, 21218, 21209, 21271/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=786,790) / 21398, 21269, 21203, 21193, 21063/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=791,795) / 29127,  1764,    83, 20758, 20950/
+data	(chrtab(i), i=796,800) / 21265, 21457, 29844,  1764,     0/
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33dc6ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/font.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# NCAR font definitions.
+
+define	CHARACTER_START 	32
+define	CHARACTER_END 		126
+define	CHARACTER_HEIGHT 	26
+define	CHARACTER_WIDTH 	17
+
+define	FONT_LEFT 		0
+define	FONT_CENTER 		9
+define	FONT_RIGHT 		27
+define	FONT_TOP 		36
+define	FONT_CAP 		34
+define	FONT_HALF 		23
+define	FONT_BASE 		9
+define	FONT_BOTTOM 		0
+define	FONT_WIDTH 		27
+define	FONT_HEIGHT 		36
+
+define	COORD_X_START 		7
+define	COORD_Y_START 		1
+define	COORD_PEN_START 	13
+define	COORD_X_LEN 		6
+define	COORD_Y_LEN 		6
+define	COORD_PEN_LEN 		1
+
+define	PAINT_BEGIN_START	14
+define	PAINT_END_START 	15
+define	PAINT_BEGIN_LEN 	1
+define	PAINT_END_LEN 		1
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b03aac61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscancel.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CANCEL -- Cancel any buffered output.
+
+procedure ids_cancel (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# Just cancel any output in the FIO stream
+	call fseti (i_out, F_CANCEL, OK)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a53ad56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idschars.x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDSCHARS -- Write characters in the current plane
+
+procedure idschars (xs, ys, data, length, size, orien)
+
+int	xs, ys			# starting coordinates, GKI
+char	data[ARB]		# the characters
+int	length			# how many
+int	size			# how big
+int	orien			# character orientation
+
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Not implemented yet.
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b6488d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLEAR -- Clear an image frame. 
+
+procedure ids_clear (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+	call zclear(Mems[IDS_FRAME(i_kt)], Mems[IDS_BITPL(i_kt)], i_image)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d77ade09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclose.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLOSE -- Close the image display kernel.
+# Free up storage.
+
+procedure ids_close()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call close(i_out)
+	call mfree (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (IDS_BITPL(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (IDS_SBUF(i_kt), TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (i_kt, TY_STRUCT)
+	i_kt = NULL
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40f7e40e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsclosews.x
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_CLOSEWS -- Close the named workstation.
+
+procedure ids_closews (devname, n)
+
+short	devname[n]		# device name (not used)
+int	n			# length of device name
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call ids_flush(0)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc70a813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idscround.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+# IDS_CROUND  --  coordinate rounding.  Since putcell and other similar
+# calls are defined to include both the lower-left corner and the upper-right
+# corners of the desired rectangle, it is necessary to "round" the
+# coordinates so that adjacent rectangles do not have overlapping edges.
+# This could have been done by agreeing that the top and right edges of the
+# rectangle are not part of it, but this was not done in the GKI definition.
+# Hence, here, we adopt the notion that if (for example) the upper y coordinate
+# is in the top half of a pixel, that pixel is included and if the lower y
+# coordinate is in the bottom half of a pixel, likewise, that pixel is included.
+# Otherwise, the pixels are excluded from putcell.  The x coordinates are
+# treated similarly.
+# The code depends on the fact that lower is <= upper, that upper will be
+# at most GKI_MAXNDC, and that the device resolution will never be as much
+# as (GKI_MAXNDC+1)/2.  The last requirement stems from the fact that if
+# the resolution were that high, each pixel would be 2 GKI units and 
+# the "rounding" based on whether or not we are in the upper or lower half
+# of a pixel would probably fail due to rounding/truncation errors.
+
+procedure ids_cround(lower, upper, res)
+
+int	lower, upper
+real	res				# device resolution
+
+real	low, up
+real	factor
+
+begin
+	factor = res/(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	low = real(lower) * factor
+	up  = real(upper) * factor
+
+	# if boundaries result in same row, return
+	if ( int(low) == int(up) )
+	    return
+
+	# if low is in upper half of device pixel, round up
+	if ( (low - int(low)) >= 0.5 ) {
+	    low = int(low) + 1
+	    # don't go to or beyond upper bound
+	    if ( low < up ) {
+		# low already incremented;
+	        # ... 0.2 just for "rounding protection"
+		lower = (low + 0.2)/factor
+	        # if now reference same cell, return
+		if ( int(low) == int(up) )
+		    return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# if "up" in bottom half of pixel, drop down one.  Note that
+	# due to two "==" tests above, upper will not drop below lower.
+	# 0.2 means drop partway down into pixel below; calling code will
+	# truncate.
+	if ( (up - int(up)) < 0.5 )
+	    upper = (real(int(up)) - 0.2)/factor
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8372fac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsdrawch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<math.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"font.h"
+
+define	ITALIC_TILT	0.30	# fraction of xsize to tilt italics at top
+
+
+# IDS_DRAWCHAR -- Draw a character of the given size and orientation at the
+# given position.
+
+procedure ids_drawchar (ch, x, y, xsize, ysize, orien, font)
+
+char	ch			# character to be drawn
+int	x, y			# lower left GKI coords of character
+int	xsize, ysize		# width, height of char in GKI units
+int	orien			# orientation of character (0 degrees normal)
+int	font			# desired character font
+
+real	px, py, sx, sy, coso, sino, theta
+int	stroke, tab1, tab2, i, pen
+int	bitupk()
+include	"font.com"
+
+begin
+	if (ch < CHARACTER_START || ch > CHARACTER_END)
+	    i = '?' - CHARACTER_START + 1
+	else
+	    i = ch  - CHARACTER_START + 1
+
+	# Set the font.
+	call ids_font (font)
+
+	tab1 = chridx[i]
+	tab2 = chridx[i+1] - 1
+
+	theta = -DEGTORAD(orien)
+	coso = cos(theta)
+	sino = sin(theta)
+
+	do i = tab1, tab2 {
+	    stroke = chrtab[i]
+	    px  = bitupk (stroke, COORD_X_START,   COORD_X_LEN)
+	    py  = bitupk (stroke, COORD_Y_START,   COORD_Y_LEN)
+	    pen = bitupk (stroke, COORD_PEN_START, COORD_PEN_LEN)
+
+	    # Scale size of character.
+	    px = px / FONT_WIDTH  * xsize
+	    py = py / FONT_HEIGHT * ysize
+
+	    # The italic font is implemented applying a tilt.
+	    if (font == GT_ITALIC)
+		px = px + ((py / ysize) * xsize * ITALIC_TILT)
+
+	    # Rotate and shift.
+	    sx = x + px * coso + py * sino
+	    sy = y - px * sino + py * coso
+
+	    # Draw the line segment or move pen.
+	    if (pen == 0)
+		call ids_point (short(sx), short(sy), false)
+	    else
+		call ids_vector (short(sx), short(sy))
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c0c404f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsescape.x
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_ESCAPE -- Pass a device dependent instruction on to the kernel.  
+# Most of the display control work is done here.
+
+procedure ids_escape (fn, instruction, nwords)
+
+int	fn				# function code
+short	instruction[ARB]		# instruction data words
+int	nwords				# length of instruction
+
+pointer p,q
+int	ids_dcopy()
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# storage for frame data
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]		# ditto for color
+short	bitpl[IDS_MAXBITPL+1]		# ditto for graphics bit plane
+short	quad[5]				# 4 quadrant information
+int	count, count2, total
+int	junk
+
+short	gki[GKI_ESCAPE_LEN]
+data	gki[1] /BOI/, gki[2] /GKI_ESCAPE/
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	switch(fn) {
+	    
+	    case IDS_RESET:
+		call ids_reset(instruction[1])
+
+	    case IDS_SET_IP:
+		p = IDS_FRAME(i_kt)
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[1], Mems[p])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[p],i_maxframes, true)
+		q = IDS_BITPL(i_kt)
+		junk = ids_dcopy ( instruction[count+1], Mems[q])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[q],IDS_MAXBITPL, false)
+		i_image = true
+		call zsetup (Mems[p], Mems[q], i_image)
+
+	    case IDS_SET_GP:
+		p = IDS_FRAME(i_kt)
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[1], Mems[p])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[p],i_maxgraph, false)
+		q = IDS_BITPL(i_kt)
+		junk = ids_dcopy ( instruction[count+1], Mems[q])
+		call ids_expand(Mems[q],IDS_MAXBITPL, false)
+		i_image = false
+		call zsetup (Mems[p], Mems[q], i_image)
+
+	    case IDS_DISPLAY_I:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[2], frames[1])
+		call ids_expand(frames[1], i_maxframes, true)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[2+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[total+2], quad[1])
+		call ids_expand(quad[1], 4, false)
+		call zdisplay_i(instruction[1], frames[1], color, quad)
+
+	    case IDS_DISPLAY_G:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[2], bitpl[1])
+		call ids_expand(bitpl[1], i_maxgraph, false)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[2+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[total+2], quad[1])
+		call ids_expand(quad[1], 4, false)
+		call zdisplay_g(instruction[1], bitpl, color, quad)
+
+	    case IDS_SAVE:
+		call idssave(instruction[1], nwords)
+
+	    case IDS_RESTORE:
+		call idsrestore(instruction[1], nwords)
+
+	    case IDS_CONTROL:
+		count = ids_dcopy(instruction[IDS_CTRL_FRAME], frames[1])
+		call ids_expand(frames[1], i_maxframes, true)
+		count2 = ids_dcopy (instruction[IDS_CTRL_FRAME+count], color[1])
+		call ids_expand(color[1], IDS_MAXGCOLOR, false)
+		total = count + count2
+		call zcontrol(instruction[IDS_CTRL_REG],
+			instruction[IDS_CTRL_RW],
+			frames[1], color[1],
+			instruction[total+IDS_CTRL_FRAME],
+			instruction[IDS_CTRL_N],
+			instruction[total+IDS_CTRL_FRAME+1] )
+		# if a read, would like to return the information in gki format
+		# but no mechanism (yet?) for that
+	}
+end
+
+# IDS_DCOPY -- copy frame and bitplane information; return the number of
+# items copied, including the IDS_EOD (whose presence is required and assumed).
+
+int procedure ids_dcopy(from, to)
+
+short	from[ARB]		# from this storage
+short	to[ARB]			# to this area
+
+int	i			# count
+
+begin
+	i = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    to[i] = from[i]
+	} until ( to[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	return (i)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2d162c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfa.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FILLAREA -- Fill a closed area.
+
+procedure ids_fillarea (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Not implemented yet.
+	call ids_polyline (p, npts)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8807766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfaset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FASET -- Set the fillarea attributes.
+
+procedure ids_faset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	fa
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	fa = IDS_FAAP(i_kt)
+	FA_STYLE(fa) = gki[GKI_FASET_FS]
+	FA_COLOR(fa) = gki[GKI_FASET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd177d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsflush.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FLUSH -- Flush output.
+
+procedure ids_flush (dummy)
+
+int	dummy			# not used at present
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if (i_kt == NULL)
+	    return
+
+	# We flush the FIO stream.
+	call flush (i_out)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3109f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsfont.x
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_FONT -- Set the character font.  The roman font is normal.  Bold is
+# implemented by increasing the vector line width; care must be taken to
+# set IDS_WIDTH so that the other vector drawing procedures remember to
+# change the width back.  The italic font is implemented in the character
+# generator by a geometric transformation.
+
+procedure ids_font (font)
+
+int	font			# code for font to be set
+int	pk1, pk2, width
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pk1 = GKI_PACKREAL(1.0)
+	pk2 = GKI_PACKREAL(2.0)
+
+	width = IDS_WIDTH(i_kt)
+
+	if (font == GT_BOLD) {
+	    if (width != pk2) {
+		# Name collision with ids_open !!
+		# call ids_optn (*"inten", *"high")
+		width = pk2
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (GKI_UNPACKREAL(width) > 1.5) {
+		# Name collision with ids_open !!
+		# call ids_optn (*"inten", *"low")
+		width = pk1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = width
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ba8245f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GETCELLARRAY -- Fetch a cell array, i.e., two dimensional array of pixels
+# (greylevels or colors).
+
+procedure ids_getcellarray (nc, nr, ax1,ay1, ax2,ay2)
+
+int	nc, nr			# number of pixels in X and Y
+int	ax1, ay1		# lower left corner of input window
+int	ax2, ay2		# upper right corner of input window
+
+int	x1, y1, x2, y2
+int	nx,ny			# number of device pixels in x and y
+real	px1, px2, py1, py2
+
+real	skip_x, skip_y, sx, sy
+real	blockx, blocky, bcy
+int	i, j, startrow, element
+real	xres, yres
+pointer	sp, cell
+pointer	mp			# final data pointer to "array" m
+bool	ca, use_orig, new_row
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+
+	# determine if can do real cell array.
+
+	ca = (IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt) != 0)
+	if ( !ca )
+	     return
+
+	skip_x = 1.0
+	skip_y = 1.0
+	blockx = 1.0
+	blocky = 1.0
+
+	xres = real(i_xres)
+	yres = real(i_yres)
+
+	# adjust pixels for edges
+	x1 = ax1
+	x2 = ax2
+	y1 = ay1
+	y2 = ay2
+	call ids_cround(x1,x2,xres)
+	call ids_cround(y1,y2,yres)
+
+	# find out how many real pixels we have to fetch
+
+	px1 = real(x1) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py1 = real(y1) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	px2 = real(x2) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py2 = real(y2) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	nx = int( px2 ) - int( px1 ) + 1
+	ny = int( py2 ) - int( py1 ) + 1
+
+	# if too many data points in input, set skip.  If skip is close
+	# enough to one, set it to one.
+	# set block replication factors - will be > 1.0 if too few input points.
+	# cannot set to 1.0 if "close" enough, since, if > 1.0, we don't have
+	# enough points and so *some* have to be replicated.
+
+	if ( nx > nc ) {
+	    skip_x = real(nx)/nc
+	    if ( (skip_x - 1.0)*(nc-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_x = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blockx = real(nc)/nx
+
+	if ( ny > nr ) {
+	    skip_y = real(ny)/nr
+	    if ( (skip_y - 1.0)*(nr-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_y = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blocky = real(nr)/ny
+
+	# initialize counters
+
+	call smark(sp)
+
+	# allocate storage for output
+
+	call salloc (mp, nc*nr, TY_SHORT)
+	sy = 0
+	bcy = blocky
+	startrow = 1
+
+	# see if we can use original data ... no massaging
+	# also set the initial value of the new_row flag, which tells
+	# if we have to rebuild the row data
+	# note that if blockx > 1.0, skip_x must be 1.0, and vv
+
+	if ( (skip_x == 1.0) && (blockx == 1.0) ) {
+	    use_orig = true
+	} else {
+	    use_orig = false
+	    # allocate storage for a row of pixels.
+	    call salloc ( cell, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+	new_row = true
+
+	# do it
+
+	for ( i = 1; i <= nr ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	# fetch the row data.  The reading routine will figure out
+	# how to read from the various individual frames and bitplanes.
+
+	    if ( new_row) {
+		if (!i_snap)
+		    call zseek (i_out, int(px1), int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+	        if ( use_orig )
+		    # just copy it in
+		    if (i_snap)
+		        call do_snap (Mems[mp+startrow-1], nx, int(px1),
+	        	    int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+		    else
+			call read (i_out, Mems[mp+startrow-1], nx)
+	        else
+		    # into Mems for rework
+		    if (i_snap)
+		        call do_snap (Mems[cell], nx, int(px1),
+	        	    int(py1)+int(sy+0.5))
+		    else
+			call read (i_out, Mems[cell], nx)
+	    }
+
+	# rework the row data
+
+	    if ( !use_orig && new_row ) {
+		if ( skip_x == 1.0)
+		    call ids_blockit(Mems[cell], Mems[mp+startrow-1], nc,
+		    		blockx)
+		else {
+	            sx = 0
+	            for ( j = 1; j <= nc; j = j + 1) {
+		        element = int(sx+0.5)
+		        Mems[mp+startrow-1+j-1] = Mems[cell + element]
+		        sx = sx + skip_x
+	            }
+		}
+	    }
+	# if don't need new row of input data, duplicate the
+	# previous one by copying within the "m" array
+	    if ( ! new_row )
+		call amovs (Mems[mp+startrow-1-nc], Mems[mp+startrow-1], nc)
+
+	#advance a row
+
+	    startrow = startrow + nc
+	    if ( bcy <= real(i) ) {
+		sy = sy + skip_y
+	        bcy = bcy + blocky
+		new_row = true
+	    } else {
+		new_row = false
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call gki_retcellarray (i_in, Mems[mp], nr * nc)
+	call sfree(sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3c0a1c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsgcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GETCURSOR -- Get the position of a cursor.  This is the low level
+# cursor read procedure.  Reading the image cursor is only possible when
+# the ids kernel is run interactively, i.e., when the kernel is linked
+# into the CL process, which owns the terminal.  A raw binary read is required.
+# The cursor value is returned as a GKI structure on the stream "i_in",
+# i.e., it is sent back to the process which requested it.
+
+procedure ids_getcursor (cursor)
+
+int	cursor
+
+int	cur
+int	x, y, key
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	cur = cursor
+	if ( cur > IDS_CSPECIAL ) {
+	    switch( cur ) {
+		case IDS_BUT_RD, IDS_BUT_WT:
+	            call iisbutton( cur, x, y, key)
+	    }
+	} else
+	    call zcursor_read (cur, x, y, key)
+
+	call gki_retcursorvalue (i_in, x, y, key, cur)
+	call flush (i_in)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ac925a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_INIT -- Initialize the ids data structures from the graphcap entry
+# for the device.  Called once, at OPENWS time, with the TTY pointer already
+# set in the common.
+
+procedure ids_init (tty, devname)
+
+pointer	tty			# graphcap descriptor
+char	devname[ARB]		# device name
+
+pointer	nextch
+int	maxch, i
+real	char_height, char_width, char_size
+
+bool	ttygetb()
+real	ttygetr()
+int	ttygeti(), btoi(), gstrcpy()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the ids descriptor and the string buffer.
+	if ( i_kt == NULL) {
+	    call calloc (i_kt, LEN_IDS, TY_STRUCT)
+	    call malloc (IDS_SBUF(i_kt), SZ_SBUF, TY_CHAR)
+	    call malloc (IDS_BITPL(i_kt), IDS_MAXBITPL+1, TY_SHORT)
+	} else {
+	    call mfree (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+
+	# Init string buffer parameters.  The first char of the string buffer
+	# is reserved as a null string, used for graphcap control strings
+	# omitted from the graphcap entry for the device.
+
+	IDS_SZSBUF(i_kt) = SZ_SBUF
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + 1
+	Memc[IDS_SBUF(i_kt)] = EOS
+
+	# get the device resolution from the graphcap entry.
+
+	i_xres = ttygeti (tty, "xr")
+	if (i_xres <= 0)
+	    i_xres = 512
+	i_yres = ttygeti (tty, "yr")
+	if (i_yres <= 0)
+	    i_yres = 512
+
+
+	# Initialize the character scaling parameters, required for text
+	# generation.  The heights are given in NDC units in the graphcap
+	# file, which we convert to GKI units.  Estimated values are
+	# supplied if the parameters are missing in the graphcap entry.
+
+	char_height = ttygetr (tty, "ch")
+	if (char_height < EPSILON)
+	    char_height = 1.0 / 35.0
+	char_height = char_height * GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	char_width = ttygetr (tty, "cw")
+	if (char_width < EPSILON)
+	    char_width = 1.0 / 80.0
+	char_width = char_width * GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	# If the device has a set of discreet character sizes, get the
+	# size of each by fetching the parameter "tN", where the N is
+	# a digit specifying the text size index.  Compute the height and
+	# width of each size character from the "ch" and "cw" parameters
+	# and the relative scale of character size I.
+
+	IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) = min (MAX_CHARSIZES, ttygeti (tty, "th"))
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) <= 0) {
+	    IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt) = 1
+	    IDS_CHARSIZE(i_kt,1) = 1.0
+	    IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) = char_height
+	    IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1)  = char_width
+	} else {
+	    Memc[nextch+2] = EOS
+	    for (i=1;  i <= IDS_NCHARSIZES(i_kt);  i=i+1) {
+		Memc[nextch] = 't'
+		Memc[nextch+1] = TO_DIGIT(i)
+		char_size = ttygetr (tty, Memc[nextch])
+		IDS_CHARSIZE(i_kt,i)   = char_size
+		IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,i) = char_height * char_size
+		IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,i)  = char_width  * char_size
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the output parameters.  All boolean parameters are stored
+	# as integer flags.  All string valued parameters are stored in the
+	# string buffer, saving a pointer to the string in the ids
+	# descriptor.  If the capability does not exist the pointer is set to
+	# point to the null string at the beginning of the string buffer.
+
+	IDS_POLYLINE(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "pl"))
+	IDS_POLYMARKER(i_kt) = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "pm"))
+	IDS_FILLAREA(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "fa"))
+	IDS_FILLSTYLE(i_kt)  =       ttygeti (tty, "fs")
+	IDS_ROAM(i_kt)	     = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "ro"))
+	IDS_CANZM(i_kt)	     = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "zo"))
+	IDS_ZRES(i_kt)	     =       ttygeti (tty, "zr")
+	IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt)  = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "ca"))
+	IDS_SELERASE(i_kt)   = btoi (ttygetb (tty, "se"))
+
+	# how many image frames and graph (bit)planes do we get to play with?
+
+	i_maxframes = ttygeti(tty, "ip")
+	if ( i_maxframes < 1 )
+	    i_maxframes = 1
+	i_maxgraph  = ttygeti(tty, "gp")
+	i_maxframes = min(int(i_maxframes), IDS_MAXIMPL)
+	i_maxgraph  = min(int(i_maxgraph),  IDS_MAXGRPL)
+
+	# allocate space for the frame descriptors
+	# the "2" accounts for possible graphics channel ( see ids_expand.x)
+	# and the trailing IDS_EOD
+
+	call malloc (IDS_FRAME(i_kt), max(i_maxframes,i_maxgraph)+2, TY_SHORT)
+
+	# Initialize the input parameters: last cursor used.
+
+	IDS_LCURSOR(i_kt)     = 1
+
+	# Save the device string in the descriptor.
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+	IDS_DEVNAME(i_kt) = nextch
+	maxch = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + SZ_SBUF - nextch + 1
+	nextch = nextch + gstrcpy (devname, Memc[nextch], maxch) + 1
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = nextch
+
+end
+
+
+# IDS_GSTRING -- Get a string value parameter from the graphcap table,
+# placing the string at the end of the string buffer.  If the device does
+# not have the named capability return a pointer to the null string,
+# otherwise return a pointer to the string.  Since pointers are used,
+# rather than indices, the string buffer is fixed in size.  The additional
+# degree of indirection required with an index was not considered worthwhile
+# in this application since the graphcap entries are never very large.
+
+pointer procedure ids_gstring (cap)
+
+char	cap[ARB]		# device capability to be fetched
+pointer	strp, nextch
+int	maxch, nchars
+int	ttygets()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	nextch = IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt)
+	maxch = IDS_SBUF(i_kt) + SZ_SBUF - nextch + 1
+
+	nchars = ttygets (i_tty, cap, Memc[nextch], maxch)
+	if (nchars > 0) {
+	    strp = nextch
+	    nextch = nextch + nchars + 1
+	} else
+	    strp = IDS_SBUF(i_kt)
+
+	IDS_NEXTCH(i_kt) = nextch
+	return (strp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecc63d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsline.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_LINE  set the line type option in the nspp world
+
+procedure ids_line(index)
+
+int	index		# index for line type switch statement
+
+int	linetype
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	    switch (index) {
+		case GL_CLEAR:
+		    linetype = 0
+		case GL_DASHED:
+		    linetype = 0FF00X
+		case GL_DOTTED:
+		    linetype = 08888X
+		case GL_DOTDASH:
+		    linetype = 0F040X
+		default:
+		    linetype = 0FFFFX	# GL_SOLID and default
+	    }
+	    i_linemask = linetype
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be42c774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idslutfill.x
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+
+# IDSLUTFILL -- Fill a lookup table from a set of line end points
+
+procedure idslfill (in, icount, out, lenlut, lutmin, lutmax)
+
+short	in[ARB]			# input: line end points
+int	icount			# number of input data items
+short	out[ARB]		# output: the lookup table
+int	lenlut			# lut size
+int	lutmin,lutmax		# inclusive range for lut values
+
+int	i,j
+int	xs, ys, xe, ye
+real	slope
+
+begin
+	# xs and xe are zero based coordinates
+	xs = real(in[1]) * (lenlut - 1)/GKI_MAXNDC. + 0.5
+	ys = real(in[2]) * (lutmax - lutmin)/GKI_MAXNDC. + lutmin + 0.5
+	do i = 3, icount, 2 {
+	    xe = real(in[i]) * (lenlut - 1)/GKI_MAXNDC. + 0.5
+	    ye = real(in[i+1]) * (lutmax - lutmin)/GKI_MAXNDC. + lutmin + 0.5
+	    if (xe != xs) {
+	        slope = real(ye - ys) / (xe - xs)
+	        do j = xs, xe {
+	            out[j+1] = ys + (j - xs) * slope
+	        }
+	    }
+	    xs = xe
+	    ys = ye
+	}
+	out[1] = 0			# keep background at zero
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cee1aebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopen.x
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_OPEN -- Install the image kernel as a kernel device driver.
+# The device table DD consists of an array of the entry point addresses for
+# the driver procedures.  If a driver does not implement a particular
+# instruction the table entry for that procedure may be set to zero, causing
+# the interpreter to ignore the instruction.
+
+procedure ids_open (devname, dd)
+
+char	devname[ARB]		# nonnull for forced output to device
+int	dd[ARB]			# device table to be initialized
+
+int	locpr()
+extern	ids_openws(), ids_closews(), ids_clear(), ids_cancel()
+extern	ids_flush(), ids_polyline(), ids_polymarker(), ids_text()
+extern	ids_fillarea(), ids_putcellarray(), ids_plset()
+extern	ids_pmset(), ids_txset(), ids_faset()
+extern	ids_escape()
+extern	ids_setcursor(), ids_getcursor(), ids_getcellarray()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Flag first pass.  Save forced device name in common for OPENWS.
+
+	i_kt = NULL
+	call strcpy (devname, i_device, SZ_IDEVICE)
+
+	# Install the device driver.
+	dd[GKI_OPENWS]		= locpr (ids_openws)
+	dd[GKI_CLOSEWS]		= locpr (ids_closews)
+	dd[GKI_DEACTIVATEWS]	= 0
+	dd[GKI_REACTIVATEWS]	= 0
+	dd[GKI_MFTITLE]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_CLEAR]		= locpr (ids_clear)
+	dd[GKI_CANCEL]		= locpr (ids_cancel)
+	dd[GKI_FLUSH]		= locpr (ids_flush)
+	dd[GKI_POLYLINE]	= locpr (ids_polyline)
+	dd[GKI_POLYMARKER]	= locpr (ids_polymarker)
+	dd[GKI_TEXT]		= locpr (ids_text)
+	dd[GKI_FILLAREA]	= locpr (ids_fillarea)
+	dd[GKI_PUTCELLARRAY]	= locpr (ids_putcellarray)
+	dd[GKI_SETCURSOR]	= locpr (ids_setcursor)
+	dd[GKI_PLSET]		= locpr (ids_plset)
+	dd[GKI_PMSET]		= locpr (ids_pmset)
+	dd[GKI_TXSET]		= locpr (ids_txset)
+	dd[GKI_FASET]		= locpr (ids_faset)
+	dd[GKI_GETCURSOR]	= locpr (ids_getcursor)
+	dd[GKI_GETCELLARRAY]	= locpr (ids_getcellarray)
+	dd[GKI_ESCAPE]		= locpr (ids_escape)
+	dd[GKI_SETWCS]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_GETWCS]		= 0
+	dd[GKI_UNKNOWN]		= 0
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd25b260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsopenws.x
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_OPENWS -- Open the named workstation.  Once a workstation has been
+# opened we leave it open until some other workstation is opened or the
+# kernel is closed.  Opening a workstation involves initialization of the
+# kernel data structures. Initialization of the device itself is left to
+# an explicit reset command.
+
+procedure ids_openws (devname, n, mode)
+
+short	devname[ARB]		# device name
+int	n			# length of device name
+int	mode			# access mode
+
+long	filesize
+bool	need_open, same_dev
+pointer	sp, buf, devinfo
+
+long	fstatl()
+pointer	ttygdes()
+bool	streq(), ttygetb()
+int	fopnbf(), ttygets()
+extern	zopnim(), zardim(), zawrim(), zawtim(), zsttim(), zclsim()
+errchk	ttygdes
+int	oldmode
+data	oldmode /-1/
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (buf, max (SZ_FNAME, n), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (devinfo, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# If a device was named when the kernel was opened then output will
+	# always be to that device (i_device) regardless of the device named
+	# in the OPENWS instruction.  If no device was named (null string)
+	# then unpack the device name, passed as a short integer array.
+
+	if (i_device[1] == EOS) {
+	    call achtsc (devname, Memc[buf], n)
+	    Memc[buf+n] = EOS
+	} else
+	    call strcpy (i_device, Memc[buf], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# find out if first time, and if not, if same device as before
+	# note that if (i_kt == NULL), then same_dev is false.
+
+	same_dev = false
+	need_open = true
+	if ( i_kt != NULL ) {
+	    same_dev = (streq(Memc[IDS_DEVNAME(i_kt)], Memc[buf]))
+	    if ( !same_dev  || ( oldmode != mode))
+		call close(i_out)
+	    else
+		need_open = false
+	}
+	oldmode = mode
+
+	# Initialize the kernel data structures.  Open graphcap descriptor
+	# for the named device, allocate and initialize descriptor and common.
+	# graphcap entry for device must exist.
+
+	if (need_open) {
+	    if ((i_kt != NULL) && !same_dev)
+		call ttycdes (i_tty)
+	    if (!same_dev) {
+	        i_tty = ttygdes (Memc[buf])
+		if (ttygetb (i_tty, "LC"))
+		    call error (1, "operation not supported on device")
+	    }
+
+	    if (ttygets (i_tty, "DD", Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE) <= 0)
+		call strcpy (Memc[buf], Memc[devinfo], SZ_LINE)
+
+	    # Open the output file.  The device is connected to FIO as a 
+	    # binary file.  mode must be READ_WRITE or WRITE_ONLY
+	    # for image display!
+
+	    iferr (i_out = fopnbf (Memc[devinfo], mode, zopnim, zardim,
+	        zawrim, zawtim, zsttim, zclsim)) {
+
+	        call ttycdes (i_tty)
+	        call erract (EA_ERROR)
+	    }
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	}
+
+	# Initialize data structures.
+	# Device specific initialization will be done in the zinit call
+	# from ids_init().
+
+	if (!same_dev) {
+	    call ids_init (i_tty, Memc[buf])
+
+	    # Now set the file size to allow mapping of all control registers
+	    # as well as all image and graphics planes.  The call to fstatl
+	    # returns the size of an image plane (!!).  zinit does whatever
+	    # device work it needs to do, and uses its arguments to determine
+	    # the total file size, which it returns.
+	    # This feature need not be used (and is not for the IIS display).
+	    #
+	    # We also set the F_ASYNC parameter to YES.
+
+	    i_frsize = fstatl(i_out, F_FILESIZE)
+	    filesize = i_frsize
+	    call zinit(i_maxframes, i_maxgraph, filesize)
+	    call fseti(i_out, F_ASYNC, YES)
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d678b286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspcell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# number of grey scale symbols
+define NSYMBOL	11
+define TSIZE	(1.0/2.0)
+
+# IDS_PUTCELLARRAY -- Draw a cell array, i.e., two dimensional array of pixels
+# (greylevels or colors).
+
+procedure ids_putcellarray (m, nc, nr, ax1,ay1, ax2,ay2)
+
+short	m[ARB]			# cell array
+int	nc, nr			# number of pixels in X and Y
+				# (number of columns[x], rows[y]
+int	ax1, ay1		# lower left corner of output window
+int	ax2, ay2		# upper right corner of output window
+
+int	x1,y1,x2,y2
+real	px1, py1, px2, py2
+int	nx, ny
+real	skip_x, skip_y, sx, sy
+real	blockx, blocky, bcy
+int	i, j, startrow, element
+real	xres, yres
+pointer	sp, cell
+bool	ca, use_orig, new_row
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# determine if can do real cell array.
+
+	ca = (IDS_CELLARRAY(i_kt) != 0)
+	if ( !ca )
+	     return
+
+	skip_x = 1.0
+	skip_y = 1.0
+	blockx = 1.0
+	blocky = 1.0
+
+	xres = real(i_xres)
+	yres = real(i_yres)
+
+	# adjust pixels for edges
+	x1 = ax1
+	x2 = ax2
+	y1 = ay1
+	y2 = ay2
+	call ids_cround(x1,x2,xres)
+	call ids_cround(y1,y2,yres)
+
+	# find out how many real pixels we have to fill
+
+	px1 = real(x1) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py1 = real(y1) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	px2 = real(x2) * xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	py2 = real(y2) * yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	nx = int( px2 ) - int( px1 ) + 1
+	ny = int( py2 ) - int( py1 ) + 1
+
+	# if too many data points in input, set skip.  If skip is close
+	# enough to one, set it to one.
+	# set block replication factors - will be > 1.0 if too few input points.
+	# cannot set to 1.0 if "close" enough, since, if > 1.0, we don't have
+	# enough points and so *some* have to be replicated.
+
+	if ( nc > nx ) {
+	    skip_x = real(nc)/nx
+	    if ( (skip_x - 1.0)*(nx-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_x = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blockx = real(nx)/nc
+
+	if ( nr > ny ) {
+	    skip_y = real(nr)/ny
+	    if ( (skip_y - 1.0)*(ny-1) < 1.0 )
+		skip_y = 1.0
+	} else
+	    blocky = real(ny)/nr
+
+	# initialize counters
+
+	call smark(sp)
+	sy = skip_y
+	bcy = blocky
+	startrow = 1
+	element = startrow
+
+	# see if we can use original data ... no massaging
+	# also set the initial value of the new_row flag, which tells
+	# if we have to rebuild the row data
+	# note that if blockx > 1.0, skip_x must be 1.0, and vv
+
+	if ( (skip_x == 1.0) && (blockx == 1.0) ) {
+	    use_orig = true
+	    new_row  = false
+	} else {
+	    use_orig = false
+	    new_row  = true
+	    # allocate storage for a row of pixels.
+	    call salloc ( cell, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	}
+
+	# do it
+
+	for ( i = 1; i <= ny ; i = i + 1) {
+
+	    # Build the row data.
+
+	    if (!use_orig && new_row) {
+		if ( skip_x == 1.0)
+		    call ids_blockit(m[element], Mems[cell], nx, blockx)
+		else {
+	            sx = skip_x
+	            for ( j = 1; j <= nx; j = j + 1) {
+		        Mems[cell+j-1] = m[element]
+		        element = startrow + int(sx+0.5)
+		        sx = sx + skip_x
+	            }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Send the row data.  The writing routine will figure out
+	    # how to send to the various individual frames and bitplanes.
+
+	    call zseek (i_out, int(px1), int(py1)+i-1)
+	    if (use_orig)
+		call write (i_out, m[element], nx)
+	    else
+		call write (i_out, Mems[cell], nx)
+
+	    # Advance a row.
+
+	    element = startrow
+	    if ( bcy <= real(i) ) {
+		startrow = 1 + nc * int(sy+0.5)
+		element = startrow
+		sy = sy + skip_y
+	        bcy = bcy + blocky
+		new_row = true
+	    } else {
+		new_row = false
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree(sp)
+end
+
+
+# IDS_BLOCKIT -- block replication of data
+
+procedure ids_blockit( from, to, count, factor)
+
+short	from[ARB]			# input data
+short	to[ARB]				# output data
+int	count				# number of output pixels
+real	factor				# blocking factor
+
+int	i, j
+real	bc
+
+begin
+	bc = factor
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1; i <= count ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    to[i] = from[j]
+	    if ( bc <= real(i) ) {
+		j = j + 1
+		bc = bc + factor
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77ac3bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspl.x
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# nspp particulars
+# base width of line
+define	BASELW		8
+
+# IDS_POLYLINE -- Draw a polyline.  The polyline is defined by the array of
+# points P, consisting of successive (x,y) coordinate pairs.  The first point
+# is not plotted but rather defines the start of the polyline.  The remaining
+# points define line segments to be drawn.
+
+procedure ids_polyline (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+
+pointer	pl
+int	i, len_p
+int	linewidth
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( npts <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	len_p = npts * 2
+
+	# Update polyline attributes if necessary.
+
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_TYPE(i_kt) != PL_LTYPE(pl)) {
+	    call ids_line(PL_LTYPE(pl))
+	    IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = PL_LTYPE(pl)
+	}
+	if (IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) != PL_WIDTH(pl)) {
+	    linewidth = int(real(BASELW) * GKI_UNPACKREAL(PL_WIDTH(pl)))
+	    i_linewidth = max(1,linewidth)
+	    IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = PL_WIDTH(pl)
+	}
+	if (IDS_COLOR(i_kt) != PL_COLOR(pl)) {
+	    i_linecolor = PL_COLOR(pl)
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = PL_COLOR(pl)
+	}
+
+	# Move to the first point.  point() will plot it, which is
+	# ok here, and vector may well plot it again.
+
+	call ids_point(p[1], p[2], true)
+
+	# Draw the polyline.
+
+	for (i=3;  i <= len_p;  i=i+2) {
+	    call ids_vector ( p[i], p[i+1])
+
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf49ea1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsplset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_PLSET -- Set the polyline attributes.  The polyline width parameter is
+# passed to the encoder as a packed floating point number, i.e., int(LWx100).
+
+procedure ids_plset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	pl
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+	PL_LTYPE(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_LT]
+	PL_WIDTH(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_LW]
+	PL_COLOR(pl) = gki[GKI_PLSET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b165b7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# nspp particulars
+# base width of line
+define	BASELW		8
+
+# IDS_POLYMARKER -- Draw a polymarker.  The polymarker is defined by the array
+# of points P, consisting of successive (x,y) coordinate pairs.  The first point
+# is not plotted but rather defines the start of the polyline.  The remaining
+# points define line segments to be drawn.
+
+procedure ids_polymarker (p, npts)
+
+short	p[ARB]			# points defining line
+int	npts			# number of points, i.e., (x,y) pairs
+
+pointer	pm
+int	i, len_p
+int	linewidth
+short	x,y
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( npts <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	len_p = npts * 2
+
+	# Update polymarker attributes if necessary.
+
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+
+	if (IDS_TYPE(i_kt) != PM_LTYPE(pm)) {
+	    call ids_line(PM_LTYPE(pm))
+	    IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = PM_LTYPE(pm)
+	}
+	if (IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) != PM_WIDTH(pm)) {
+	    linewidth = int(real(BASELW) * GKI_UNPACKREAL(PM_WIDTH(pm)))
+	    i_linewidth = max(1,linewidth)
+	    IDS_WIDTH(i_kt) = PM_WIDTH(pm)
+	}
+	if (IDS_COLOR(i_kt) != PM_COLOR(pm)) {
+	    i_linecolor = PM_COLOR(pm)
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = PM_COLOR(pm)
+	}
+
+	for (i=1;  i <= len_p;  i=i+2) {
+	    x = p[i]
+	    y = p[i+1]
+	    call ids_point (real(x)/GKI_MAXNDC, real(y)/GKI_MAXNDC, true)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be46ede8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspmset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_PMSET -- Set the polymarker attributes.
+
+procedure ids_pmset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+pointer	pm
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+	PM_LTYPE(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_MT]
+	PM_WIDTH(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_MW]
+	PM_COLOR(pm) = gki[GKI_PMSET_CI]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2addb635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idspoint.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_POINT -- Plot a point in the current plane at given (GKI) coordinates.
+
+procedure ids_point (ax,ay,flag)
+
+short	ax,ay			# point coordinates, GKI
+bool	flag			# true if should plot point, false if just a
+				# pen move
+int	xp, yp
+int	bufsize
+int	fstati()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# convert to device coords, plot max value, then record in i_pt
+	xp = real(ax) * i_xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	yp = real(ay) * i_yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	# if flag is true, we plot the point.  If false, we just want
+	# to record the points (a pen move), so skip the plot commands
+
+	if (flag) {
+	    # set buffer to size one
+	    bufsize = fstati (i_out, F_BUFSIZE)
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, 1)
+
+	    # plot it
+	    call zseek (i_out, xp, yp)
+	    call write(i_out, short(IDS_ZRES(i_kt)-1), 1)
+
+	    # restore buffer
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	}
+	i_pt_x = xp
+	i_pt_y = yp
+end
+
+
+# IDS_RPOINT - Plot a point in the current plane at given (device coord) offsets
+# from current point.
+
+procedure ids_rpoint (dx,dy)
+
+short	dx,dy			# DEVICE coordinate increments from cur. pos.
+
+int	xp, yp
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	xp = i_pt_x + dx
+	yp = i_pt_y + dy
+
+	call zseek (i_out, xp, yp)
+	call write(i_out, short(IDS_ZRES(i_kt)-1), 1)
+
+	i_pt_x = xp
+	i_pt_y = yp
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..627b3d4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsreset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_RESET -- Reset the state of the transform common, i.e., in response to
+# a clear or a cancel.  Initialize all attribute packets to their default
+# values and set the current state of the device to undefined, forcing the
+# device state to be reset when the next output instruction is executed.
+# Clear the image, graphics, and luts only if reset is "hard" enough.
+
+procedure ids_reset(hardness)
+
+short	hardness
+
+pointer	pl, pm, fa, tx
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# Set pointers to attribute substructures.
+	pl = IDS_PLAP(i_kt)
+	pm = IDS_PMAP(i_kt)
+	fa = IDS_FAAP(i_kt)
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Initialize the attribute packets.
+	PL_LTYPE(pl)	= 1
+	PL_WIDTH(pl)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	PL_COLOR(pl)	= 1
+	PM_LTYPE(pm)	= 1
+	PM_WIDTH(pm)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	PM_COLOR(pm)	= 1
+	FA_STYLE(fa)	= 1
+	FA_COLOR(fa)	= 1
+	TX_UP(tx)	= 90
+	TX_SIZE(tx)	= GKI_PACKREAL(1.)
+	TX_PATH(tx)	= GT_RIGHT
+	TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)	= GT_LEFT
+	TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)	= GT_BOTTOM
+	TX_FONT(tx)	= GT_ROMAN
+	TX_COLOR(tx)	= 1
+	TX_SPACING(tx)	= 0.0
+
+	# Set the device attributes to undefined, forcing them to be reset
+	# when the next output instruction is executed.
+
+	IDS_TYPE(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_WIDTH(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_COLOR(i_kt)		= -1
+	IDS_TXSIZE(i_kt)	= -1
+	IDS_TXFONT(i_kt)	= -1
+
+	call zreset(hardness)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..246631c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsrestore.x
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_RESTORE -- Restore the control state of the display, together with
+# zero to all of the image and graphics planes.
+
+procedure ids_restore (data, n)
+
+short	data[ARB]		# instruction data words
+short	n			# number of data words
+
+int	fd			# binary file output descriptor
+short	i, j
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]	# frames to save
+short	graph[IDS_MAXGRPL+1]	# graph planes to save
+short	buffer[IDS_MAXDATA]	# for data storage
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# determine file descriptor to read (opened by upper end)
+	# ( assume upper end has retrieved whatever data it stored and
+	#   leaves fd pointing at control information offset)
+	# then retrieve the frame data
+
+	fd = data[1]
+
+	# image data
+
+	call read(fd, i, SZ_SHORT)
+	call read(fd, buffer, i)
+	j = 0
+	i = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    frame[j] = buffer[i]
+	} until ( (buffer[i] == IDS_EOD) || ( j == i_maxframes) )
+	frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# graph data
+
+	call read(fd, i, SZ_SHORT)
+	call read(fd, buffer, i)
+	i = 0
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    graph[j] = buffer[i]
+	} until ( (buffer[i] == IDS_EOD) || ( j == i_maxgraph) )
+	graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# get all control information
+
+	call zdev_restore(fd)
+
+	# get image data
+
+	if ( frame[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxframes ; i = i + 1)
+		frame[i] = i
+	    frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( frame[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; frame[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zim_restore (fd, frame[i])
+	}
+
+	# get graphics data
+
+	if ( graph[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxgraph ; i = i + 1)
+		graph[i] = i
+	    graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( graph[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; graph[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zgr_restore (fd, graph[i])
+	}
+
+	# upper end to close file
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a66ebc00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idssave.x
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_SAVE -- Save the control state of the display, together with
+# zero to all of the image and graphics planes.
+
+procedure ids_save (data, n)
+
+short	data[ARB]		# instruction data words
+short	n			# count of data words
+
+int	fd			# binary file output descriptor
+short	i, j
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]	# frames to save
+short	graph[IDS_MAXGRPL+1]	# graph planes to save
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# do we need to check n ??
+
+	# determine file descriptor to write (opened by upper end)
+	# ( assume upper end has saved whatever data it wanted and
+	#   leaves fd pointing at control information offset)
+	# then squirrel away the frame data
+
+	fd = data[1]
+
+	# image data
+
+	i = 1
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    frame[j] = data[i]
+	} until ( data[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	call write(fd, j, SZ_SHORT)
+	call write(fd, frame[1], j*SZ_SHORT)
+
+	# graph data
+
+	j = 0
+	repeat {
+	    i = i + 1
+	    j = j + 1
+	    graph[j] = data[i]
+	} until ( data[i] == IDS_EOD )
+	call write(fd, j, SZ_SHORT)
+	call write(fd, graph[1], j*SZ_SHORT)
+
+	# get all control information
+
+	call zdev_save(fd)
+
+	# get image data
+
+	if ( frame[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxframes ; i = i + 1)
+		frame[i] = i
+	    frame[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( frame[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; frame[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zim_save (fd, frame[i])
+	}
+
+	# get graphics data
+
+	if ( graph[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= i_maxgraph ; i = i + 1)
+		graph[i] = i
+	    graph[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	if ( graph[1] != 0 ) {
+	    for ( i = 1 ; graph[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1)
+	        call zgr_save (fd, graph[i])
+	}
+
+	# upper end to close file
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ec48c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsscur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# IDS_SETCURSOR -- Set the position of a cursor.
+
+procedure ids_setcursor (x, y, cursor)
+
+int	x, y			# new position of cursor
+int	cursor			# cursor to be set
+
+begin
+	call zcursor_set(cursor, x, y)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb7360b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsstream.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_GRSTREAM -- Set the FD of the graphics/image stream, to which
+# we return cell arrays and cursor values.
+
+procedure ids_grstream (stream)
+
+int stream
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	i_in = stream
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7209d00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstx.x
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<math.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	BASECS_X	12	# Base (size 1.0) char width in GKI coords.
+define	BASECS_Y	12	# Base (size 1.0) char height in GKI coords.
+
+
+# IDS_TEXT -- Draw a text string.  The string is drawn at the position (X,Y)
+# using the text attributes set by the last GKI_TXSET instruction.  The text
+# string to be drawn may contain embedded set font escape sequences of the
+# form \fR (roman), \fG (greek), etc.  We break the input text sequence up
+# into segments at font boundaries and draw these on the output device,
+# setting the text size, color, font, and position at the beginning of each
+# segment.
+
+procedure ids_text (xc, yc, text, n)
+
+int	xc, yc			# where to draw text string
+short	text[ARB]		# text string
+int	n			# number of characters
+
+real	x, y, dx, dy, tsz
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2, orien
+int	x0, y0, ids_dx, ids_dy, ch, cw
+int	xstart, ystart, newx, newy
+int	totlen, polytext, font, seglen 
+pointer	sp, seg, ip, op, tx, first
+int	stx_segment()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+real	i_dx, i_dy		# scale GKI to window coords
+int	i_x1, i_y1		# origin of device window
+int	i_x2, i_y2		# upper right corner of device window
+data	i_dx /1.0/, i_dy /1.0/
+data	i_x1 /0/, i_y1 /0/, i_x2 /GKI_MAXNDC/, i_y2 / GKI_MAXNDC/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (seg, n + 2, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set pointer to the text attribute structure.
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Set the text size and color if not already set.  Both should be
+	# invalidated when the screen is cleared.  Text color should be
+	# invalidated whenever another color is set.  The text size was
+	# set by ids_txset, and is just a scaling factor.
+
+	IDS_TXSIZE(i_kt) = TX_SIZE(tx)
+	# For display, have 32767 sizes, so just scale the the base sizes.
+	tsz = GKI_UNPACKREAL(TX_SIZE(tx))	# scale factor
+	ch = IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) * tsz
+	cw = IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1) * tsz
+
+	if (TX_COLOR(tx) != IDS_COLOR(i_kt)) {
+	    # Should do something like   call ids_color (TX_COLOR(tx))
+	    # But that requires some association of color with hardware
+	    # and what that should be is not clear.
+	    IDS_COLOR(i_kt) = TX_COLOR(tx)
+	}
+
+	# Set the linetype to a solid line, and invalidate last setting.
+	call ids_linetype (GL_SOLID)
+	IDS_TYPE(i_kt) = -1
+
+	# Break the text string into segments at font boundaries and count
+	# the total number of printable characters.
+
+	totlen = stx_segment (text, n, Memc[seg], TX_FONT(tx))
+
+	# Compute the text drawing parameters, i.e., the coordinates of the
+	# first character to be drawn, the step between successive characters,
+	# and the polytext flag (GKI coords).
+
+	call stx_parameters (xc,yc, totlen, x0,y0, ids_dx,ids_dy, polytext,
+	    orien)
+
+	# Draw the segments, setting the font at the beginning of each segment.
+	# The first segment is drawn at (X0,Y0).  The separation between
+	# characters is DX,DY.  A segment is drawn as a block if the polytext
+	# flag is set, otherwise each character is drawn individually.
+
+	x  = x0 * i_dx + i_x1
+	y  = y0 * i_dy + i_y1
+	dx = ids_dx * i_dx
+	dy = ids_dy * i_dy
+
+	for (ip=seg;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    # Process the font control character heading the next segment.
+	    font = Memc[ip]
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	    
+	    # Draw the segment.
+	    while (Memc[ip] != EOS) {
+		# Clip leading out of bounds characters.
+		for (;  Memc[ip] != EOS;  ip=ip+1) {
+		    x1 = x; x2 = x1 + cw
+		    y1 = y; y2 = y1 + ch
+
+		    if (x1 >= i_x1 && x2 <= i_x2 && y1 >= i_y1 && y2 <= i_y2)
+			break
+		    else {
+			x = x + dx
+			y = y + dy
+		    }
+
+		    if (polytext == NO) {
+			ip = ip + 1
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Coords of first char to be drawn.
+		xstart = x
+		ystart = y
+
+		# Move OP to first out of bounds char.
+		for (op=ip;  Memc[op] != EOS;  op=op+1) {
+		    x1 = x; x2 = x1 + cw
+		    y1 = y; y2 = y1 + ch
+
+		    if (x1 <= i_x1 || x2 >= i_x2 || y1 <= i_y1 || y2 >= i_y2)
+			break
+		    else {
+			x = x + dx
+			y = y + dy
+		    }
+
+		    if (polytext == NO) {
+			op = op + 1
+			break
+		    }
+		}
+
+		# Count number of inbounds chars.
+		seglen = op - ip
+
+		# Leave OP pointing to the end of this segment.
+		if (polytext == NO)
+		    op = ip + 1
+		else {
+		    while (Memc[op] != EOS)
+			op = op + 1
+		}
+
+		# Compute X,Y of next segment.
+		newx = xstart + (dx * (op - ip))
+		newy = ystart +  dy
+
+		# Quit if no inbounds chars.
+		if (seglen == 0) {
+		    x = newx
+		    y = newy
+		    ip = op
+		    next
+		}
+
+		# Output the inbounds chars.
+
+		first = ip
+		x = xstart
+		y = ystart
+
+		while (seglen > 0 && (polytext == YES || ip == first)) {
+		    call ids_drawchar (Memc[ip], nint(x), nint(y), cw, ch,
+			orien, font)
+		    ip = ip + 1
+		    seglen = seglen - 1
+		    x = x + dx
+		    y = y + dy
+		}
+
+		x = newx
+		y = newy
+		ip = op
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# STX_SEGMENT -- Process the text string into segments, in the process
+# converting from type short to char.  The only text attribute that can
+# change within a string is the font, so segments are broken by \fI, \fG,
+# etc. font select sequences embedded in the text.  The segments are encoded
+# sequentially in the output string.  The first character of each segment is
+# the font number.  A segment is delimited by EOS.  A font number of EOS
+# marks the end of the segment list.  The output string is assumed to be
+# large enough to hold the segmented text string.
+
+int procedure stx_segment (text, n, out, start_font)
+
+short	text[ARB]		# input text
+int	n			# number of characters in text
+char	out[ARB]		# output string
+int	start_font		# initial font code
+
+int	ip, op
+int	totlen, font
+
+begin
+	out[1] = start_font
+	totlen = 0
+	op = 2
+
+	for (ip=1;  ip <= n;  ip=ip+1) {
+	    if (text[ip] == '\\' && text[ip+1] == 'f') {
+		# Select font.
+		out[op] = EOS
+		op = op + 1
+		ip = ip + 2
+
+		switch (text[ip]) {
+		case 'B':
+		    font = GT_BOLD
+		case 'I':
+		    font = GT_ITALIC
+		case 'G':
+		    font = GT_GREEK
+		default:
+		    font = GT_ROMAN
+		}
+
+		out[op] = font
+		op = op + 1
+
+	    } else {
+		# Deposit character in segment.
+		out[op] = text[ip]
+		op = op + 1
+		totlen = totlen + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Terminate last segment and add null segment.
+
+	out[op] = EOS
+	out[op+1] = EOS
+
+	return (totlen)
+end
+
+
+# STX_PARAMETERS -- Set the text drawing parameters, i.e., the coordinates
+# of the lower left corner of the first character to be drawn, the spacing
+# between characters, and the polytext flag.  Input consists of the coords
+# of the text string, the length of the string, and the text attributes
+# defining the character size, justification in X and Y of the coordinates,
+# and orientation of the string.  All coordinates are in GKI units.
+
+procedure stx_parameters (xc, yc, totlen, x0, y0, dx, dy, polytext, orien)
+
+int	xc, yc			# coordinates at which string is to be drawn
+int	totlen			# number of characters to be drawn
+int	x0, y0			# lower left corner of first char to be drawn
+int	dx, dy			# step in X and Y between characters
+int	polytext		# OK to output text segment all at once
+int	orien			# rotation angle of characters
+
+pointer	tx
+int	up, path
+real	dir, ch, cw, cosv, sinv, space, sz
+real	xsize, ysize, xvlen, yvlen, xu, yu, xv, yv, p, q
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+
+	# Get character sizes in GKI coords.
+	sz = GKI_UNPACKREAL (TX_SIZE(tx))
+	ch = IDS_CHARHEIGHT(i_kt,1) * sz
+	cw = IDS_CHARWIDTH(i_kt,1) * sz
+
+	# Compute the character rotation angle.  This is independent of the
+	# direction in which characters are drawn.  A character up vector of
+	# 90 degrees (normal) corresponds to a rotation angle of zero.
+
+	up = TX_UP(tx)
+	orien = up - 90
+
+	# Determine the direction in which characters are to be plotted.
+	# This depends on both the character up vector and the path, which
+	# is defined relative to the up vector.
+
+	path = TX_PATH(tx)
+	switch (path) {
+	case GT_UP:
+	    dir = up
+	case GT_DOWN:
+	    dir = up - 180
+	case GT_LEFT:
+	    dir = up + 90
+	default:		# GT_NORMAL, GT_RIGHT
+	    dir = up - 90
+	}
+
+	# ------- DX, DY ---------
+	# Convert the direction vector into the step size between characters.
+	# Note CW and CH are in GKI coordinates, hence DX and DY are too.
+	# Additional spacing of some fraction of the character size is used
+	# if TX_SPACING is nonzero.
+
+	dir = -DEGTORAD(dir)
+	cosv = cos (dir)
+	sinv = sin (dir)
+
+	# Correct for spacing (unrotated).
+	space = (1.0 + TX_SPACING(tx))
+	if (path == GT_UP || path == GT_DOWN)
+	    p = ch * space
+	else
+	    p = cw * space
+	q = 0
+
+	# Correct for rotation.
+	dx =  p * cosv + q * sinv
+	dy = -p * sinv + q * cosv
+
+	# ------- XU, YU ---------
+	# Determine the coordinates of the center of the first character req'd
+	# to justify the string, assuming dimensionless characters spaced on
+	# centers DX,DY apart.
+
+	xvlen = dx * (totlen - 1)
+	yvlen = dy * (totlen - 1)
+
+	switch (TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    xu = - (xvlen / 2.0)
+	case GT_RIGHT:
+	    # If right justify and drawing to the left, no offset req'd.
+	    if (xvlen < 0)
+		xu = 0
+	    else
+		xu = -xvlen
+	default:		# GT_LEFT, GT_NORMAL
+	    # If left justify and drawing to the left, full offset right req'd.
+	    if (xvlen < 0)
+		xu = -xvlen
+	    else
+		xu = 0
+	}
+
+	switch (TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    yu = - (yvlen / 2.0)
+	case GT_TOP:
+	    # If top justify and drawing downward, no offset req'd.
+	    if (yvlen < 0)
+		yu = 0
+	    else
+		yu = -yvlen
+	default:		# GT_BOTTOM, GT_NORMAL
+	    # If bottom justify and drawing downward, full offset up req'd.
+	    if (yvlen < 0)
+		yu = -yvlen
+	    else
+		yu = 0
+	}
+
+	# ------- XV, YV ---------
+	# Compute the offset from the center of a single character required
+	# to justify that character, given a particular character up vector.
+	# (This could be combined with the above case but is clearer if
+	# treated separately.)
+
+	p = -DEGTORAD(orien)
+	cosv = cos(p)
+	sinv = sin(p)
+
+	# Compute the rotated character in size X and Y.
+	xsize = abs ( cw * cosv + ch * sinv)
+	ysize = abs (-cw * sinv + ch * cosv)
+
+	switch (TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    xv = 0
+	case GT_RIGHT:
+	    xv = - (xsize / 2.0)
+	default:		# GT_LEFT, GT_NORMAL
+	    xv = xsize / 2
+	}
+
+	switch (TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)) {
+	case GT_CENTER:
+	    yv = 0
+	case GT_TOP:
+	    yv = - (ysize / 2.0)
+	default:		# GT_BOTTOM, GT_NORMAL
+	    yv = ysize / 2
+	}
+
+	# ------- X0, Y0 ---------
+	# The center coordinates of the first character to be drawn are given
+	# by the reference position plus the string justification vector plus
+	# the character justification vector.
+
+	x0 = xc + xu + xv
+	y0 = yc + yu + yv
+
+	# The character drawing primitive requires the coordinates of the
+	# lower left corner of the character (irrespective of orientation).
+	# Compute the vector from the center of a character to the lower left
+	# corner of a character, rotate to the given orientation, and correct
+	# the starting coordinates by addition of this vector.
+
+	p = - (cw / 2.0)
+	q = - (ch / 2.0)
+
+	x0 = x0 + ( p * cosv + q * sinv)
+	y0 = y0 + (-p * sinv + q * cosv)
+
+	# ------- POLYTEXT ---------
+	# Set the polytext flag.  Polytext output is possible only if chars
+	# are to be drawn to the right with no extra spacing between chars.
+
+	if (abs(dy) == 0 && dx == cw)
+	    polytext = YES
+	else
+	    polytext = NO
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c9529da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idstxset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IDS_TXSET -- Set the text drawing attributes.
+
+procedure ids_txset (gki)
+
+short	gki[ARB]		# attribute structure
+
+pointer	tx
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	tx = IDS_TXAP(i_kt)
+	TX_UP(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_UP] 
+	TX_PATH(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_P ] 
+	TX_HJUSTIFY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_HJ] 
+	TX_VJUSTIFY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_VJ] 
+	TX_FONT(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_F ]
+	TX_QUALITY(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_Q ] 
+	TX_COLOR(tx)	= gki[GKI_TXSET_CI] 
+
+	TX_SPACING(tx)	= GKI_UNPACKREAL (gki[GKI_TXSET_SP])
+	TX_SIZE(tx)     = gki[GKI_TXSET_SZ]
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d1ec502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/idsvector.x
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+define MAXC	10000		# just a largish int here
+
+# IDS_VECTOR -- Plot a line in the current plane; the starting coordinates
+# are in ids.com: i_pt_x, i_pt_y.  The end points are the arguments
+# to vector.
+# the code is Bresenham's algorithm, as taken from the line drawing
+# routine in Forth-11 image display code.
+
+procedure ids_vector (ax,ay)
+
+short	ax,ay			# vector end coordinates, GKI
+
+short	x,y
+short	xe ,ye			# end coordinates, device
+short	dx,dy,dd
+short	xi,yi, xid,yid		# increments
+short	total, e		# total change and error
+int	bufsize			# file i/o buffersize
+int	fstati()
+int	count, cmax
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	x = ax
+	y = ay
+
+	bufsize = fstati(i_out, F_BUFSIZE)
+
+	# convert x,y to device coords.
+	xe = real(x) * i_xres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	ye = real(y) * i_yres /(GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+
+	# determine delta x and y, and x/y increments
+
+	dx = xe - i_pt_x
+	dy = ye - i_pt_y
+
+	# set movement increments, take absolute value of dx, dy
+	if ( dy >= 0 )
+	    yi = 1
+	else {
+	    yi = -1
+	    dy = -dy
+	}
+	if ( dx >= 0 )
+	    xi = 1
+	else {
+	    xi = -1
+	    dx = -dx
+	}
+
+	# set diagonal movement increments
+	xid = xi
+	yid = yi
+
+	# if, for instance, pos. slope less than 45 degrees, most movement
+	# is in x, so then set (the ususal) y increment to zero
+	if ( dy >= dx )
+	    xi = 0
+	else
+	    yi = 0
+
+	# Set up for buffer of one, and let code find best buffering
+	cmax = 0
+	call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, 1)
+	count = 0
+
+	# Plot the first point
+	call ids_rpoint (0, 0)
+
+	# Is there anything to do?  determine total increments to plot; if
+	# zero, quit
+	total = dx + dy
+	if ( total == 0 ) {
+	    call fseti (i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	# set error to zero, determine difference in x,y change.
+	e = 0
+	dd = dy - dx
+	if ( dd >= 0 ) {
+	    dd = -dd
+	    dy = dx
+	}
+
+	# plot the line
+	repeat {
+	    dx = dd + e
+	    if ( (dy + e + dx) >= 0 ) {
+	    # diagonal plot, accounts for two units of increment
+		if ( count > cmax ) {
+		# leaving current (x) line, so determine how many points
+		# have plotted on line and use this (maximum) as line
+		# buffering size
+		    call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, count)
+		    cmax = count
+		    count = 0
+		}
+		call ids_rpoint ( xid, yid )
+		total = total - 2
+		e = dx
+	    } else {
+	        # move in x (or y) only; for the small positive slope line, 
+	        # real line will move up and finally over line being plotted,
+	        # hence e increases.
+		call ids_rpoint ( xi, yi )
+		total = total - 1
+		e = e + dy
+	        count = count + 1
+	    }
+	} until ( total <= 0 )
+	# restore original buffer size
+	call fseti(i_out, F_BUFSIZE, bufsize)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79778100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Make the CV package library.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	idscancel.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h>
+	idschars.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclear.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclose.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsclosews.x	../lib/ids.h   ../lib/ids.com
+	idscround.x	../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsdrawch.x	font.com font.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <math.h>
+	idsescape.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsfa.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsfaset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsflush.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsfont.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsgcell.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsgcur.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsinit.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <ctype.h> <gki.h> <mach.h>
+	idsline.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gset.h>
+	idslutfill.x	<gki.h>
+	idsopen.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsopenws.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h>\
+			<fset.h> <mach.h>
+	idspcell.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idspl.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idsplset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspm.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspmset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h>
+	idspoint.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h> <gki.h>
+	idsreset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gset.h> <gki.h>
+	idsrestore.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idssave.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idsscur.x	
+	idsstream.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h
+	idstx.x		../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <math.h>
+	idstxset.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h>
+	idsvector.x	../lib/ids.com ../lib/ids.h <fset.h> <gki.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31198b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/README
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This is junk code which I think should be thrown away. I will leave it here
+for the time just in case. (LED 22/4/91)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3c1d22b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/box.x
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a box test image
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	lb,ub,mid
+int	mod()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	# now set up boxes
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IMD_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IMD_BLUE
+	set_image[4] = IMD_EOD
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_GP, set_image, 4)
+        lb = 0.0
+        ub = 1.0
+	mid = (lb + ub)/2.
+	for ( i = 1; i <= 5 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    if ( mod(i-1,2) == 0 ) {
+		x[1] = lb
+		y[1] = mid
+		x[2] = mid
+		y[2] = ub
+		x[3] = ub
+		y[3] = mid
+		x[4] = mid
+		y[4] = lb
+		x[5] = lb
+		y[5] = mid
+	    } else {
+		x[1] = (mid-lb)/2 + lb
+		y[1] = x[1]
+		x[2] = x[1]
+		# x[2] = x[1] - .05
+		y[2] = y[1] + mid - lb
+		x[3] = y[2]
+		y[3] = y[2]
+		# y[3] = y[2] - .05
+		x[4] = y[2]
+		y[4] = x[1]
+		x[5] = x[1]
+		y[5] = y[1]
+		lb = x[1]
+		ub = y[2]
+	    }
+	    call gpline ( gp, x, y, 5)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e854935f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/boxin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a box test image
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key, j
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	lb,ub,mid
+int	mod()
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+
+	# enable the blue plane
+	set_image[1] = IDS_ON
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD		# all graphics frames
+	set_image[3] = IDS_BLUE		# color
+	set_image[4] = IDS_EOD
+	set_image[5] = IDS_EOD		# all quadrants
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_G, set_image, 5)
+
+	# set which plane to write into
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD		# first graphics frame
+	set_image[3] = IDS_BLUE		# color
+	set_image[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_GP, set_image, 4)
+
+	# now set up boxes
+        lb = 0.0
+        ub = 1.0
+	mid = (lb + ub)/2.
+	for ( i = 1; i <= 5 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    if ( mod(i-1,2) == 0 ) {
+		x[1] = lb
+		y[1] = mid
+		x[2] = mid
+		y[2] = ub
+		x[3] = ub
+		y[3] = mid
+		x[4] = mid
+		y[4] = lb
+		x[5] = lb
+		y[5] = mid
+	    } else {
+		x[1] = (mid-lb)/2 + lb
+		y[1] = x[1]
+		x[2] = x[1]
+		y[2] = y[1] + mid - lb
+		x[3] = y[2]
+		y[3] = y[2]
+		x[4] = y[2]
+		y[4] = x[1]
+		x[5] = x[1]
+		y[5] = y[1]
+		lb = x[1]
+		ub = y[2]
+	    }
+	    do j = 1,5 {
+		x[j] = x[j] * 32768. / 32767.
+		if (x[j] > 1.0)
+		    x[j] = 1.0
+		y[j] = y[j] * 32768. / 32767.
+		if (y[j] > 1.0)
+		    y[j] = 1.0
+	    }
+	    call gpline ( gp, x, y, 5)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9d27279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/crin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i, data[DIM+1]
+int	key, but, fnum
+real	x, y
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	i = 1
+	repeat {
+	    call eprintf("set zoom and zoom center\n")
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, but)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+	    call zm(gp, but, x, y)
+	    call eprintf("set frame, 4 to exit\n")
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, fnum)
+	    if ( fnum == 4)
+		break
+	    call iset(gp, fnum)
+	    repeat {
+	        call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	        call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, but)
+	        call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, fnum)
+	        call rpc(gp, x, y, key)
+		call ggcell (gp, data, 1, 1, x, y, x, y)
+		call eprintf("frame %d, datum: %d\n")
+		   call pargi (fnum)
+		   call pargs (data[1])
+	    } until ( but == 4)
+	} until ( i == 0 )
+
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# rpcursor --- read and print cursor
+
+procedure rpc(gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+pointer	gp
+real	sx,sy
+int 	key
+
+begin
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor: (%f,%f) (%d,%d) key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+end
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure zm(gp, pow, x, y)
+
+int	pow
+pointer	gp
+real	x, y
+
+short	data[9]
+
+begin
+	    data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[3] = 3
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[6] = 0
+	    data[7] = 2**(pow-1)
+	    data[8] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[9] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[1], 9)
+end
+
+# set image plane for operation
+
+procedure iset (gp, frame)
+
+int	frame
+pointer	gp
+
+short	data[10]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = frame
+	data[2] = IDS_EOD
+	data[3] = IDS_EOD	# all bitplanes
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_SET_IP, data, 3)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7e16b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grey.x
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a grey scale test image, using frames 1 and 2, and 
+# position the cursor in the upper right quadrant.
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	display[6]
+short	set_image[3]
+real	y, sx, sy
+int	key
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	data[1] = IMD_R_HARD
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_RESET, data, 1)
+	# display all frames off
+	display[1] = IMD_OFF
+	display[2] = IMD_EOD	# all frames
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD	# all colors
+	display[4] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	# display frames 1, 2 on -- 1 red, 2 green
+	display[1] = IMD_ON
+	display[2] = 1
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD
+	display[4] = IMD_RED
+	display[5] = IMD_EOD
+	display[6] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	display[1] = IMD_ON
+	display[2] = 2
+	display[3] = IMD_EOD
+	display[4] = IMD_GREEN
+	display[5] = IMD_EOD
+	display[6] = IMD_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+
+	# now set up grey scale changing upward in frame 1
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IMD_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IMD_EOD	# all planes
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	for ( i = 1; i <= DIM ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    call amovks ( i-1, data, DIM)
+	    y = real(i-1)/(DIM-1)
+	    call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., y, 1., y)
+	}
+
+	# grey scale changing horizontally in frame 2
+	set_image[1] = 2
+	call gescape ( gp, IMD_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	do i = 1, DIM
+	    data[i] = i
+	call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., 0., 1., 1.)
+
+	# set the cursor
+	call gscur ( gp, 0.0, 1.0)
+
+	# read cursor
+	# call ggcur( gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b76e58b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/grin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "ids.h"
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# create a grey scale test image, using frames 1 and 2, and 
+# position the cursor in the upper right quadrant.
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	open()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	display[6]
+short	set_image[3]
+real	y, sx, sy
+int	key
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream(STDIMAGE)
+
+	data[1] = IDS_R_HARD
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+	# display all frames off
+	display[1] = IDS_OFF
+	display[2] = IDS_EOD	# all frames
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD	# all colors
+	display[4] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	# display frames 1, 2 on -- 1 red, 2 green
+	display[1] = IDS_ON
+	display[2] = 1
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD
+	display[4] = IDS_RED
+	display[5] = IDS_EOD
+	display[6] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+	display[1] = IDS_ON
+	display[2] = 2
+	display[3] = IDS_EOD
+	display[4] = IDS_GREEN
+	display[5] = IDS_EOD
+	display[6] = IDS_EOD	# all quads
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_DISPLAY_I, display, 6)
+
+	# now set up grey scale changing upward in frame 1
+	set_image[1] = 1
+	set_image[2] = IDS_EOD
+	set_image[3] = IDS_EOD	# all planes
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	for ( i = 1; i <= DIM ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    call amovks ( i-1, data, DIM)
+	    y = real(i-1)/(DIM-1)
+	    call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., y, 1., y)
+	}
+
+	# grey scale changing horizontally in frame 2
+	set_image[1] = 2
+	call gescape ( gp, IDS_SET_IP, set_image, 3)
+	do i = 1, DIM
+	    data[i] = i-1
+	call gpcell ( gp, data, DIM, 1, 0., 0., 1., 1.)
+
+	# set the cursor
+	call gscur ( gp, 0.0, 1.0)
+
+	# read cursor
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor read as : (%f,%f) (%d,%d), key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose (gp)
+	call ids_close
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec4821cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# scroll
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	call cl_button
+	call scroll(0,0)
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call scroll(128,195)
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(4,128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call cursor(128,128)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(1,205,205)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
+
+procedure scroll(x,y)
+
+int x,y
+
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+short	data[8]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IMD_SCROLL
+	data[2] = IMD_WRITE
+	data[3] = 2
+	data[4] = IMD_EOD
+	data[5] = IMD_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[8] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IMD_CONTROL, data, 8)
+end
+
+procedure cursor(x,y)
+
+int	x,y
+pointer	gp
+real	xr, yr
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	xr = real((x-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	yr = real((y-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	call gscur(gp, xr, yr)
+end
+
+procedure wt_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure cl_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure zm(power, x,y)
+
+int	power
+int	x,y
+
+short	data[9]
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IMD_ZOOM
+	data[2] = IMD_WRITE
+	data[3] = 3
+	data[4] = IMD_EOD
+	data[5] = IMD_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = power
+	data[8] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[9] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IMD_CONTROL, data, 9)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a704fe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/scrin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gset.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# scroll
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	call cl_button
+	call scroll(1,1)
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call scroll(129,195)
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(4,129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call cursor(129,129)
+	call wt_button
+	call zm(1,205,205)
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+procedure scroll(x,y)
+
+int x,y
+
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+short	data[8]
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IDS_SCROLL
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 2
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[8] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 8)
+end
+
+procedure cursor(x,y)
+
+int	x,y
+pointer	gp
+real	xr, yr
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	xr = real((x-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	yr = real((y-1)*MCXSCALE)/GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	call gscur(gp, xr, yr)
+end
+
+procedure wt_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure cl_button
+
+real	x,y
+int	key
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+end
+
+procedure zm(power, x,y)
+
+int	power
+int	x,y
+
+short	data[9]
+pointer	gp
+common	/local/gp
+
+begin
+	data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 3
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = power
+	data[8] = (x-1) * MCXSCALE
+	data[9] = (y-1) * MCYSCALE
+	call gescape(gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 9)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebce47c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/sn.x
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# snap
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+char	cjunk[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	key, fnum, zfac
+int	ps, pe
+real	x, y
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+int	clgeti
+bool	image, clgetb
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	repeat {
+	    if (clgetb ("done?"))
+		break
+
+	    zfac = clgeti ("zoom factor")
+
+	    call clgstr ("Set zoom center, press <cr>", cjunk, SZ_FNAME)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call ggcur(gp, x, y, key)
+	    call zm(gp, zfac, x, y)
+
+	    image = clgetb("Do you want a picture?")
+	    if (image)
+		call snapi (gp)
+	    else {
+	        repeat {
+		    ps = clgeti ("starting line")
+		    if ( ps == -1)
+		        break
+		    pe = clgeti ("ending line")
+	            call snap (gp, ps, pe)
+	        }
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure zm(gp, pow, x, y)
+
+int	pow
+pointer	gp
+real	x, y
+
+short	data[9]
+
+begin
+	    data[1] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[3] = 3
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[6] = 0
+	    data[7] = 2**(pow-1)
+	    data[8] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[9] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[1], 9)
+end
+
+procedure snap (gp, ps, pe)
+
+pointer	gp
+int	ps, pe
+
+real	y
+short	data[7]
+pointer	sp
+pointer	sndata
+int	i,j
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	data[1] = IDS_SNAP
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 1
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 7)
+
+	if (pe < ps) {
+	    call eprintf("Can't handle ending position < start \n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call salloc ( sndata, DIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call eprintf ("snapping from %d through %d\n")
+	    call pargi (ps)
+	    call pargi (pe)
+	call eprintf ("data values 0-5 255 256 511\n")
+	do i = ps, pe {
+	    y = real(i)*MCYSCALE / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (gp, Mems[sndata], DIM, 1, 0.0, y, 1.0, y)
+	    call eprintf ("r%3d data:")
+		call pargi (i)
+	    call eprintf (" %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %5d\n")
+		do j = 0, 5
+	            call pargs (Mems[sndata+j])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+255])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+256])
+	        call pargs (Mems[sndata+511])
+	}
+	
+	data[1] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+procedure snapi (gp)
+
+pointer	gp
+
+real	y
+short	data[7]
+pointer	im, immap(), impl2s()
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	i
+
+begin
+	call clgstr ("file", fname, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap(fname, NEW_FILE, 0)
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = TY_SHORT
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = DIM
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = DIM
+
+	data[1] = IDS_SNAP
+	data[2] = IDS_WRITE
+	data[3] = 1
+	data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	data[5] = IDS_EOD
+	data[6] = 0
+	data[7] = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_CONTROL, data, 7)
+
+	do i = 0, 511 {
+	    if ( mod(i,52) == 0) {
+		call eprintf ("%d ")
+		    call pargi (100*i/DIM)
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+	    }
+	    y = real(i)*MCYSCALE / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (gp, Mems[impl2s(im,i+1)], 512, 1, 0.0, y, 1.0, y)
+	}
+	call eprintf ("\n")
+	
+	call imunmap(im)
+	data[1] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (gp, IDS_RESET, data, 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..601bc17b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/t_giis.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include <gki.h>
+
+# GIIS -- Graphics kernel for image output to the IIS.
+# The whole package is copied as much as possible from the stdgraph package.
+
+procedure t_giis()
+
+int	fd, list
+pointer	gki, sp, fname, devname
+int	dev[LEN_GKIDD], deb[LEN_GKIDD]
+int	debug, verbose, gkiunits
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clpopni(), clgfil(), open(), btoi()
+int	gki_fetch_next_instruction()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (fname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (devname, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Open list of metafiles to be decoded.
+	list = clpopni ("input")
+
+	# Get parameters.
+	call clgstr ("device", Memc[devname], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (clgetb ("generic")) {
+	    debug = NO
+	    verbose = NO
+	    gkiunits = NO
+	} else {
+	    debug    = btoi (clgetb ("debug"))
+	    verbose  = btoi (clgetb ("verbose"))
+	    gkiunits = btoi (clgetb ("gkiunits"))
+	}
+
+	# Open the graphics kernel.
+	call ids_open (Memc[devname], dev)
+	call gkp_install (deb, STDERR, verbose, gkiunits)
+
+	# Process a list of metacode files, writing the decoded metacode
+	# instructions on the standard output.
+
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[fname], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    # Open input file.
+	    iferr (fd = open (Memc[fname], READ_ONLY, BINARY_FILE)) {
+		call erract (EA_WARN)
+		next
+	    }
+
+	    # Process the metacode instruction stream.
+	    while (gki_fetch_next_instruction (fd, gki) != EOF) {
+		if (debug == YES)
+		    call gki_execute (Mems[gki], deb)
+		call gki_execute (Mems[gki], dev)
+	    }
+
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	call gkp_close()
+	call ids_close()
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dff01cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "imd.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	open()
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+int	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	if (!streq (output, "") ) {
+	    call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	    fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	} else
+	    fd = open ("dev$stdimage", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+
+	# now zoom after reading button presses
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ; i < 5 ; i = i + 1) {
+	    call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IMD_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	    data[11] = IMD_ZOOM
+	    data[12] = IMD_WRITE
+	    data[13] = 3
+	    data[14] = IMD_EOD
+	    data[15] = IMD_EOD
+	    data[16] = 0
+	    data[17] = 4
+	    data[18] = (((i-1)* 128)-1) * MCXSCALE
+	    data[19] = (((i-1)* 128)-1) * MCYSCALE
+	    call gescape ( gp, IMD_CONTROL, data[11], 9)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call close ( fd )
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..676a72f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <error.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <gset.h>
+
+define	DIM	512
+define	MCXSCALE	64
+define	MCYSCALE	64
+
+# zoom
+
+procedure t_im()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+
+pointer	gopen()
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+short	i,data[DIM+1]
+short	set_image[6]
+int	key
+real	x[30],y[30]
+real	xjunk, yjunk
+
+begin
+	call clgstr("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, NEW_FILE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# now zoom after reading button presses
+	# read first to clear box
+	call gseti(gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ; i < 5 ; i = i + 1) {
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	    call ggcur(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_CURSOR, 1)
+	    call rpc(gp, xjunk, yjunk, key)
+
+	    data[11] = IDS_ZOOM
+	    data[12] = IDS_WRITE
+	    data[13] = 3
+	    data[14] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[15] = IDS_EOD
+	    data[16] = 0
+	    data[17] = 4
+	    data[18] = min(((i-1)* 128) * MCXSCALE, GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    data[19] = min(((i-1)* 128) * MCYSCALE, GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    call gescape ( gp, IDS_CONTROL, data[11], 9)
+	}
+
+	# all done
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+end
+
+# rpcursor --- read and print cursor
+
+procedure rpc(gp, sx, sy, key)
+
+pointer	gp
+real	sx,sy
+int 	key
+
+begin
+	call ggcur (gp, sx, sy, key)
+	call eprintf("cursor: (%f,%f) (%d,%d) key %d\n")
+	    call pargr (sx)
+	    call pargr (sy)
+	    call pargi ( int(sx*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi ( int(sy*32767)/64)
+	    call pargi (key)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..599b7103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/ids/testcode/zztest.x
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+
+define	XS	0.216
+define	XE	0.719
+define	YS	0.214
+define	YE	0.929
+
+task test = t_test
+
+# T_TEST -- Test program for graphics plotting.  A labelled grid is output.
+
+procedure t_test ()
+
+bool	redir
+pointer	sp, gp
+char	command[SZ_LINE], image[SZ_FNAME], word[SZ_LINE]
+char	output[SZ_FNAME], output_file[SZ_FNAME], device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	cmd, input_fd, stat, fd
+
+pointer	gopen()
+bool	streq()
+int	fstati(), open(), getline()
+
+begin
+	# If the input has been redirected, input is read from the named
+	# command file.  If not, each image name in the input template is
+	# plotted.
+	
+	if (fstati (STDIN, F_REDIR) == YES) {
+call eprintf ("Input has been redirected\n")
+	    redir = true
+	    cmd = open (STDIN, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	} 
+
+	# Loop over commands until EOF
+	repeat {
+	    if (redir) {
+		if (getline (STDIN, command, SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		    break
+		call sscan (command)
+		    call gargwrd (word, SZ_LINE)
+		if (!streq (word, "plot")) {
+		    # Pixel window has been stored as WCS 2
+		    call gseti (gp, G_WCS, 2)
+		    call gscan (command)
+		    next
+		} else 
+		    call gargwrd (image)
+	    } 
+
+	    call clgstr ("output", output, SZ_FNAME)
+	    if (!streq (output, "")) {
+	        call strcpy (output, output_file, SZ_FNAME)
+	        fd = open (output_file, NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+	    } else
+		fd = open ("dev$crt", NEW_FILE, BINARY_FILE)
+
+	    call clgstr ("device", device, SZ_FNAME)
+	    gp = gopen (device, NEW_FILE, fd)
+		
+	    call gseti (gp, G_XDRAWGRID, 1)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_YDRAWGRID, 1)
+	    call gseti (gp, G_NMAJOR, 21)
+	    call glabax (gp, "TEST", "NDC_X", "NDC_Y")
+	    call gline (gp, XS, YS, XE, YS)
+	    call gline (gp, XE, YS, XE, YE)
+	    call gline (gp, XE, YE, XS, YE)
+	    call gline (gp, XS, YE, XS, YS)
+	    call gmark (gp, 0.5, 0.5, GM_CROSS, 3.0, 3.0)
+	    call gtext (gp, XS, YS-0.1, "DICOMED crtpict film area")
+	    call gclose  (gp)
+	    call close   (fd)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (input_fd)
+	call sfree   (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..becb72c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+plot
+
+#{ IIS -- The IIS Image Display Control package.
+
+package	iis
+
+set	iis		= "images$tv/iis/"
+
+task	cv,
+	cvl		= "iis$x_iis.e"
+
+task	blink		= "iis$blink.cl"
+task	erase		= "iis$erase.cl"
+task	$frame		= "iis$frame.cl"
+task	lumatch		= "iis$lumatch.cl"
+task	$monochrome	= "iis$monochrome.cl"
+task	pseudocolor	= "iis$pseudocolor.cl"
+task	rgb		= "iis$rgb.cl"
+task	$window		= "iis$window.cl"
+task	zoom		= "iis$zoom.cl"
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0be19f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Help directory for the IIS package
+
+$doc		= "images$tv/iis/doc/"
+$iis		= "images$tv/iis/"
+
+blink		hlp=doc$blink.hlp,		src=iis$blink.cl
+cv		hlp=doc$cv.hlp			src=iis$src/cv.x
+cvl		hlp=doc$cvl.hlp
+erase		hlp=doc$erase.hlp,		src=iis$erase.cl
+frame		hlp=doc$frame.hlp,		src=iis$frame.cl
+lumatch		hlp=doc$lumatch.hlp,		src=iis$lumatch.cl
+monochrome	hlp=doc$monochrome.hlp,		src=iis$monochrome.cl
+pseudocolor	hlp=doc$pseudocolor.hlp,	src=iis$pseudocolor.cl
+rgb		hlp=doc$rgb.hlp,		src=iis$rgb.cl
+window		hlp=doc$window.hlp,		src=iis$window.cl
+zoom		hlp=doc$zoom.hlp,		src=iis$zoom.cl
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08123e61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.men
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+	  blink - Blink two frames
+	     cv - Control image device, display "snapshot"
+	    cvl - Load image display (newer version of 'display')
+	  erase - Erase an image frame
+	  frame - Select the frame to be displayed
+	lumatch - Match the lookup tables of two frames
+     monochrome - Select monochrome enhancement
+    pseudocolor - Select pseudocolor enhancement
+	    rgb - Select true color mode (red, green, and blue frames)
+	 window - Adjust the contrast and dc offset of the current frame
+	   zoom - Zoom in on the image (change magnification)
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db706f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iis.par
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+version,s,h,"Apr91"
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05f01307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+IISM70 -- Device dependent interface subroutines for the IIS Model 70 image
+display device.  This package uses the ZFIOGD device driver, which is
+responsible for physical i/o to the device.  The source for the ZFIOGD driver
+is in host$gdev; this driver must be compiled and installed in a system library
+(libsys.a) before i/o to the IIS will work correctly.
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da2a172d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/idsexpand.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# IDS_EXPAND -- expand FRAME/BITPL if first element is IDS_EOD
+# if the frames are not counted in order, as on the Model 75,
+# that should be dealt with here (use the "flag" boolean).
+
+procedure ids_expand(data, max, flag)
+
+short	data[ARB]			# data
+short	max				# max number of frames/bitplanes
+bool	flag				# true if frames ... e.g. for Model 75
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	if ( data[1] != IDS_EOD )
+	    return
+	do i = 1, max {
+	    data[i] = i
+	}
+	if ( flag) {
+	    data[1+max] = GRCHNUM
+	    data[2+max] = IDS_EOD
+	} else
+	   data[1+max] = IDS_EOD
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25a69d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.com
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Common for IIS display
+
+int	iischan			# The device channel used by FIO
+int	iisnopen		# Number of times the display has been opened
+int	iframe, iplane		# frame, bitplanes to read/write
+int	i_frame_on		# Which frame is on...cursor readback
+short	hdr[LEN_IISHDR]		# Header
+short	zoom[16]		# zoom for each plane
+short	xscroll[16]		# scroll position for each plane
+short	yscroll[16]
+common	/iiscom/iischan, iisnopen, iframe, iplane, i_frame_on,
+		hdr, zoom, xscroll, yscroll
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96bb8b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# This file contains the hardware definitions for the iis model 70/f
+# at Kitt Peak.
+
+# Define header
+define	LEN_IISHDR	8		# Length of IIS header
+
+define	XFERID		  $1[1]		# transfer id
+define	THINGCT		  $1[2]		# thing count
+define	SUBUNIT		  $1[3]		# subuint select
+define	CHECKSUM		  $1[4]		# check sum
+define	XREG		  $1[5]		# x register
+define	YREG		  $1[6]		# y register
+define	ZREG		  $1[7]		# z register
+define	TREG		  $1[8]		# t register
+
+# Transfer ID definitions
+define	IREAD		  100000B
+define	IWRITE		       0B
+define	PACKED		   40000B
+define	BYPASSIFM	   20000B
+define	BYTE		   10000B
+define	ADDWRITE	    4000B
+define	ACCUM		    2000B
+define	BLOCKXFER	    1000B
+define	VRETRACE	     400B
+define	MUX32		     200B
+
+# Subunits
+define	REFRESH			1
+define	LUT			2
+define	OFM			3
+define	IFM			4
+define	FEEDBACK		5
+define	SCROLL			6
+define	VIDEOM			7
+define	SUMPROC			8
+define	GRAPHICS		9
+define	CURSOR		       10
+define	ALU		       11
+define	ZOOM		       12
+define	IPB		       15
+
+# Command definitions
+define	COMMAND		  100000B
+define	ADVXONTC	  100000B		# Advance x on thing count
+define	ADVXONYOV	   40000B		# Advance x on y overflow
+define	ADVYONXOV	  100000B		# Advance y on x overflow
+define	ADVYONTC	   40000B		# Advance y on thing count
+define	ERASE		  100000B		# Erase
+
+# 4 - Button Trackball
+define	PUSH		   40000B
+define	BUTTONA		     400B
+define	BUTTONB		    1000B
+define	BUTTONC		    2000B
+define	BUTTOND		    4000B
+
+# Display channels
+define	CHAN1		       1B
+define	CHAN2		       2B
+define	CHAN3		       4B
+define	CHAN4		      10B
+define	ALLCHAN		      17B
+define	GRCHAN		  100000B
+define	GRCHNUM		      16
+
+define	LEN_IISFRAMES		4
+define	IISFRAMES	CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4
+
+# Center coordinates for zoom/scroll
+define	IIS_XCEN	      256
+define	IIS_YCEN	      255
+# Inverted Y center is just IIS_YDIM - IIS_YCEN
+define	IIS_YCEN_INV	      256
+
+# Colors
+
+# these are bit plane mappings
+define	BLUE		       1B
+define	GREEN		       2B
+define	RED		       4B
+define	MONO		       7B
+# next colors used by snap code ... used as array indexes.
+define	BLU			1
+define	GR			2
+define	RD			3
+
+
+# Bit plane selections
+define	BITPL0		       1B
+define	BITPL1		       2B
+define	BITPL2		       4B
+define	BITPL3		      10B
+define	BITPL4		      20B
+define	BITPL5		      40B
+define	BITPL6		     100B
+define	BITPL7		     200B
+define	ALLBITPL	     377B
+
+# IIS Sizes
+define	IIS_XDIM	      512
+define	IIS_YDIM	      512
+define	MCXSCALE      	       64	# Metacode x scale
+define	MCYSCALE      	       64	# Metacode y scale
+define	SZB_IISHDR	       16	# Size of IIS header in bytes
+define	LEN_ZOOM		3	# Zoom parameters
+define	LEN_CURSOR		3	# Cursor parameters
+define	LEN_SELECT	       12	# frame select
+define	LEN_LUT		      256	# Look up table
+define	LEN_OFM		     1024	# Output function look up table
+define	LEN_IFM		     8192	# Input function look up table
+define	LEN_VIDEOM	     2048	# videometer output memory
+define	LEN_GRAM	      256	# graphics ram
+define	MAXX		      512	# maximum x register + 1
+
+# IIS Status Words
+define	IIS_FILSIZE		(IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM * SZB_CHAR)
+define	IIS_BLKSIZE		1
+define	IIS_OPTBUFSIZE		32768
+define	IIS_MAXBUFSIZE		32768
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50dfff7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisbutton.x
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISBUTTON -- Read, button status
+
+procedure iisbutton (cnum, x, y, key)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	x,y			# coordinates
+int	key			# key pressed
+
+short	status
+int	and()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iishdr (IREAD, 1, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if ( cnum == IDS_BUT_WT ) {
+	    while ( and (int(status), PUSH) == 0 ) {
+		call tsleep(1)
+		call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( and ( int(status), PUSH) == 0 )
+	    key = 0
+	else {
+	    status = and ( int(status), 7400B) / 256
+	    switch(status) {
+		case 4:
+		    status = 3
+		
+		case 8:
+		    status = 4
+	    }
+	    key = status
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c717f636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscls.x
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	LEN_HID	5
+
+# IISCLS -- Close IIS display.
+
+procedure iiscls (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# first we need to tuck away the constants for zoom and scroll
+	# as we cannot read them on the model 70.  Would that there were
+	# somewhere to put them.  Alas not.  So just drop them on the floor.
+
+	if (iisnopen == 1) {
+	    call zclsgd (iischan, status)
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ffc9131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiscursor.x
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# cscale makes 0-32767 range from 0-62.  The 62 results from the need
+# to describe a cursor with a center, and hence an ODD number of points.
+# Thus, we pretend the cursor ranges from 0-62 rather than 0-63, and
+# the center is at (31,31).
+# cwidth describes the (cursor) ram width, which is 64 ( by 64).
+
+define	CSCALE	528
+define	CWIDTH	 64
+define	CSIZE	4096
+
+# IISCURSOR -- Read, Write cursor shape, turn cursor on/off
+
+procedure iiscursor (rw, cur, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	cur			# cursor number ... ignored for IIS M70
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+short	command, len
+short	shape[CSIZE]
+short	status
+int	rate
+int	i,j,index
+int	mod(), and(), or(), andi()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = 1
+	if (data[1] != IDS_CSHAPE) {
+	    call iishdr (IREAD, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	}
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    command = andi (IWRITE+VRETRACE, 177777B)
+	else
+	    command = andi (IREAD+VRETRACE, 177777B)
+
+	if (data[1] != IDS_CSHAPE){
+	    if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	        switch (data[1]) {
+		    case IDS_OFF:
+		        status = and(int(status), 177776B)
+
+		    case IDS_ON:
+		        status = or (int(status), 1)
+
+		    case IDS_CBLINK:
+		        rate = mod (int(data[2])-1, 4) * 8
+		        status = or (rate, and (int(status),177747B))
+	        }
+	        call iishdr (command, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	        call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    } else {
+		if ( data[1] == IDS_CBLINK )
+		    data[2] = ( and (int(status), 30B) / 8 ) + 1
+		else if ( and ( int(status), 1) == 0 )
+		    data[1] = IDS_OFF
+		else
+		    data[1] = IDS_ON
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+	    # deal with cursor shape.
+
+	    len = CSIZE
+	    if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	        call aclrs (shape, CSIZE)
+	        for ( i = 2 ; i <= n-1 ; i = i + 2 ) {
+	    # given GKI data pairs for x,y cursor_on bits, set shape datum
+	    # the first value is x, then y
+		    if (data[i] == IDS_EOD)
+			break
+		    j = data[i]/CSCALE
+		    index = (data[i+1]/CSCALE) * CWIDTH + j + 1
+		    shape[index] = 1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    call iishdr (command, len, CURSOR, ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (shape, len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # if read command, return all set bits as GKI x,y pairs
+	    if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+		i = 2
+		for ( j = 1 ;  j <= CSIZE ; j = j + 1 ) {
+		    if ( shape[j] != 0 ) {
+			data[i] = mod(j,CWIDTH) * CSCALE
+			data[i+1] = (j/CWIDTH) * CSCALE
+			i = i + 2
+			if ( i > n-1 )
+			    break
+		    }
+		}
+		if ( i <= n ) 
+		    data[i] = IDS_EOD
+		n = i
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf22d493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishdr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISHDR -- Form IIS header.
+
+procedure iishdr (id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t)
+
+int	id, count, subunit, x, y, z, t
+int	i, sum
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	XFERID(hdr) = id
+	THINGCT(hdr) = count
+	SUBUNIT(hdr) = subunit
+	XREG(hdr) = x
+	YREG(hdr) = y
+	ZREG(hdr) = z
+	TREG(hdr) = t
+	CHECKSUM(hdr) = 1
+
+	if (THINGCT(hdr) > 0)
+	    THINGCT(hdr) = -THINGCT(hdr)
+
+	sum = 0
+	for (i = 1; i <= LEN_IISHDR; i = i + 1)
+	    sum = sum + hdr[i]
+	CHECKSUM(hdr) = -sum
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..374342a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iishisto.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISHISTO -- Activate, Read histogram.
+
+procedure iishisto (rw, color, offset, a_n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color(s) to write
+short	offset			# offset into histogram table
+short	a_n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	n, command, off, len, x, y, z
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	n = a_n
+	if (n < 1) 
+	    return
+
+	# set the area to be histogrammed ... in data[1], currently
+	# device very specific  ( 2 == whole region) .  Need to fix this
+	# perhaps via specific graph plane filled with gkifill command to
+	# depict area desired.
+	# n must be twice the number of datum values.  Upper level code
+	# must know this to leave enough room.  Would be better if upper
+	# code could ignore this (fact).
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    x = 0
+	    y = 0
+	    z = 0
+	    len = 1
+	    data[1] = 2
+	    call iishdr (command, len, VIDEOM+COMMAND, x, y, z, 0)
+	    call iisio (data[1], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	off = offset
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	len = min (n, LEN_VIDEOM-off+1)
+	off = min (LEN_VIDEOM, off) - 1
+	y = off/MAXX + ADVYONXOV
+	x = mod (off, MAXX) + ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, VIDEOM, x, y, z, 0)
+	call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef04a1be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisifm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_IMAX	255
+
+# IISIFM -- Read and Write INPUT look up table.
+# Written data is from line end points, read data
+# is full array.
+
+procedure iisifm (rw, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y
+pointer	sp, idata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (n < 4)
+	        return
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (idata, LEN_IFM, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[idata], LEN_IFM)
+
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[idata], LEN_IFM, 0, LUT_IMAX)
+	    len = LEN_IFM
+	} else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+
+	y = ADVYONXOV
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, IFM, x, y, 0, 0)
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[idata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8e005c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISIO -- Read/Write to IIS.
+
+procedure iisio (buf, nbytes)
+
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+
+int	nbites
+int	and()
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+	if (nbites == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+	if (nbites == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	if (and (int(XFERID(hdr)), IREAD) != 0)
+	    call zardgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0)
+	else
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, buf, nbytes, 0)
+
+	call iiswt (iischan, nbites)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07819247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iislut.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_LMAX	255
+
+# IISLUT -- Read and Write look up table.
+# NOTE the ASYMMETRY ... written data is derived from end
+# points, but read data is the full array (see zsnapinit,
+# for instance, for read usage.)
+
+procedure iislut (rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame array
+short	color[ARB]		# color array
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y,z,t
+short	iispack()
+int	mapcolor()
+pointer	sp, ldata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	z = mapcolor (color)
+	t = iispack(frame)
+	if (t == GRCHAN) {
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if ( n < 4)
+	        return
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+
+	    # data space for manipulating lut information
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (ldata, LEN_LUT, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[ldata], LEN_LUT)
+
+	    # We could have negative lut values, but don't bother for now
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[ldata], LEN_LUT, 0, LUT_LMAX)
+
+	    len = LEN_LUT
+	} else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	y = 0
+
+	call iishdr (command, len, LUT, x, y, z, t)
+
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2435fdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iismatch.x
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISMATCH -- copy (match) a set of look up tables to a given table;
+# frames/color specify the given table, data gives frame/color for
+# set to be changed.
+
+procedure iismatch (code, frames, color, n, data)
+
+short	code			# which table type
+short	frames[ARB]		# reference frame
+short	color[ARB]		# reference color
+short	n			# count of data items
+short	data[ARB]		# frame/color to be changed.
+
+pointer	sp, ldata
+int	len, x,y,z,t
+int	unit, i
+int	mapcolor(), ids_dcopy()
+short	temp[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	iispack()
+
+include	"../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	switch (code) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		len = LEN_LUT
+		x = ADVXONTC
+		y = 0
+		z = mapcolor (color)
+		t = iispack (frames)
+		if (t == GRCHAN)
+		    return
+		unit = LUT
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		len = LEN_OFM
+		x = ADVXONTC
+		y = ADVYONXOV
+		z = mapcolor (color)
+		t = 0
+
+	    default:
+		return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ldata, len, TY_SHORT)
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD+VRETRACE, len, unit, x, y, z, t)
+	call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	i = ids_dcopy (data, temp)
+	switch (code) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		call ids_expand (temp, i_maxframes, true)
+		t = iispack (temp)
+		i = ids_dcopy (data[i+1], temp)
+		call ids_expand (temp, 3, false)	# 3...max colors
+		z = mapcolor (temp)
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		i = ids_dcopy (data[i+1], temp)
+		call ids_expand (temp, 3, false)
+		z = mapcolor (temp)
+	}
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, len, unit, x, y, z, t)
+	call iisio (Mems[ldata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22a3062e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisminmax.x
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_MM	6
+
+# IISMIN -- Read minimum registers
+
+procedure iismin (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+short	const[LEN_MM]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    return
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr(command, LEN_MM, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, LEN_MM * SZB_CHAR)
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    switch(color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = const[5]
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = const[3]
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = const[1]
+	    }
+	    j = j+1
+	    if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+	        j = j - 1
+	}
+end
+
+# IISMAX -- Read maximum registers
+
+procedure iismax (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+short	const[LEN_MM]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE)
+	    return
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr(command, LEN_MM, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, LEN_MM * SZB_CHAR)
+	j = 1
+	for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    switch(color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = const[6]
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = const[4]
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = const[2]
+	    }
+	    j = j+1
+	    if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+		j = j - 1
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7f618dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisoffset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_CONST	3
+
+# IISOFFSET -- Read and Write output bias registers
+
+procedure iisoffset (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x
+short	const[3]
+int	i,j
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	x = 8 + ADVXONTC
+	len = LEN_CONST
+	call iishdr(command, len, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (const, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    j = 1
+	    for ( i =1 ; color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1) {
+		switch(color[i]) {
+		    case IDS_RED:
+			const[3] = data[j]
+
+		    case IDS_GREEN:
+			const[2] = data[j]
+
+		    case IDS_BLUE:
+			const[1] = data[j]
+		}
+		if ( j < n)
+		    j = j + 1
+	    }
+	    call iishdr (command, len, SUMPROC+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (const, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	} else {
+	    j = 1
+	    for ( i = 1 ; i <= n ; i = i + 1 ) {
+		switch(color[j]) {
+		    case IDS_RED:
+			data[i] = const[3]
+
+		    case IDS_GREEN:
+			data[i] = const[2]
+
+		    case IDS_BLUE:
+			data[i] = const[1]
+		}
+		j = j+1
+		if ( color[j] == IDS_EOD )
+		    j = j - 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c19c117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisofm.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LUT_OMAX	1023
+
+# IISOFM -- Read and Write OUTPUT look up table.
+# Written data is from end points, read data is full
+# array.
+
+procedure iisofm (rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color(s) to write
+short	offset			# offset into lut
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x,y,z
+int	mapcolor()
+pointer	sp, odata
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	z = mapcolor (color)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (n < 4)
+	        return
+	
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (odata, LEN_OFM, TY_SHORT)
+	    call aclrs (Mems[odata], LEN_OFM)
+
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    call idslfill (data, int(n), Mems[odata], LEN_OFM, 0, LUT_OMAX)
+	    len = LEN_OFM
+	}
+	else {
+	    len = n
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+	}
+	y = ADVYONXOV
+	x = ADVXONTC
+	call iishdr (command, len, OFM, x, y, z, 0)
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    call iisio (Mems[odata], len * SZB_CHAR)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	} else
+	    call iisio (data, len * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29335c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisopn.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISOPN -- Open IIS display.
+
+procedure iisopn (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# device info for zopen
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan[ARB]		# receives IIS descriptor
+
+bool	first_time
+data	first_time /true/
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    iisnopen = 0
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# We permit multiple opens but only open the physical device once.
+	if (iisnopen == 0)
+	    call zopngd (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+
+	if (iischan == ERR)
+	    chan[1] = ERR
+	else {
+	    iisnopen = iisnopen + 1
+	    chan[1]  = iischan
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c2c70f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispack.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISPACK -- Pack color or frame data into a single word.
+
+short procedure iispack (data)
+
+short	data[ARB]
+int	value, bit, i
+int	or()
+
+begin
+	value = 0
+	for (i=1;  data[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    bit = data[i] - 1
+	    value = or (value, 2 ** bit)
+	}
+
+	return (value)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8c57138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iispio.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISPIO -- Pixel i/o to the IIS.
+
+procedure iispio (buf, ny)
+
+short	buf[IIS_XDIM,ny]	# Cell array
+int	ny			# number of image lines
+
+pointer	iobuf
+bool	first_time
+int	xferid, status, npacked, szline, i
+int	and()
+include	"iis.com"
+data	first_time /true/
+
+begin
+	if (first_time) {
+	    call malloc (iobuf, IIS_MAXBUFSIZE, TY_CHAR)
+	    first_time = false
+	}
+
+	# Wait for the last i/o transfer.
+	call iiswt (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	# Transmit the packet header.
+	call zawrgd (iischan, hdr, SZB_IISHDR, 0)
+	call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    return
+
+	# Read or write the data block.
+	npacked = ny * IIS_XDIM
+	szline  = IIS_XDIM / (SZ_SHORT * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# Transmit the data byte-packed to increase the i/o bandwith
+	# when using network i/o.
+
+	xferid = XFERID(hdr)
+	if (and (xferid, IREAD) != 0) {
+	    # Read from the IIS.
+
+	    call zardgd (iischan, Memc[iobuf], npacked, 0)
+	    call iiswt  (iischan, status)
+
+	    # Unpack and line flip the packed data.
+	    do i = 0, ny-1
+		call achtbs (Memc[iobuf+i*szline], buf[1,ny-i], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Write to the IIS.
+
+	    # Bytepack the image lines, doing a line flip in the process.
+	    do i = 0, ny-1
+		call achtsb (buf[1,ny-i], Memc[iobuf+i*szline], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	    call zawrgd (iischan, Memc[iobuf], npacked, 0)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fad856b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrange.x
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	LEN_RANGE	1
+
+# IISRANGE -- Read and write range scaling registers
+# Input data is of form 1-->range "0", 2,3 --> "1", 4-7 --> "2"
+# and anything beyond 7 --> "4".  This is just like zoom.
+# However, on readback, the actual range values are returned.  If
+# this should change, the zsnapinit code must change too (the only
+# place where a range read is done).
+
+procedure iisrange (rw, color, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	color[ARB]		# color
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+short	range
+int	i, j
+int	command, x, itemp, ival
+int	and(), or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if (data[1] == IDS_EOD)
+	    return
+
+	command = IREAD
+	x = ADVXONTC
+
+	call iishdr (command, LEN_RANGE, OFM+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (range, LEN_RANGE * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    j = 1
+	    for (i=1;  color[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+		switch (data[j]) {
+		case 1,2:
+		    ival = data[j]-1
+		case 3:
+		    ival = 1
+		case 4,5,6,7:
+		    ival = 2
+
+		default:
+		    if (ival < 0)
+			ival = 0
+		    else
+			ival = 3
+		}
+
+		itemp = range
+		switch(color[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    range = or (ival*16, and (itemp, 17B))
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    range = or (ival*4, and (itemp, 63B))
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    range = or (ival, and (itemp, 74B))
+		}
+
+		if ( j < n)
+		    j = j + 1
+	    }
+
+	    call iishdr (command, LEN_RANGE, OFM+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (range, LEN_RANGE * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	} else {
+	    # Return a  range value
+	    j = 1
+	    for (i=1;  i <= n;  i=i+1) {
+		itemp = range
+		switch (color[j]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 60B) / 16
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 14B) / 4
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    data[i] = and (itemp, 3B)
+		}
+		j = j+1
+		if (color[j] == IDS_EOD)
+		    j = j - 1
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20e99cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISRD -- Read data from IIS.  Reads are packed when can.
+# The data is line-flipped.
+
+procedure iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+long	off1, off2 
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = (off2-1 - IIS_XDIM) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = max (y1,y2)
+
+	# Pack only if start at x=0
+	x = (off1 - 1) - y1 * IIS_XDIM
+	if ( x == 0 )
+	    tid = IREAD+PACKED
+	else
+	    tid = IREAD
+
+	# If only a few chars, don't pack...have trouble with count of 1
+	# and this maeks code same as iiswr.x
+	if ( nchars < 4 )
+	    tid = IREAD
+
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH,
+	     or (x, ADVXONTC), or (IIS_YDIM-1-y2, ADVYONXOV), iframe, iplane)
+	if ( tid == IREAD)
+	    call iisio (buf, nbytes)
+	else
+	    call iispio (buf, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a583e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iisscroll.x
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISSCROLL -- Read and Write scroll registers
+# We scroll multiple frames to multiple centers; if there are not
+# enough data pairs to match the number of frames, use the last
+# pair repeatedly.
+
+procedure iisscroll (rw, frame, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame data
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	z
+short	iispack()
+int	i,total, pl, index
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	total = n/2
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+	    # Scroll registers are write only
+	    do i = 1, total {
+		pl = frame[i]
+		if (pl == IDS_EOD)
+		    break
+		data[2*i-1] = xscroll[pl] * MCXSCALE
+		data[2*i]   = yscroll[pl] * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+
+	    if (2*total < n)
+		data[2*total+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Set all the scroll offsets.
+	index = 1
+	for (i=1;  frame[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    pl = frame[i]
+	    xscroll[pl] = data[2*index-1] / MCXSCALE
+	    yscroll[pl] = data[2*index  ] / MCYSCALE
+	    if (i < total)
+		index = index + 1
+	}
+
+	# Now do the scrolling.
+	for (i=1;  frame[i] != IDS_EOD;  i=i+1) {
+	    pl = frame[i]
+	    if (i == total) {
+		z = iispack (frame[i])
+		call do_scroll (z, xscroll[pl], yscroll[pl])
+		break
+	    } else
+		call do_scroll (short(2**(pl-1)), xscroll[pl], yscroll[pl])
+	}
+end
+
+
+procedure do_scroll (planes, x, y)
+
+short	planes				# bit map for planes
+short	x,y				# where to scroll
+
+short	command
+short	scr[2]
+short	xs,ys
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	xs = x
+	ys = y
+	command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	scr[1] = xs
+	scr[2] = ys
+
+	# If x/y scroll at "center", scr[1/2] are now IIS_[XY]CEN
+	# y = 0 is at top for device while y = 1 is bottom for user
+	# so for y, center now moves to IIS_YCEN_INV !!
+
+	scr[2] = IIS_YDIM - 1 - scr[2]
+
+	# Scroll is given for center, but hardware wants corner coords.
+	scr[1] = scr[1] - IIS_XCEN
+	scr[2] = scr[2] - IIS_YCEN_INV
+
+	if (scr[1] < 0)
+	    scr[1] = scr[1] + IIS_XDIM
+	if (scr[2] < 0)
+	    scr[2] = scr[2] + IIS_YDIM
+
+	call iishdr (command, 2, SCROLL, ADVXONTC, 0, int(planes), 0)
+	call iisio (scr, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2badb7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iissplit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	X_SPLIT	12
+
+# IISSPLIT -- Read and Write split screen coordinates
+
+procedure iissplit (rw, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len,x
+short	coord[2]
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = min (int(n), 2)
+	if ( len < 1) {
+	    data[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    if (data[1] == IDS_EOD)
+	        return
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    coord[1] = data[1] / MCXSCALE
+
+
+	    # Split screen will display the full screen from one lut ONLY
+	    # if the split coordinate is zero.  Setting the split to 511
+	    # means that all the screen BUT the last pixel is from one lut.
+	    # Hence the y coordinate for full screen in one quad is 
+	    # (device) 0 , (user) 511.  If the user requests split at (0,0),
+	    # we honor this as a (device) (0,0).  This will remove the
+	    # ability to split the screen with just the bottom line
+	    # in the "other" lut, which shouldn't bother anyone.
+
+	    if (len == 2)
+		coord[2] = (IIS_YDIM - 1) - data[2]/MCYSCALE
+
+	    if (coord[2] == IIS_YDIM - 1)
+		coord[2] = 0
+
+	} else
+	    command = IREAD+VRETRACE
+
+	# at most, read/write the x,y registers
+	x = X_SPLIT + ADVXONTC
+
+	call iishdr (command, len, LUT+COMMAND, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (coord, len * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE ) {
+	    data[1] = coord[1] * MCXSCALE
+	    if ( len == 2 ) {
+		if ( coord[2] == 0)
+		    coord[2] = IIS_YDIM - 1
+		data[2] = (IIS_YDIM - 1 - coord[2] ) * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebcc6566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iistball.x
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISTBALL -- Read, Write tball status to turn tball on/off
+
+procedure iistball (rw, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,len
+short	status
+int	and(), or()
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	len = 1
+	call iishdr (IREAD, len, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (status, len * SZB_CHAR)
+	if ( rw == IDS_WRITE) {
+	    command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	    switch (data[1]) {
+	        case IDS_OFF:
+		    status = and (int(status), 177771B)
+
+	        case IDS_ON:
+		    status = or ( int(status), 6)
+	        }
+	        call iishdr (command, 1, CURSOR+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	        call iisio (status, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+	} else {
+	    if ( and ( int(status), 6) == 0 )
+		data[2] = IDS_OFF
+	    else
+		data[2] = IDS_ON
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11bb2803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWR -- Write pixel data to IIS.  Writes are packed with full lines only.
+# The data is line-flipped, causing the first line to be displayed at the bottom
+# of the screen.
+
+procedure iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+long	off1, off2
+int	nchars, thing_count, tid, y1, y2, x
+int	or()
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Convert to chars and clip at the top of the display.
+	off1 = (offset - 1) / SZB_CHAR + 1
+	off2 = min (IIS_XDIM * IIS_YDIM, (offset + nbytes - 1) / SZB_CHAR) + 1
+	nchars = off2 - off1
+
+	y1 = (off1-1           ) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = (off2-1 - IIS_XDIM) / IIS_XDIM
+	y2 = max (y1,y2)
+
+	# Pack only if full lines
+	x = (off1 - 1) - y1 * IIS_XDIM
+	if ( x == 0 )
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+PACKED+BLOCKXFER+BYTE
+	else
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM
+
+	# If only a few chars, don't pack (BLOCKXFER needs nchar>=4)
+	if ( nchars < 4 )
+	    tid = IWRITE+BYPASSIFM
+
+	thing_count = nchars
+
+	call iishdr (tid, thing_count, REFRESH,
+	     or (x, ADVXONTC), or (IIS_YDIM-1-y2, ADVYONXOV), iframe, iplane)
+	if ( tid == IWRITE+BYPASSIFM)
+	    call iisio (buf, nbytes)
+	else
+	    call iispio (buf, y2 - y1 + 1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93f1e04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiswt.x
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<knet.h>
+include "iis.h"
+
+# IISWT -- Wait for IIS display.
+
+procedure iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call zawtgd (iischan, nbytes)
+	nbytes = nbytes * SZB_CHAR
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d703beec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/iiszoom.x
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# IISZOOM -- Read and Write zoom magnification and coordinates.
+# the zoom coordinates give the point that should appear in the
+# center of the screen.  For the I2S model 70, this requires a
+# scroll.  In order for the scroll to be "determinable", we always
+# set the I2S "zoom center" to (IIS_XCEN,IIS_YCEN_INV).  The IIS_YCEN_INV
+# results from specifying IIS_YCEN for y center and then having to "invert" y
+# to put GKI(y) = 0 at bottom.
+# This routine implements a command of the form "zoom these frames
+# to the coordinates given, with each triple of data setting a
+# zoom factor and a zoom center for the corresponding frame".
+# If there are excess frames (rel. to "n"), use the last triple.
+
+procedure iiszoom (rw, frames, n, data)
+
+short	rw			# read or write
+short	frames[ARB]		# which frames to zoom
+short	n			# number of data values
+short	data[ARB]		# the data
+
+int	command,x
+int	i, total,pl,index
+short	zm,temp[4]
+short	scroll[2*IDS_MAXIMPL + 1]
+short	center[3]
+# magnification, and "zoom center"
+data	temp /0,IIS_XCEN,IIS_YCEN_INV, 0/
+# center in GKI x=256  y=255
+data	center/ 16384, 16320, 0/
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	total = n/3
+
+	if ( rw != IDS_WRITE) {
+	    # hardware is write only
+	    do i = 1, total {
+		index = (i-1) * 3 + 1
+		pl = frames[i]
+		if ( pl == IDS_EOD)
+		    break
+		data[index] = zoom[pl]
+		data[index+1] = xscroll[pl] * MCXSCALE
+		data[index+2] = yscroll[pl] * MCYSCALE
+	    }
+	    if ( 3*total < n)
+		data[index+3] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# can't have in data statements as IDS_EOD == (-2) and
+	# fortran won't allow () in data statements!!!
+
+	temp[4] = IDS_EOD
+	center[3] = IDS_EOD
+        command = IWRITE+VRETRACE
+	x = ADVXONTC
+
+	# the model 70 zooms all frames together.  So ignore "frames"
+	# argument here, though needed for subsequent scroll.
+
+	zm = data[1]
+	if ( zm <= 1 )
+	    zm = 0
+	else if (zm >= 8)
+	    zm = 3
+	else
+	    switch(zm) {
+		case 2,3:
+		    zm = 1
+		
+		case 4,5,6,7:
+		    zm = 2
+	    }
+	call amovks(short(2**zm), zoom, 16)
+	temp[1] = zm
+	call iishdr (command, 3, ZOOM, x, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (temp, 3 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# now we have to scroll to the desired location (in GKI).
+	# If zoom is zero, don't do anything: this will leave the
+	# various images panned to some previously set place, but
+	# that is what is wanted when doing split screen and we pan
+	# some of the images.
+
+	if (zm != 0) {
+	    do i = 1, total
+	        call amovs (data[i * 3 - 1 ], scroll[i*2-1], 2)
+	    scroll[total*2+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(total*2+1), scroll)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9944d732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Makelib file for the image display interface.  An image display device is
+# accessed by high level code via the GKI interface.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	idsexpand.x	<gki.h>  ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	iisbutton.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iiscls.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iiscursor.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iishdr.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iishisto.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisifm.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisio.x		<mach.h> iis.h  iis.com <knet.h>
+	iislut.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h  iis.com
+	iismatch.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com
+	iisminmax.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisoffset.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisofm.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisopn.x	<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iispack.x	../lib/ids.h
+	iispio.x	<mach.h> iis.h <knet.h> iis.com
+	iisrange.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iisrd.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iisscroll.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iissplit.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iistball.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	iiswr.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com
+	iiswt.x		<mach.h> iis.h iis.com <knet.h>
+	iiszoom.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zardim.x	iis.h
+	zawrim.x
+	zawtim.x	<mach.h> iis.h  iis.com
+	zclear.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zclsim.x
+	zcontrol.x	../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zcursor_read.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zcursor_set.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h iis.com
+	zdisplay_g.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h
+	zdisplay_i.x	<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com iis.com
+	zinit.x		<mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h ../lib/ids.com iis.com
+	zopnim.x
+	zreset.x	<gki.h>  <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h iis.com
+	zrestore.x	<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zsave.x		<mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+	zseek.x		<fset.h> <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h
+
+	zsetup.x	<fset.h> <mach.h> ../lib/ids.h iis.h ../lib/ids.com\
+			iis.com
+	zsnap.x		<fset.h> <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h zsnap.com iis.com\
+			../lib/ids.com
+	zsnapinit.x	<fset.h> <mach.h> iis.h ../lib/ids.h zsnap.com iis.com\
+			../lib/ids.com
+	zsttim.x	<knet.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6811840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zardim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# ZARDIM -- Read data from a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zardim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	    call iisrd (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e5fa266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawrim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZAWRIM -- Write data to a binary file display device.
+
+procedure zawrim (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+short	buf[ARB]
+int	nbytes
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	call iiswr (chan, buf, nbytes, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef857bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zawtim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include	"iis.h"
+
+# ZAWTIM -- Wait for an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zawtim (chan, nbytes)
+
+int	chan[ARB], nbytes
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	call iiswt (chan, nbytes)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a03d429c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCLEAR -- Erase IIS frame.
+
+procedure zclear (frame, bitplane, flag)
+
+short	frame[ARB]			# frame array
+short	bitplane[ARB]			# bitplane array
+bool	flag				# true if image plane
+
+int	z, t
+short	erase
+int	and(), andi()
+short	iispack()
+
+begin
+	if (flag) {
+	    z = iispack (frame)
+	    z = and (z, ALLCHAN)
+	} else
+	    z = GRCHAN
+
+	t = iispack (bitplane)
+	erase = andi (ERASE, 177777B)
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+BYPASSIFM+BLOCKXFER, 1, FEEDBACK,
+	    ADVXONTC, ADVYONXOV, z, t)
+	call iisio (erase, SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2bd2029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zclsim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZCLSIM -- Close an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zclsim (chan, status)
+
+int	chan[ARB]
+int	status
+
+begin
+	call iiscls (chan, status)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56d8caeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcontrol.x
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCONTROL -- call the device dependent control routines
+
+procedure zcontrol(device, rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+short	device			# which device/register to control
+short	rw			# write/read/wait,read
+short	frame[ARB]		# array of image frames
+short	color[ARB]		# array of color
+short	offset			# generalized offset or datum
+short	n			# count of items in data array
+short	data[ARB]		# data array
+
+begin
+	switch(device) {
+	    case IDS_FRAME_LUT:
+		call iislut(rw, frame, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_GR_MAP:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_INPUT_LUT:
+		call iisifm(rw, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_OUTPUT_LUT:
+		call iisofm(rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_SPLIT:
+		call iissplit(rw, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_SCROLL:
+		call iisscroll(rw, frame, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_ZOOM:
+		call iiszoom(rw, frame, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_OUT_OFFSET:
+		call iisoffset(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_MIN:
+		call iismin(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_MAX:
+		call iismax(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_RANGE:
+		call iisrange(rw, color, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_HISTOGRAM:
+		call iishisto(rw, color, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_ALU_FCN:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_FEEDBACK:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_SLAVE:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_CURSOR:
+		call iiscursor(rw, offset, n, data)
+
+	    case IDS_TBALL:
+		call iistball(rw, data)
+
+	    case IDS_DIGITIZER:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_BLINK:
+		# for now, nothing
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP:
+		call zsnap_init(data[1])
+
+	    case IDS_MATCH:
+		call iismatch (rw, frame, color, n, data)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# MAPCOLOR - modify the color array to map rgb for iis
+
+int procedure mapcolor(color)
+
+short	color[ARB]			# input data
+
+int	i
+int	val, result
+int	or()
+
+begin
+	result = 0
+	for ( i = 1; color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    val = color[i]
+	    switch (val) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    val = RED
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    val = GREEN
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    val = BLUE
+
+		default:
+		    val = 2**(val-1)
+	    }
+	    result = or (result, val)
+	}
+	return (result)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6de5bc8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_read.x
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# ZCURSOR_READ -- Read cursor from display.  This assumes that the cursor
+# is centered at  (31,31)
+
+procedure zcursor_read (cnum, xcur, ycur, key)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	xcur, ycur		# cursor position...GKI coordinates
+int	key			# key pressed
+
+short	cursor[2]		# local storage
+real	x,y
+int	frame
+real	zm
+int	mod(), and()
+define	exit_	10
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# Computations must be done in floating point when zoomed
+	# or values are off by a pixel.  Also, want fractional
+	# pixel returned values in the zoomed case.
+
+	call iishdr(IREAD, 2, COMMAND+CURSOR, 1+ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (cursor, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# which frame is the cursor relative to?  We assume that cnum
+	# mod IDS_CSET refers to the image plane (graphics fits in
+	# here as an image plane for iism70), and cnum / IDS_CSET
+	# sets which cursor.
+	# If cursor is #0, then take lowest numbered frame that is
+	# being displayed.
+	# Return frame number as the "key".
+
+	if (cnum == 0) {
+	    frame = i_frame_on
+	    if ((frame == ERR) || (frame < 1) ) {
+		key = ERR
+		return
+	    }
+	} else if (cnum != IDS_CRAW) {
+	    frame = mod(cnum-1, IDS_CSET) + 1
+	} else {
+	    zm = 1.
+	    frame = 0			# return unusual frame num. if raw read
+	}
+
+	# deal with cursor offset--hardware fault sometimes adds extra
+	# bit, so chop it off with and().
+	x = mod (and (int(cursor[1]), 777B)+ 31, 512)
+	y = mod (and (int(cursor[2]), 777B)+ 31, 512)
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_CRAW)
+	    goto exit_
+
+	# x,y now in device coordinates for screen but not world.
+	# next, we determine number of pixels from screen center.
+
+	zm = zoom[frame]
+	x = x/zm - IIS_XCEN./zm
+	y = y/zm - IIS_YCEN_INV./zm
+
+	# Now add in scroll offsets, which are to screen center.
+	x = x + xscroll[frame]
+
+	# Note that the Y one is inverted
+	y = y + (IIS_YDIM-1) - yscroll[frame]
+
+	if (x < 0)
+	    x = x + IIS_XDIM
+	else if (x > IIS_XDIM)
+	    x = x - IIS_XDIM
+
+	if (y < 0)
+	    y = y + IIS_YDIM
+	else if (y > IIS_YDIM)
+	    y = y - IIS_YDIM
+exit_
+	# invert y for user
+	y = (IIS_YDIM -1) - y
+
+	# The Y inversion really complicates things...
+	y = y + 1.0 - (1.0/zm)
+
+	# convert to GKI
+	xcur = x * MCXSCALE
+	ycur = y * MCYSCALE
+	key = frame
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50b1d446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zcursor_set.x
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZCURSOR_SET -- Write cursor to display.  This code assumes the standard
+# cursor which is centered on (31,31).
+
+procedure zcursor_set (cnum, xcur, ycur)
+
+int	cnum			# cursor number
+int	xcur, ycur		# GKI x,y cursor position
+
+short	cursor[2]		# local storage
+real	x,y,zm
+int	xedge
+int	yedge, frame
+int	mod()
+define	output	10
+
+include "iis.com"
+
+begin
+	# which frame does cursor refer to?  ( see zcursor_read() for
+	# more information. )
+
+	if (cnum == IDS_CRAW) {
+	    x = real(xcur)/MCXSCALE
+	    y = real(ycur)/MCYSCALE
+	    zm = 1
+	    xedge = 0
+	    yedge = 0
+	    goto output
+	}
+
+	if (cnum == 0) {
+	    frame = i_frame_on
+	    if ((frame == ERR) || (frame < 1))
+		return			# WHAT SHOULD WE DO?
+	} else
+	    frame = mod( cnum-1, IDS_CSET) + 1
+	zm = zoom[frame]
+
+	# Find the left/upper edge of the display
+	# xedge is real as we can't drop the fraction of IIS_XCEN/zm
+	# (This was true when XCEN was 255; now is 256 so can use int
+	# since 256 is a multiple of all possible values of zm.)
+
+	xedge = xscroll[frame] - IIS_XCEN/zm
+	if (xedge < 0)
+	    xedge = xedge + IIS_XDIM
+	yedge = ( (IIS_YDIM-1) - yscroll[frame]) - int(IIS_YCEN_INV/zm)
+	if (yedge < 0)
+	    yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+	# xcur, ycur are in gki.  Check if value too big...this will
+	# happen if NDC = 1.0, for instance which should be acceptable
+	# but will be "out of range".
+
+	x = real(xcur)/MCXSCALE
+	if ( x > (IIS_XDIM - 1.0/zm) )
+	    x = IIS_XDIM - 1.0/zm
+	y = real(ycur)/MCYSCALE
+	if ( y > (IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm) )
+	    y = IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm
+
+	# Invert y value to get device orientation; account for
+	# fractional pixels
+
+output
+	y = (IIS_YDIM - 1.0/zm) - y
+
+	# Account for the mod 512 nature of the display
+
+	if (x < xedge)
+	    x = x + IIS_XDIM
+	if (y < yedge)
+	    y = y + IIS_YDIM
+
+	# Are we still on screen ?
+
+	if ((x >= (xedge + IIS_XDIM/zm)) || (y >= (yedge + IIS_YDIM/zm)) ) {
+	    call eprintf("cursor set off screen -- ignored\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Calculate cursor positioning coordinates.
+
+	cursor[1] = int ((x-real(xedge)) * zm ) - 31
+	if ( cursor[1] < 0 )
+	    cursor[1] = cursor[1] + IIS_XDIM
+	cursor[2] = int ((y-real(yedge)) * zm ) - 31
+	if ( cursor[2] < 0 )
+	    cursor[2] = cursor[2] + IIS_YDIM
+
+	call iishdr (IWRITE+VRETRACE, 2, COMMAND+CURSOR, 1+ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (cursor, 2 * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21cf9e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_g.x
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+define	INSERT		100000B
+
+# ZDISPLAY_G -- Display the referenced graphics bitplanes in the given color(s)
+
+procedure zdisplay_g (sw, bitpl, color, quad )
+
+short	sw			# on or off
+short	bitpl[ARB]		# bitpl list
+short	color[ARB]		# color list
+short	quad[ARB]		# quadrants to activate
+
+short	gram[LEN_GRAM]
+bool	off
+int	i, lbound, val
+short	mask[7]
+short	fill
+# red a bit weak so have contrast with cursor
+#colors of graph: blue  grn   red    yellow  rd-bl   gn-bl  white
+data	mask    /37B, 1740B, 74000B, 77740B, 74037B, 1777B, 77777B/
+
+begin
+	if ( sw == IDS_OFF ) 
+	    off = true
+	else {
+	    off = false
+	}
+
+	# ignore bitpl argument since only one set of them and "color"
+	# fully specifies them.
+	# ignore quad for now
+	# much manipulation of color graphics ram table required!!
+	# strictly speaking, when we turn a plane off, we ought to be
+	# sure that any plane which is on, and "beneath", is turned on;
+	# this is a lot of trouble, so for starters, we don't.
+	# first find out what is on
+
+	call iishdr(IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# Check for red graphics plane for cursor
+
+	if ( gram[LEN_GRAM/2+1] != 176000B )
+	    call amovks ( short(176000B), gram[LEN_GRAM/2+1], LEN_GRAM/2)
+
+	for ( i = 1 ;  color[i] != IDS_EOD ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    # Bit plane 8 reserved for cursor
+	    if ( color[i] > 7 )
+		next
+	    # map IDS colors to IIS bit planes -- one-based.
+	    switch (color[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    val = RD
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    val = GR
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    val = BLU
+		default:
+		    val = color[i]
+	    }
+	    lbound = 2 ** (val - 1)
+	    if ( off ) 
+		call aclrs ( gram[lbound+1], lbound)
+	    else
+		call amovks ( short(INSERT+mask[val]), gram[lbound+1], lbound)
+	}
+	gram[1] = 0
+
+	# If a bit plane is off, reset it with next "lower" one, thus
+	# uncovering any planes masked by the one turned off.
+
+	if (off) {
+	    fill = 0
+	    do i = 2, LEN_GRAM/2 {
+		if (gram[i] == 0 )
+		    gram[i] = fill
+		else
+		    fill = gram[i]
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Write out the data
+
+	call iishdr(IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e08db8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zdisplay_i.x
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZDISPLAY_I -- Display the referenced image planes in the given color(s)
+# and in the given quadrants of the screen.
+
+procedure zdisplay_i (sw, frames, color, quad)
+
+short	sw			# on or off
+short	frames[ARB]		# frame list
+short	color[ARB]		# color list
+short	quad[ARB]		# quadrant list
+
+
+bool	off
+short	channels
+short	select[LEN_SELECT]
+int	q,c,index, temp
+int	mq			# mapped quadrant
+int	mapquad()
+short	iispack()
+int	and(), or(), xor()
+
+include	"iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"	# for i_maxframes! only
+
+begin
+	if ( sw == IDS_ON ) {
+	    off = false
+	} else
+	    off = true
+
+	# first find out what is on
+	call iishdr(IREAD+VRETRACE, LEN_SELECT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (select, LEN_SELECT * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# then add in/remove frames
+	channels = iispack(frames)
+
+	for ( q = 1 ; quad[q] != IDS_EOD ; q = q + 1 ) {
+	    mq = mapquad(quad[q])
+	    if ( ! off ) {
+	        for ( c =1 ; color[c] != IDS_EOD ; c = c + 1 ) {
+		    switch ( color[c] ) {
+		        case IDS_RED:
+			    index = mq + 8
+
+		        case IDS_GREEN:
+			    index = mq + 4
+
+		        case IDS_BLUE:
+			    index = mq
+		    }
+		    select[index] = or ( int(channels), int(select[index]) )
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        for ( c =1 ; color[c] != IDS_EOD ; c = c + 1 ) {
+		    switch ( color[c] ) {
+		        case IDS_RED:
+			    index = mq + 8
+
+		        case IDS_GREEN:
+			    index = mq + 4
+
+		        case IDS_BLUE:
+			    index = mq
+		    }
+		    select[index] = and ( xor ( 177777B, int(channels)),
+		   			 int(select[index]))
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Record which frame is being displayed for cursor readback.
+	temp = 0
+	do q = 1, LEN_SELECT
+	    temp = or (temp, int(select[q]))
+
+	if ( temp == 0)
+	    i_frame_on = ERR
+	else {
+	    do q = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (and (temp, 2**(q-1)) != 0) {
+		    i_frame_on = q
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	call iishdr(IWRITE+VRETRACE, LEN_SELECT, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0,0,0)
+	call iisio (select, LEN_SELECT * SZB_CHAR)
+end
+
+
+# MAPQUAD -- map user quadrant to device ... returns ONE-based quadrant
+# if prefer ZERO-based, add one to "index" computation above.
+
+int procedure mapquad (quadrant)
+
+short quadrant
+
+int	mq
+
+begin
+	switch ( quadrant ) {
+	    case 1:
+		mq = 2
+
+	    case 2:
+		mq = 1
+
+	    case 3:
+		mq = 3
+	    
+	    case 4:
+		mq = 4
+	    
+	    default:
+		mq = 1		# should never happen
+	}
+	return (mq)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e03fd57c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZINIT -- initialize for IIS operation
+# in general case, would use nfr and ngr to determine maximum file size
+# which would encompass all the images and graphics planes and all the
+# devices too.  Then, file mapped i/o could move most of the device indep.
+# code to the reading and writing routines.
+# not done for IIS
+
+procedure zinit (nfr, ngr, filesize)
+
+short	nfr			# maximum number of image frames
+short	ngr			# maximum number of graphics bit planes
+long	filesize		# returned value
+
+short	pl[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]
+short	zm[4]
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	i_snap = false
+	# we have no place to store all the zoom and scroll information.
+	# so we initialize to zoom = 1 and scroll = center for all planes
+	pl[1] = IDS_EOD
+	call ids_expand(pl, i_maxframes, true)
+	zm[1] = 1
+	zm[2] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE
+	zm[3] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	zm[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call iiszoom(short(IDS_WRITE), pl, short(4), zm)
+	call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), pl, short(3), zm[2])
+
+	# We also need to set the i_frame_on variable (iis.com), which
+	# we do with a "trick":  We call zdisplay_i with quad == EOD;
+	# this is a "nop" for the display code, but will set the variable.
+
+	call zdisplay_i (short(IDS_ON), short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD),
+			short(IDS_EOD))
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25df2f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zopnim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# ZOPNIM -- Open an image display frame which is addressable as
+# a binary file.
+
+procedure zopnim (devinfo, mode, chan)
+
+char	devinfo[ARB]		# packed devinfo string
+int	mode			# access mode
+int	chan
+
+int	iischan[2]		# Kludge
+
+begin
+	call iisopn (devinfo, mode, iischan)
+	chan = iischan[1]
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d067d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zreset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# cfactor is conversion from integer to NDC coordinates (max 32767) for cursor
+# see iiscursor.x
+# The "hardness" notion is now somewhat obsolete...a range of reset values
+# would be better, especially if better named.
+
+define	CFACTOR	528
+
+# ZRESET -- reset IIS 
+
+procedure zreset (hardness)
+
+short	hardness			# soft, medium, hard
+
+short	data[LEN_IFM]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	quad[5]
+int	i,j
+
+include	"iis.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_SNAPDONE ) {
+	    call zsnap_done
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# mark all frames
+	do i = 1,IDS_MAXIMPL
+	    frames[i] = i
+	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1] = IDS_EOD
+	# mark all colors
+	do i = 1, IDS_MAXGCOLOR
+	    colors[i] = i
+	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1] = IDS_EOD
+	# all quadrants
+	do i = 1,4
+	    quad[i] = i
+	quad[5] = IDS_EOD
+
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_SOFT) {
+	    # all coordinates are NDC ( 0 - 32767 )
+	    # Reseting the "soft" parameters: scroll, constant offsets,
+	    # split point, alu, zoom; turn cursor and tball on.
+	    	
+	    # constants
+	    call aclrs (data,3)
+	    call iisoffset(short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(3), data)
+
+	    # range
+	    data[1] = 1
+	    call iisrange (short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(1), data)
+
+	    # split point
+	    call aclrs ( data, 2)
+	    call iissplit(short(IDS_WRITE), short(2), data)
+
+	    # alu
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    call iishdr(IWRITE, 1, ALU+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (data, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # graphics status register
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    call iishdr(IWRITE, 1, GRAPHICS+COMMAND, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+	    call iisio (data, 1 * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	    # zoom
+	    data[1] = 1
+	    data[2] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE		# gki mid point
+	    data[3] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	    data[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iiszoom(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(4), data)
+
+	    # scroll -- screen center to be centered
+	    # zoom does affect scroll if zoom not power==1
+	    # so to be safe, do scroll after zoom.
+	    data[1] = IIS_XCEN * MCXSCALE
+	    data[2] = IIS_YCEN * MCYSCALE
+	    data[3] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iisscroll(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, short(3), data)
+
+	    # cursor and tball; no blink for cursor
+	    data[1] = IDS_ON
+	    call iiscursor(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(1), data)
+	    call iistball (short(IDS_WRITE), data)
+	    data[1] = IDS_CBLINK
+	    data[2] = IDS_CSTEADY
+	    call iiscursor(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(1), data)
+    
+	    # standard cursor shape
+	    data[1] = IDS_CSHAPE
+	    j = 2
+	    # don't use last line/column so have a real center
+	    for ( i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i = i + 1 ) {
+	        # make the puka in the middle
+	        if ( (i == 30) || (i == 31) || (i == 32) )
+		    next
+	        # fill in the lines
+	        data[j] = 31 * CFACTOR
+	        data[j+1] = i * CFACTOR 
+	        j = j + 2
+	        data[j] = i * CFACTOR
+	        data[j+1] = 31 * CFACTOR
+	        j = j + 2
+	    }
+	    data[j] = IDS_EOD
+	    call iiscursor ( short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(j), data)
+
+	    return
+	}
+    
+	if ( hardness == IDS_R_MEDIUM) {
+	    # reset all tables to linear--ofm, luts, ifm
+	    # ofm  (0,0) to (0.25,1.0) to (1.0,1.0)
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = 0.25 * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[5] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[6] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iisofm(short(IDS_WRITE), colors, short(1), short(6), data)
+
+	    # luts
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iislut(short(IDS_WRITE), frames, colors, short(1),
+	             short(4), data)
+
+	    # ifm (0,0) to (1/32, 1.0) to (1.,1.)
+	    # ifm is length 8192, but output is only 255.  So map linearly for
+	    # first 256, then flat.  Other possibility is ifm[i] = i-1 ( for
+	    # i = 1,8192) which relies on hardware dropping high bits.
+
+	    data[1] = 0
+	    data[2] = 0
+	    data[3] = (1./32.) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[5] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[6] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call iisifm(short(IDS_WRITE), short(1), short(6), data)
+
+	    return
+	}
+
+	if (hardness == IDS_R_HARD) {
+	    # clear all image/graph planes, and set channel selects to
+	    # mono
+	    call zclear(frames, frames, true)
+	    call zclear(frames, frames, false)
+	    # reset all to no display 
+	    call zdisplay_i(short(IDS_OFF), frames, colors, quad)
+	    call zdisplay_g(short(IDS_OFF), frames, colors, quad)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed478a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zrestore.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# restore device, image, graphics data
+
+procedure zdev_restore(fd)
+
+int	fd			# file descriptor to read from
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zim_restore(fd, frame)
+
+int	fd
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame numbers to restore
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zgr_restore(fd, plane)
+
+int	fd
+short	plane[ARB]
+
+begin
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..666f1b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsave.x
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# save device, image, graphics data
+
+procedure zdev_save(fd)
+
+int	fd			# file descriptor to write to
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zim_save(fd, frame)
+
+int	fd
+short	frame[ARB]		# frame numbers to save
+
+begin
+end
+
+procedure zgr_save(fd, plane)
+
+int	fd
+short	plane[ARB]
+
+begin
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f3fed25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zseek.x
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZSEEK -- Seek for an image frame
+
+procedure zseek (fd, x, y)
+
+int	fd				# file to write
+int	x, y				# device coordinates
+
+long	offset
+
+begin
+	offset = max (1, 1 + (x + y * IIS_XDIM) * SZ_SHORT)
+
+	call seek (fd, offset)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0803ac3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsetup.x
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include "iis.h"
+
+# ZSETUP -- Setup up common block information for read/write
+
+procedure zsetup (frame, bitpl, flag)
+
+short	frame[ARB]			# frame information
+short	bitpl[ARB]			# bitplane information
+bool	flag				# true if image, false if graphics
+
+short	iispack()
+int	mapcolor()
+
+include "iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	# If don't flush, then last line of "previous" frame
+	# may get steered to wrong image plane
+	call flush (i_out)
+	call fseti (i_out, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	if ( flag ) {
+	    iframe = iispack ( frame )
+	    iplane = iispack ( bitpl )
+	} else {
+	    iframe = GRCHAN
+	    iplane = mapcolor( bitpl )
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dd6796c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.com
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# snap common block
+int	sn_fd					# device file descriptor
+int	sn_frame, sn_bitpl			# save current iframe, iplane
+int	zbufsize				# fio buffer size--save here
+pointer	lutp[3,LEN_IISFRAMES]			# look up table storage
+pointer	ofmp[3]					# rgb ofm tables
+pointer	grp[3]					# graphics tables
+pointer	result[3]				# rgb results
+pointer	answer					# final answer
+pointer	input					# input data
+pointer	zs					# zoom/scrolled data; scratch
+pointer	grbit_on				# graphics bit on
+bool	gr_in_use				# graphics RAM not all zeroes
+bool	on[LEN_IISFRAMES]			# if frames on at all
+bool	multi_frame				# snap using >1 frame
+short	range[3]				# range and offset for rgb
+short	offset[3]
+short	left[3,2,LEN_IISFRAMES]			# left boundary of line
+short	right[3,2,LEN_IISFRAMES]		# right boundary of line
+short	ysplit					# split point for y
+short	prev_y					# previous line read
+short	sn_start, sn_end			# color range to snap
+
+common	/ zsnap / sn_fd, sn_frame, sn_bitpl, zbufsize, lutp, ofmp, grp,
+	result, answer, input, zs, grbit_on, gr_in_use, on, multi_frame,
+	range, offset, left, right, ysplit, prev_y, sn_start, sn_end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0f9b230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+# DO_SNAP -- Return a line of the active image display, as seen
+# by the viewer.
+
+procedure do_snap (buf, nchar, xpos, ypos)
+
+short	buf[ARB]			# buffer to read into
+int	nchar				# how many to read
+int	xpos, ypos			# and from where
+
+int	y, yindex, xs, xe
+int	line, previous
+int	i,j
+int	yedge
+int	zm, count
+bool	first
+
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+include "iis.com"
+include "zsnap.com"
+
+begin
+	# Check if read is for one line only
+
+	if (nchar > IIS_XDIM) {
+	    call eprintf("ZSNAP -- too many pixels (%d) requested.\n")
+	        call pargi (nchar)
+	    call aclrs (buf, nchar)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine x and y coordinates on screen.
+
+	y = IIS_YDIM - 1 - ypos
+	xs = xpos
+	xe = xs + nchar - 1
+	count = nchar
+
+	# See if we are dealing with (a part of only) one line
+
+	if (xe >= IIS_XDIM) {
+	    call eprintf("ZSNAP -- line overlap error (xend is %d).\n")
+		call pargi (xe)
+	    call aclrs (buf, nchar)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Determine whether above or below split point.
+
+	if (y < ysplit)
+	    yindex = 1
+	else
+	    yindex = 2
+
+	# Clear accumulators
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end
+	    call aclrs (Mems[result[j]], IIS_XDIM)
+
+	# Fetch and massage data for each active frame
+
+	first = true
+	previous = -1		# a bit of safety if no frames on
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if (on[i]) {
+		# If frame not active in any color for this half of screen,
+		# ignore it
+		if (sn_start != sn_end) {
+		    if ((left[BLU, yindex, i] == -1) &&
+		        (left[GR , yindex, i] == -1) &&
+		        (left[RD , yindex, i] == -1) )
+		         next
+		} else if (left[sn_start, yindex, i] == -1)
+		    next
+
+		zm = zoom[i]
+		iplane = 377B			# all bit planes
+		iframe = 2**(i-1)
+
+		# y edge of frame (top) [ see zcursor_set for more information]
+		yedge = IIS_YCEN - yscroll[i] + IIS_YCEN_INV - IIS_YCEN_INV/zm
+		if (yedge < 0)
+		    yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+		# Desired y (screen) coordinate
+		line = yedge + y/zm
+		if (line >= IIS_YDIM)
+	    	    line = line - IIS_YDIM
+	        # If have done this line before, just return the same answer
+
+		if (first) {
+		    if (line == prev_y) {
+	    	        call amovs (Mems[answer], buf, nchar)
+	    	        return
+		    }
+		    previous = line
+		    first = false
+		}
+
+		# Turn line into file position.
+		line = IIS_YDIM - 1 - line
+		if (multi_frame)
+		    call fseti (sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+		call zseek (sn_fd, xs, line)
+		call read (sn_fd, Mems[input], count)
+		call zmassage (zm, xscroll[i], yindex, i, xs, xe)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Apply scaling
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    # Note...xs, xe are zero-based indices
+	    if ( offset[j] != 0)
+	        call aaddks (Mems[result[j]+xs], offset[j],
+		             Mems[result[j]+xs], count)
+	    if ( range[j] != 1)
+	        call adivks (Mems[result[j]+xs], range[j],
+	   		     Mems[result[j]+xs], count)
+	    call aluts (Mems[result[j]+xs], Mems[result[j]+xs], count,
+			Mems[ofmp[j]])
+	}
+
+	# Or in the graphics ... use of "select" (asel) depends on design
+	# decision in zdisplay_g.x
+
+	if (gr_in_use) {
+	    iframe = GRCHAN
+	    iplane = 177B		# ignore cursor plane
+	    zm = zoom[GRCHNUM]
+
+	    yedge = IIS_YCEN - yscroll[GRCHNUM] + IIS_YCEN_INV - IIS_YCEN_INV/zm
+	    if (yedge < 0)
+	        yedge = yedge + IIS_YDIM
+
+	    line = yedge + y/zm
+	    if (line >= IIS_YDIM)
+	        line = line - IIS_YDIM
+	    line = IIS_YDIM - 1 - line
+
+	    if (multi_frame)
+		call fseti (sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+
+	    call zseek (sn_fd, xs, line)
+	    call read (sn_fd, Mems[input], count)
+	    call zmassage (zm, xscroll[GRCHNUM], yindex, GRCHNUM, xs, xe)
+
+	    do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	        call aluts (Mems[input+xs], Mems[zs], count, Mems[grp[j]])
+
+	        # Build boolean which says if have graphics on
+	        call abneks (Mems[zs], short(0), Memi[grbit_on], count) 
+
+	        # With INSERT on: replace data with graphics.
+	        call asels (Mems[zs], Mems[result[j]+xs], Mems[result[j]+xs],
+		    Memi[grbit_on], count)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# The answer is:
+
+	if (sn_start != sn_end) {
+	    call aadds (Mems[result[BLU]], Mems[result[GR]],
+	        Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	    call aadds (Mems[answer], Mems[result[RD]], Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	    call adivks (Mems[answer], short(3), Mems[answer], IIS_XDIM)
+	} else {
+	    # Put in "answer" so repeated lines are in known location
+	    call amovs (Mems[result[sn_start]], Mems[answer], nchar)
+	}
+
+	# Set the previous line and return the answer
+
+	prev_y = previous
+	call amovs (Mems[answer], buf, nchar)
+end
+
+
+# ZMASSAGE --- do all the boring massaging of the data: zoom, scroll, look
+# up tables.
+
+procedure zmassage (zm, xscr, yi, i, xstart, xend)
+
+int	zm			# zoom factor
+short	xscr			# x scroll
+int	yi			# y-index
+int	i			# frame index
+int	xstart, xend		# indices for line start and end
+
+int	lb, count		# left bound, count of number of items
+int	j, x1, x2, itemp
+include	"zsnap.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( (xscr != IIS_XCEN) || (zm != 1)) {
+	    if (xscr == IIS_XCEN)
+		# Scrolling not needed
+		call amovs (Mems[input], Mems[zs], IIS_XDIM)
+	    else {
+		# Scroll the data
+		lb = xscr - IIS_XCEN
+		if ( lb < 0 )
+		    lb = lb + IIS_XDIM
+		count = IIS_XDIM - lb
+		call amovs (Mems[input+lb], Mems[zs], count)
+		call amovs (Mems[input], Mems[zs+count], lb)
+	    }
+	    # Now zoom it
+	    if (zm == 1)
+		call amovs (Mems[zs], Mems[input], IIS_XDIM)
+	    else
+		call ids_blockit (Mems[zs+IIS_XCEN-IIS_XCEN/zm], Mems[input],
+		              IIS_XDIM, real(zm))
+	}
+
+	if (i == GRCHNUM)
+	    return
+
+	# With the aligned data, perform the lookup.  Note that left is
+	# 0 based, right is (0-based) first excluded value.
+
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    if (left[j, yi, i] == -1)
+		next
+	    itemp = left[j,yi,i]
+	    x1 = max (itemp, xstart)
+	    itemp = right[j,yi,i]
+	    x2 = min (itemp - 1, xend)
+	    call aluts (Mems[input+x1], Mems[zs], x2-x1+1, Mems[lutp[j,i]])
+	    call aadds (Mems[zs], Mems[result[j]+x1], Mems[result[j]+x1],
+	   		x2-x1+1)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48ed083c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsnapinit.x
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "iis.h"
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+
+define	XSPLIT	LEN_SELECT+1
+define	YSPLIT	LEN_SELECT+2
+
+# ZSNAP_INIT -- initialize snap data structures.
+
+procedure zsnap_init(kind)
+
+short	kind
+
+pointer	ptr
+short	gram[LEN_GRAM]
+short	select[LEN_SELECT+2]			# include split points
+short	color[4]
+short	frame[2]
+short	cds, off, num
+short	xsplit, x_right
+
+int	i, j, k, temp
+int	khp, val, frame_count
+bool	used, mono
+int	and(), or(), fstati()
+
+include	"zsnap.com"
+include "iis.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	i_snap = true
+	sn_frame = iframe
+	sn_bitpl = iplane
+	sn_fd = i_out
+	call flush(sn_fd)
+	call fseti(sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	prev_y = -1
+
+	# Determine what snap range to do
+	if (kind == IDS_SNAP_MONO)
+	    mono= true
+	else
+	    mono = false
+
+	switch (kind) {
+	    case IDS_SNAP_RGB:
+		# Note: BLU < RD and covers full color range
+	        sn_start = BLU
+	        sn_end   = RD
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_MONO, IDS_SNAP_BLUE:
+	        sn_start = BLU
+	        sn_end   = BLU
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_GREEN:
+		sn_start = GR
+		sn_end	 = GR
+
+	    case IDS_SNAP_RED:
+		sn_start = RD
+		sn_end	 = RD
+	}
+
+	# Find out which planes are active -- any quadrant
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD, LEN_SELECT+2, COMMAND+LUT, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (select, (LEN_SELECT+2)*SZB_CHAR)
+
+	# record split point.  Adjust x_split so 511 becomes
+	# 512. This is so the "right" side of a quadrant is given by one
+	# plus the last used point.
+
+	ysplit = select[YSPLIT]
+	xsplit = select[XSPLIT]
+	x_right = xsplit
+	if (x_right == IIS_XDIM-1)
+	    x_right = IIS_XDIM
+
+
+	# For certain split positions, some quadrants don't appear at all.
+
+	if (xsplit == 0)
+	    call nullquad (0, 2, select)
+	else if (xsplit == IIS_XDIM-1)
+	    call nullquad (1, 3, select)
+	if (ysplit == 0)
+	    call nullquad (0, 1, select)
+	else if (ysplit == IIS_YDIM-1)
+	    call nullquad (2, 3, select)
+
+	# Which frames are active, in any quadrant?
+
+	temp = 0
+	do i = 1, LEN_SELECT
+	    temp = or (temp, int(select[i]))
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if ( and (temp, 2**(i-1)) != 0)
+		on[i] = true
+	    else
+		on[i] = false
+	}
+
+	# Find out where each active plane starts and stops.  Split points
+	# are screen coordinates, not picture coordinates.  Graphics does
+	# not split (!).  left coord is inclusive, right is one beyond end.
+	# left/right dimensions: color, above/below_ysplit, image_plane.
+	# Frame_count counts frames in use.  Could be clever and only count
+	# active frames whose pixels are on the screen (pan/zoom effects).
+
+	frame_count = 0
+	do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+	    if ( !on[i] )
+	        next
+	    else
+		frame_count = frame_count + 1
+	    do j = sn_start, sn_end {	# implicit BLUE  (GREEN  RED)
+		# quadrants for IIS are UL:0, UR:1, LL:2, LR:3
+		do k = 0, 3 {
+		    temp = select[(j-1)*4 + k + 1]
+		    used = (and(temp, 2**(i-1)) != 0)
+		    khp = k/2 + 1
+		    switch (k) {
+			case 0, 2:
+			    if (used) {
+				left[j,khp,i] = 0
+				right[j,khp,i] = x_right
+			    } else {
+				left[j,khp,i] = -1
+			    }
+			
+			case 1, 3:
+			    if (used) {
+				if ( left[j,khp,i] == -1)
+				    left[j,khp,i] = xsplit
+				right[j,khp,i] = IIS_XDIM
+			    }
+		    }   # end switch
+		}       # end k ( quad loop)
+	    }		# end j ( color loop)
+	}		# end i ( frame loop)
+
+	# now do range and offset
+
+	cds = IDS_READ
+	num = 3
+	color[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	color[2] = IDS_GREEN
+	color[3] = IDS_RED
+	color[4] = IDS_EOD
+	call iisrange(cds, color, num, range)
+	call iisoffset(cds, color, num, offset)
+	do i = sn_start, sn_end
+	    range[i] = 2**range[i]
+
+	# now allocate memory for all the various tables
+
+	call malloc (input,  IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call malloc (answer, IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	call malloc (zs,     IIS_XDIM, TY_SHORT)
+	# for each color:
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    call malloc (result[j], IIS_XDIM,   TY_SHORT)
+	    call malloc (ofmp[j],   LEN_OFM,    TY_SHORT)
+	    call malloc (grp[j],    LEN_GRAM/2, TY_SHORT)
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if ( on[i] )
+		    call malloc (lutp[j,i], LEN_LUT, TY_SHORT)
+	    }
+	}
+	call malloc (grbit_on, IIS_XDIM, TY_INT)
+
+	# fill these up
+
+	cds = IDS_READ
+	off = 1
+	frame[2] = IDS_EOD
+	color[2] = IDS_EOD
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    if (j == BLU)
+	        color[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	    else if ( j == GR)
+	        color[1] = IDS_GREEN
+	    else
+	        color[1] = IDS_RED
+	    num = LEN_OFM
+	    call iisofm (cds, color, off, num, Mems[ofmp[j]])
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (on[i]) {
+	            frame[1] = i
+		    num = LEN_LUT
+		    call iislut (cds, frame, color, off, num, Mems[lutp[j,i]])
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# the graphics planes ... assume insert mode!!
+	# Note if any graphics mapping ram is in use...if no graphics on,
+	# snap can run faster.
+
+	call iishdr (IREAD, LEN_GRAM, GRAPHICS, ADVXONTC, 0, 0, 0)
+	call iisio (gram, LEN_GRAM * SZB_CHAR)
+
+	gr_in_use = false
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end
+	    call aclrs(Mems[grp[j]], LEN_GRAM/2)
+	# Leave first one 0; don't mess with cursor plane
+	do i = 2, LEN_GRAM/2 {
+	    temp = and (77777B, int(gram[i]))
+	    if (temp != 0)
+		gr_in_use = true
+	    if (! mono) {
+		do j = sn_start, sn_end
+		    switch (j) {
+			case RD:
+	                    Mems[grp[RD]+i-1]  = and (temp,76000B)/32
+			case GR:
+	                    Mems[grp[GR]+i-1]  = and (temp, 1740B)
+			case BLU:
+	                    Mems[grp[BLU]+i-1] = and (temp, 37B)*32
+		    }
+	    } else {
+		# All graphics planes
+		val = or ( and (temp, 76000B)/32, and (temp, 1740B))
+		val = or ( and (temp, 37B)*32, val)
+		Mems[grp[sn_start]+i-1] = val
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (gr_in_use)
+	    frame_count = frame_count + 1
+	if (frame_count > 1) {
+	    multi_frame = true
+	    # set buffer to size of one line
+	    zbufsize = fstati (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE)
+	    call fseti (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE, IIS_XDIM)
+	} else
+	    multi_frame = false
+
+	# Now adjust look up tables for fact that they do 9 bit 2's complement
+	# arithmetic!
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if (on[i]) {
+		    ptr = lutp[j,i]
+		    do k = 1, LEN_LUT {
+			if (Mems[ptr+k-1] > 255 )
+			    Mems[ptr+k-1] = Mems[ptr+k-1] - 512
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# NULLQUAD -- zero out lut mapping for quadrants that cannot appear on
+# screen
+
+procedure nullquad (q, p, sel)
+
+int	q, p			# two quadrants to eliminate, zero based
+short	sel[ARB]		# the mapping array
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 0,2 {
+	    sel[i*4 + q + 1] = 0
+	    sel[i*4 + p + 1] = 0
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ZSNAP_DONE -- reset paramters
+
+procedure zsnap_done()
+
+int	i,j
+
+include	"iis.com"
+include "zsnap.com"
+include "../lib/ids.com"
+
+begin
+	if ( ! i_snap )
+	    return
+	i_snap = false
+	call fseti(sn_fd, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	if (multi_frame) {
+	    # restore buffering
+	    call fseti (sn_fd, F_BUFSIZE, zbufsize)
+	}
+	iframe = sn_frame
+	iplane = sn_bitpl
+
+	# release storage
+	call mfree (grbit_on, TY_INT)
+	do j = sn_start, sn_end {
+	    call mfree (result[j], TY_SHORT)
+	    call mfree (ofmp[j],   TY_SHORT)
+	    call mfree (grp[j],    TY_SHORT)
+	    do i = 1, i_maxframes {
+		if ( on[i] )
+		    call mfree (lutp[j,i], TY_SHORT)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call mfree (zs,     TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (answer, TY_SHORT)
+	call mfree (input,  TY_SHORT)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f441ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/iism70/zsttim.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <knet.h>
+
+# ZSTTIM -- Return status on binary file display device.
+
+procedure zsttim (chan, what, lvalue)
+
+int	chan[ARB], what
+long	lvalue
+
+begin
+	call zsttgd (chan, what, lvalue)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd6bc086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.com
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# IDS common.  A common is necessary since there is no graphics descriptor
+# in the argument list of the kernel procedures.  The data structures
+# are designed along the lines of FIO: a small common is used to hold the time
+# critical data elements, and an auxiliary dynamically allocated descriptor is
+# used for everything else.
+
+pointer	i_kt				# kernel image display descriptor
+pointer	i_tty				# graphcap descriptor
+int	i_in, i_out			# input file, output file
+int	i_xres, i_yres			# desired device resolution
+long	i_frsize			# frame size in chars
+short	i_maxframes, i_maxgraph		# max num. of image frames, gr. planes
+int	i_linemask			# current linemask
+int	i_linewidth			# current line width
+int	i_linecolor			# current line color
+short	i_pt_x, i_pt_y			# current plot point, device coords
+int	i_csize				# text character size
+int	i_font				# text font
+bool	i_snap				# true if a snap in progress
+bool	i_image				# frame/bitplane data is for image
+char	i_device[SZ_IDEVICE]		# force output to named device
+
+common	/idscom/ i_kt, i_tty, i_in, i_out, i_xres, i_yres, i_frsize,
+	i_maxframes, i_maxgraph, i_linemask, i_linewidth, i_linecolor,
+	i_pt_x, i_pt_y, i_csize, i_font, i_snap, i_image, i_device
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbf36392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lib/ids.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# IDS definitions.
+
+define	MAX_CHARSIZES	10			# max discreet device char sizes
+define	SZ_SBUF		1024			# initial string buffer size
+define	SZ_IDEVICE	31			# maxsize forced device name
+
+# The IDS state/device descriptor.
+
+define	LEN_IDS		81
+
+define	IDS_SBUF	Memi[$1]		# string buffer
+define	IDS_SZSBUF	Memi[$1+1]		# size of string buffer
+define	IDS_NEXTCH	Memi[$1+2]		# next char pos in string buf
+define	IDS_NCHARSIZES	Memi[$1+3]		# number of character sizes
+define	IDS_POLYLINE	Memi[$1+4]		# device supports polyline
+define	IDS_POLYMARKER	Memi[$1+5]		# device supports polymarker
+define	IDS_FILLAREA	Memi[$1+6]		# device supports fillarea
+define	IDS_CELLARRAY	Memi[$1+7]		# device supports cell array
+define	IDS_ZRES	Memi[$1+8]		# device resolution in Z
+define	IDS_FILLSTYLE	Memi[$1+9]		# number of fill styles
+define	IDS_ROAM	Memi[$1+10]		# device supports roam
+define	IDS_CANZM	Memi[$1+11]		# device supports zoom
+define	IDS_SELERASE	Memi[$1+12]		# device has selective erase
+define	IDS_FRAME	Memi[$1+13]		# pointer to frames area
+define	IDS_BITPL	Memi[$1+14]		# pointer to bitplane area
+	# extra space
+define	IDS_FRCOLOR	Memi[$1+18]		# frame color
+define	IDS_GRCOLOR	Memi[$1+19]		# graphics color
+define	IDS_LCURSOR	Memi[$1+20]		# last cursor accessed
+define	IDS_COLOR	Memi[$1+21]		# last color set
+define	IDS_TXSIZE	Memi[$1+22]		# last text size set
+define	IDS_TXFONT	Memi[$1+23]		# last text font set
+define	IDS_TYPE	Memi[$1+24]		# last line type set
+define	IDS_WIDTH	Memi[$1+25]		# last line width set
+define	IDS_DEVNAME	Memi[$1+26]		# name of open device
+define	IDS_CHARHEIGHT	Memi[$1+30+$2-1]	# character height
+define	IDS_CHARWIDTH 	Memi[$1+40+$2-1]	# character width
+define	IDS_CHARSIZE	Memr[P2R($1+50+$2-1)]	# text sizes permitted
+define	IDS_PLAP	($1+60)			# polyline attributes
+define	IDS_PMAP	($1+64)			# polymarker attributes
+define	IDS_FAAP	($1+68)			# fill area attributes
+define	IDS_TXAP	($1+71)			# default text attributes
+
+# Substructure definitions.
+
+define	LEN_PL		4
+define	PL_STATE	Memi[$1]		# polyline attributes
+define	PL_LTYPE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	PL_WIDTH	Memi[$1+2]
+define	PL_COLOR	Memi[$1+3]
+
+define	LEN_PM		4
+define	PM_STATE	Memi[$1]		# polymarker attributes
+define	PM_LTYPE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	PM_WIDTH	Memi[$1+2]
+define	PM_COLOR	Memi[$1+3]
+
+define	LEN_FA		3			# fill area attributes
+define	FA_STATE	Memi[$1]
+define	FA_STYLE	Memi[$1+1]
+define	FA_COLOR	Memi[$1+2]
+
+define	LEN_TX		10			# text attributes
+define	TX_STATE	Memi[$1]
+define	TX_UP		Memi[$1+1]
+define	TX_SIZE		Memi[$1+2]
+define	TX_PATH		Memi[$1+3]
+define	TX_SPACING	Memr[P2R($1+4)]
+define	TX_HJUSTIFY	Memi[$1+5]
+define	TX_VJUSTIFY	Memi[$1+6]
+define	TX_FONT		Memi[$1+7]
+define	TX_QUALITY	Memi[$1+8]
+define	TX_COLOR	Memi[$1+9]
+
+define	IDS_EOD         (-2)		# flag for end of data
+
+define	IDS_RESET	10		# escape 10
+define	IDS_R_HARD	 0		# hard reset
+define	IDS_R_MEDIUM	 1		# medium
+define	IDS_R_SOFT	 2
+define	IDS_R_SNAPDONE	 3		# end snap
+
+define	IDS_SET_IP	11		# escape 11
+define	IDS_SET_GP	12		# escape 12
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_I	13		# escape 13
+define	IDS_DISPLAY_G	14		# escape 14
+define	IDS_SAVE	15		# escape 15
+define	IDS_RESTORE	16		# escape 16
+
+# max sizes
+
+define	IDS_MAXIMPL	16		# maximum number of image planes
+define	IDS_MAXGRPL	16		# maximum number of graphics planes
+define	IDS_MAXBITPL	16		# maximum bit planes per frame
+define	IDS_MAXGCOLOR	 8		# maximum number of colors (graphics)
+define	IDS_MAXDATA   8192		# maximum data structure in display
+
+define	IDS_RED		 1
+define	IDS_GREEN	 2
+define	IDS_BLUE	 3
+define	IDS_YELLOW	 4
+define	IDS_RDBL	 5
+define	IDS_GRBL	 6
+define	IDS_WHITE	 7
+define	IDS_BLACK	 8
+
+define	IDS_QUAD_UR	 1		# upper right quad.: split screen mode
+define	IDS_QUAD_UL	 2
+define	IDS_QUAD_LL	 3
+define	IDS_QUAD_LR	 4
+
+define	IDS_CONTROL	17		# escape 17
+define	IDS_CTRL_LEN	 6
+define	IDS_CTRL_REG	 1		# what to control
+define	IDS_CTRL_RW	 2		# read/write field in control instr.
+define	IDS_CTRL_N	 3		# count of DATA items
+define	IDS_CTRL_FRAME	 4		# pertinent frame(s)
+define	IDS_CTRL_COLOR	 5		#   and color
+define	IDS_CTRL_OFFSET	 6		# generalized "register"
+define	IDS_CTRL_DATA	 7		# data array
+
+define	IDS_WRITE	 0		# write command
+define	IDS_READ	 1		# read command
+define	IDS_READ_WT	 2		# wait for action, then read
+define	IDS_OFF		 1		# turn whatever off
+define	IDS_ON		 2
+define	IDS_CBLINK	 3		# cursor blink
+define	IDS_CSHAPE	 4		# cursor shape
+
+define	IDS_CSTEADY	 1		# cursor blink - steady (no blink)
+define	IDS_CFAST	 2		# cursor blink - fast
+define	IDS_CMEDIUM	 3		# cursor blink - medium
+define	IDS_CSLOW	 4		# cursor blink - slow
+
+define	IDS_FRAME_LUT	 1		# look-up table for image frame
+define	IDS_GR_MAP	 2		# graphics color map...lookup table per
+					# se makes little sense for bit plane
+define	IDS_INPUT_LUT	 3		# global input lut
+define	IDS_OUTPUT_LUT	 4		# final lut
+define	IDS_SPLIT	 5		# split screen coordinates
+define	IDS_SCROLL	 6		# scroll coordinates
+define	IDS_ZOOM	 7		# zoom magnification
+define	IDS_OUT_OFFSET	 8		# output bias
+define	IDS_MIN		 9		# data minimum
+define	IDS_MAX		10		# data maximum
+define	IDS_RANGE	11		# output range select
+define	IDS_HISTOGRAM	12		# output data histogram
+define	IDS_ALU_FCN	13		# arithmetic feedback function
+define	IDS_FEEDBACK	14		# feedback control
+define	IDS_SLAVE	15		# auxillary host or slave processor
+
+define	IDS_CURSOR	20		# cursor control - on/off/blink/shape
+define	IDS_TBALL	21		# trackball control - on/off
+define	IDS_DIGITIZER	22		# digitizer control - on/off
+define	IDS_BLINK	23		# for blink request
+define	IDS_SNAP	24		# snap function
+define	IDS_MATCH	25		# match lookup tables
+
+# snap codes ... just reuse color codes from above.
+define	IDS_SNAP_RED	 IDS_RED	# snap the blue image
+define	IDS_SNAP_GREEN	 IDS_GREEN	# green
+define	IDS_SNAP_BLUE	 IDS_BLUE	# blue
+define	IDS_SNAP_RGB	 IDS_BLACK	# rgb image --- do all three
+define	IDS_SNAP_MONO	 IDS_WHITE	# do just one
+
+# cursor parameters
+
+define	IDS_CSET	128		# number of cursors per "group"
+
+define	IDS_CSPECIAL	4097		# special "cursors"
+			# must be > (IDS_CSET * number of cursor groups)
+define	IDS_CRAW	IDS_CSPECIAL	# raw cursor read
+define	IDS_BUT_RD	4098		# "cursor number" for read buttons cmd
+define	IDS_BUT_WT	4099		# wait for button press, then read
+define	IDS_CRAW2	4100		# A second "raw" cursor
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1890152b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#{ LUMATCH -- Match the lookup tables for two frames.
+
+# frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be adjusted
+# ref_frame,i,a,,1,4,reference frame
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (frame=frame, alternate=ref_frame, match=yes)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60e3b7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/lumatch.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be adjusted
+ref_frame,i,a,,1,4,frame to be matched
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b45b437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Make the CV (Control Video) display load and control package.
+
+$call	relink
+$exit
+
+update:
+	$call	relink
+	$call	install
+	;
+
+relink:
+	$update	libpkg.a
+	$omake	x_iis.x
+	$link	x_iis.o libpkg.a -o xx_iis.e
+	;
+
+install:
+	$move	xx_iis.e bin$x_iis.e
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@ids
+	@iism70
+	@src
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91de948f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/monochrome.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ MONOCHROME -- Set monochrome enhancement on display.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (map="mono")
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74d66a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#{ PSEUDOCOLOR -- Select pseudocolor enhancement.
+
+# enhancement,s,a,linear,,,"type of pseudocolor enhancement:\n\
+#     linear - map greyscale into a spectrum\n\
+#     random - one randomly chosen color is assigned each greylevel\n\
+#     8color - eight random colors\n\
+# enter selection"
+# window,b,h,yes,,,window display after enabling pseudocolor
+# enhance,s,h
+
+{
+	# Query for enchancement and copy into local param, otherwise each
+	# reference will cause a query.
+	enhance = enhancement
+
+	if (enhance == "linear")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "linear", window=window)
+	else if (enhance == "random")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "random", window=window)
+	else if (enhance == "8color")
+	    _dcontrol (map = "8color", window=window)
+	else
+	    error (0, "unknown enhancement")
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e99d8d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/pseudocolor.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+enhancement,s,a,random,,,"type of pseudocolor enhancement:\n\
+    linear - map greyscale into a spectrum\n\
+    random - a randomly chosen color is assigned to each greylevel\n\
+    8color - use eight colors chosen at random\n\
+enter selection"
+window,b,h,yes,,,window display after enabling pseudocolor
+enhance,s,h
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fada018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#{ RGB -- Select rgb display mode.
+
+# red_frame,i,a,1,1,4,red frame
+# green_frame,i,a,2,1,4,green frame
+# blue_frame,i,a,3,1,4,blue frame
+# window,b,h,no,,,window RGB frames
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="rgb", red_frame=red_frame, green_frame=green_frame,
+	    blue_frame=blue_frame, rgb_window=window)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86d11871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/rgb.par
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+red_frame,i,a,1,1,4,red frame
+green_frame,i,a,2,1,4,green frame
+blue_frame,i,a,3,1,4,blue frame
+window,b,h,no,,,window RGB frames
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc176f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/blink.x
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# BLINK -- blink the display.
+
+procedure blink()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, count, rate
+int	sets, button, i
+int	ctoi(), ip
+pointer	sp, setp, ptr
+int	cv_rdbut()
+int	val, nchar
+
+define	errmsg	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# get rate for blink
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad blink rate: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	ip = 1
+	count = ctoi(token, ip, rate)
+	if (rate < 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("negative rate not legal\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	# The "3" is to hold frame/color/quad for one frame;
+	# the "2" is to allow duplication of each frame so that
+	# some frames can stay "on" longer.  The extra "1" is for graphics.
+	call salloc (setp, 2 * 3 * (cv_maxframes+1), TY_POINTER)
+	sets = 0
+
+	# which frames to blink
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	while ( (sets <= cv_maxframes+1) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) ) {
+	    sets = sets + 1
+	    ptr = setp + (3 * (sets-1))
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr], IDS_MAXIMPL+1, TY_SHORT)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr]])
+	            if (Mems[Memi[ptr]] == ERR) {
+			call sfree (sp)
+	    	        return
+		    }
+	        }
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token[1], ip, val)
+		if ( (val < 0) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+		    call eprintf ("illegal frame value: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		Mems[Memi[ptr]] = val
+		Mems[Memi[ptr]+1] = IDS_EOD
+	    } else {
+errmsg
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		call sfree (sp)
+		return
+	    }
+	    ptr = ptr + 1
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr], IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1, TY_SHORT)
+	    call salloc (Memi[ptr+1], 5, TY_SHORT)
+	    Mems[Memi[ptr]] = IDS_EOD		# default all colors
+	    Mems[Memi[ptr+1]] = IDS_EOD		# default all quads
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if ( (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE))
+		goto errmsg
+	    if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'c')) {
+		call cv_color (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr]])
+		if (Mems[Memi[ptr]] == ERR) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		call strlwr (token)
+	    }
+	    if ( (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (tok != TOK_NEWLINE))
+		goto errmsg
+	    if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'q')) {
+		call cv_quad (token[2], Mems[Memi[ptr+1]])
+		if (Mems[Memi[ptr+1]] == ERR) {
+		    call sfree (sp)
+		    return
+		}
+		call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		call strlwr (token)
+	    }
+	}	# end while
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear any buttons pressed
+	call eprintf ("Press any button to terminate blink\n")
+	repeat {
+	    do i = 1, sets {
+		ptr = setp + 3 * (i-1)
+		call cvdisplay (IDS_ON, IDS_DISPLAY_I, Mems[Memi[ptr]],
+		     Mems[Memi[ptr+1]], Mems[Memi[ptr+2]])
+		# Delay for "rate*100" milliseconds
+		call zwmsec (rate * 100)
+
+		# Leave something on screen when button pushed
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+		if (button > 0)
+		    break
+		call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF, IDS_DISPLAY_I, Mems[Memi[ptr]],
+		     Mems[Memi[ptr+1]], Mems[Memi[ptr+2]])
+	    }
+	} until (button > 0)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60cf69eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/clear.x
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# CLEAR -- clear certain frames in the display
+
+procedure clear()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+
+define	nexttok	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+
+	while ( (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) || (tok == TOK_NUMBER) ) {
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+		switch (token[1]) {
+		    case 'a', 'g':
+			# all colors
+			call cvclearg (short(IDS_EOD), short (IDS_EOD))
+			if (token[1] == 'g')
+			    goto nexttok
+			frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+		    case 'f':
+			call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+		}
+	    } else
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+
+	    call cvcleari (frames)
+	    if (token[1] == 'a')
+		return
+
+	    # get next token
+nexttok
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec9c70e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.com
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# common block for cv
+
+pointer	cv_gp				# file descriptor to write
+pointer	cv_stack			# working space for escape sequences
+int	cv_maxframes			# device max frames
+int	cv_maxgraph			# device max graph planes
+int	cv_xcen, cv_ycen		# user pixel coords of center of dev.
+int	cv_xres, cv_yres		# device resolution
+int	cv_zres				# device z resolution
+real	cv_xcon, cv_ycon		# conversion from NDC to GKI
+int	cv_grch				# graphics channel
+real	cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc		# cursor position for window command
+
+common	/cvcom/ cv_gp, cv_stack, cv_maxframes, cv_maxgraph, cv_xcen, cv_ycen,
+	cv_xres, cv_yres, cv_zres, cv_xcon, cv_ycon, cv_grch,
+	cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80f3016b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# constants for cv package...should come from a graphcap entry
+
+# These are one based.
+define	CV_XCEN	     257
+define	CV_YCEN	     256
+
+define	CV_XRES	     512
+define	CV_YRES	     512
+define	CV_ZRES	     256
+
+define	CV_MAXF	       4
+define	CV_MAXG	       7
+
+define	CV_GRCHNUM    16
+
+# CVLEN is just the *estimated* never to be exceeded amount of storage needed
+# to set up the escape sequence.  It could be determined dynamically by
+# changing cv_move to count elements instead of moving them.  Then the known
+# counts would be used with amovs to hustle the elements into the "salloc'ed"
+# space.  Instead, with a static count, we can salloc once upon entering
+# the cv program and free up at exit.
+
+define	CVLEN	128
+
+# Following are from "display.h"... only SAMPLE_SIZE and MAXLOG needed
+# as of May, 1985.  But we might incorporate other programs from "tv",
+# so leave them.
+
+# Size limiting parameters.
+
+define	MAXCHAN		2
+define	SAMPLE_SIZE	600
+
+# If a logarithmic greyscale transformation is desired, the input range Z1:Z2
+# will be mapped into the range 1.0 to 10.0 ** MAXLOG before taking the log
+# to the base 10.
+
+define	MAXLOG		3
+
+# The following parameter is used to compare display pixel coordinates for
+# equality.  It determines the maximum permissible magnification.  The machine
+# epsilon is not used because the computations are nontrivial and accumulation
+# of error is a problem.
+
+define	DS_TOL		(1E-4)
+
+# These parameters are needed for user defined transfer functions.
+
+define	SZ_BUF		4096
+define	STARTPT		0.0E0
+define	ENDPT		4095.0E0
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a169a402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cv.x
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <gki.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "cv.h"
+
+# Captain Video
+
+procedure t_cv()
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+char	command[SZ_LINE]
+
+pointer	gopen(), sp
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	scan, tok, envgets()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cv_stack, CVLEN, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (EA_FATAL,
+		"variable 'stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	gp = gopen ( device, READ_WRITE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# to do:
+	# initialize local variables: image display size, etc
+	# instead of defines such as MCXSCALE, etc
+	cv_maxframes = CV_MAXF
+	cv_maxgraph  = CV_MAXG
+	cv_xcen	     = CV_XCEN
+	cv_ycen	     = CV_YCEN
+	cv_xres	     = CV_XRES
+	cv_yres	     = CV_YRES
+	cv_zres	     = CV_ZRES
+	cv_gp	     = gp
+	cv_xcon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_XRES
+	cv_ycon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_YRES
+	cv_grch	     = CV_GRCHNUM
+	cv_xwinc     = -1.			# Flag: Don't know what lut is
+
+        repeat {
+	    call printf (":-) ")
+	    call flush (STDOUT)
+	    if (scan() == EOF)
+		break
+	    call gargtok(tok, command, SZ_LINE)
+	    if ((tok == TOK_EOS) || (tok == TOK_NEWLINE))
+		next
+	    # decode next command
+	    call strlwr(command)
+	    switch (command[1]) {
+	        case 'x', 'q':
+		    break
+		    
+		
+		case 'b':
+		    call blink
+
+		case 'c':
+		    if (command[2] == 'l')
+		        call clear
+		    else
+		        call rdcur
+		    
+		case 'd':
+		    call display(command[2])
+
+		case 'e':		# erase means clear
+		    call clear
+
+		case 'h', '?':
+		    call help
+
+		# case 'l':
+		#   call load
+
+		case 'm':
+		    call match
+
+		case 'o':
+		    call offset
+
+		case 'p':
+		    if ( command[2] == 's')
+			call map(command[2])		# pseudo color
+		    else
+		        call pan
+
+		case 'r':
+		    if (command[2] == 'e')
+			call reset
+		    else
+		        call range
+
+		case 's':
+		    if (command[2] == 'n')
+		        call snap
+		    else
+		        call split
+		
+		case 't':
+		    call tell
+
+		case 'w':
+		    if (command[2] == 'r')
+			call text
+		    else
+		        call window
+
+		case 'z':
+		    call zoom
+		    
+		default:
+		    call eprintf("unknown command: %s\n")
+		        call pargstr(command[1])
+			     
+	    }  # end switch statement
+
+	} # end repeat statment
+
+	# all done
+
+	call gclose ( gp )
+	call ids_close
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# HELP -- print informative message
+
+procedure help()
+
+begin
+	call eprintf ("--- () : optional; [] : select one; N : number; C/F/Q : see below\n")
+	call eprintf ("b(link) N F (C Q) (F (C Q)..)	blink		N = 10 is one second\n")
+	call eprintf ("c(ursor) [on off F]		cursor\n")
+	call eprintf ("di F (C Q) [on off]		display image\n")
+	call eprintf ("dg C (F Q) [on off]		display graphics\n")
+	call eprintf ("e(rase) [N a(ll) g(raphics) F]	erase (clear)\n")
+	#call eprintf ("l(oad)				load a frame\n")
+	call eprintf ("m(atch) (o) F (C) (to) (F) (C)	match (output) lookup table\n")
+	call eprintf ("o(ffset)  C N			offset color	N: 0 to +- 4095\n")
+	call eprintf ("p(an) (F) 			pan images\n")
+	call eprintf ("ps(eudo) (o) (F C) (rn sn)	pseudo color mapping   rn/sn: random n/seed n\n")
+	call eprintf ("r(ange) N (C) (N C ...)		scale image	N: 1-8\n")
+	call eprintf ("re(set) [r i t a]		reset display	registers/image/tables/all\n")
+	call eprintf ("sn(ap) (C)			snap a picture\n")
+	call eprintf ("s(plit) [c o px,y nx,y]		split picture\n")
+	call eprintf ("t(ell)				tell display state\n")
+	call eprintf ("w(indow) (o) (F C)		window (output) frames\n")
+	call eprintf ("wr(ite) [F C] text		write text to frame/graphics\n")
+	call eprintf ("z(oom) N (F) 			zoom frames	N: 1-8\n")
+	call eprintf ("x   or   q			exit/quit\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- C: letter c followed by r/g/b/a or, for snap r,g,b,m,bw,rgb,\n")
+	call eprintf ("---   or for dg r/g/b/y/p/m/w, as 'cr', 'ca', or 'cgb'\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- F: f followed by a frame number or 'a' for all\n")
+	call eprintf ("--- Q: q followed by quadrant number or t,b,l,r for top, bottom,...\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46aba66b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvparse.x
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include "../lib/ids.h"
+include <ctype.h>
+
+# CVPARSE -- parsing routines for the cv package
+
+# CV_FRAME -- parse a frame specification
+
+procedure cv_frame(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+int	used[IDS_MAXIMPL]
+int	gused
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs(used,IDS_MAXIMPL)
+	gused = 0
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (!IS_DIGIT(str[ip])) {
+		if (str[ip] == 'g')
+		    gused = 1
+		else {
+	            call eprintf("unknown frame specifier: %c\n")
+		        call pargc(str[ip])
+		}
+		next
+	    } 
+	    i = TO_INTEG (str[ip])	# fail if > than 9 planes! use ctoi()
+	    if ((i < 1) || (i > cv_maxframes) ) {
+		call eprintf ("out of bounds frame: %d\n")
+		    call pargi(i)
+		next
+	    } else
+		used[i] = 1
+	}
+	do i= 1,IDS_MAXIMPL
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	if (gused != 0) {
+	    result[op] = cv_grch
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
+
+
+# CV_COLOR -- parse a color specification
+
+procedure cv_color(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+short	val
+short	used[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs (used, IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1)
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    switch (str[ip]) {
+		case 'r':
+		    val = IDS_RED
+
+		case 'g':
+		    val = IDS_GREEN
+
+		case 'b':
+		    val = IDS_BLUE
+
+		case 'y':
+		    val = IDS_YELLOW
+
+		case 'w':
+		    val = IDS_WHITE
+
+		case 'p':
+		    val = IDS_RDBL
+
+		case 'm':
+		    val = IDS_GRBL
+
+		default:
+		    call eprintf("unknown color: %c\n")
+			call pargc(str[ip])
+		    next
+	    }
+	    used[val] = 1
+	}
+	do i = 1, IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
+
+
+# CV_QUAD -- parse a quad specification
+
+procedure cv_quad(str, result)
+
+char	str[ARB]		# input string
+short	result[ARB]		# result string
+
+int	ip
+int	op
+int	i
+short	used[4]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (str[1] == 'a') {
+	    result[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    return
+	}
+	call aclrs(used, 4)
+	op = 1
+	for (ip = 1; str[ip] != EOS; ip = ip + 1) {
+	    if (!IS_DIGIT(str[ip])) {
+		switch(str[ip]) {
+		    case 'a':
+			call amovks (1, used, 4)
+
+		    case 't':
+			used[1] = 1
+			used[2] = 1
+
+		    case 'b':
+			used[3] = 1
+			used[4] = 1
+
+		    case 'l':
+			used[2] = 1
+			used[3] = 1
+
+		    case 'r':
+			used[1] = 1
+			used[4] = 1
+		    
+		    default:
+	                call eprintf("unknown quad specifier: %c\n")
+		            call pargc(str[ip])
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        i = TO_INTEG (str[ip])
+	        if ((i < 1) || (i > 4)) {
+		    call eprintf ("out of bounds quad: %d\n")
+		        call pargi(i)
+		    next
+	        } else
+		    used[i] = 1
+	    }
+	}
+	do i = 1,4 {
+	    if (used[i] != 0) {
+		result[op] = i
+		op = op + 1
+	    }
+	}
+	if (op > 1)
+	    result[op] = IDS_EOD
+	else
+	    result[op] = ERR
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..683c9500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvulut.x
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<error.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# CV_ULUT -- Generates a look up table from data supplied by user.  The
+# data is read from a two column text file of intensity, greyscale values.
+# The input data are sorted, then mapped to the x range [0-4096].  A 
+# piecewise linear look up table of 4096 values is then constructed from 
+# the (x,y) pairs given.  A pointer to the look up table, as well as the z1 
+# and z2 intensity endpoints, is returned.
+
+procedure cv_ulut (fname, z1, z2, lut)
+
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of file with intensity, greyscale values
+real	z1			# Intensity mapped to minimum gs value
+real	z2			# Intensity mapped to maximum gs value
+pointer	lut			# Look up table - pointer is returned
+
+pointer	sp, x, y
+int	nvalues, i, j, x1, x2, y1
+real	delta_gs, delta_xv, slope
+errchk	cv_rlut, cv_sort, malloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x, SZ_BUF, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y, SZ_BUF, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Read intensities and greyscales from the user's input file.  The
+	# intensity range is then mapped into a standard range and the 
+	# values sorted.
+
+	call cv_rlut (fname, Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+	call alimr (Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2)
+	call amapr (Memr[x], Memr[x], nvalues, z1, z2, STARTPT, ENDPT)
+	call cv_sort (Memr[x], Memr[y], nvalues)
+
+	# Fill lut in straight line segments - piecewise linear
+	call malloc (lut, SZ_BUF, TY_SHORT)
+	do i = 1, nvalues-1 {
+	    delta_gs = Memr[y+i] - Memr[y+i-1]
+	    delta_xv = Memr[x+i] - Memr[x+i-1]
+	    slope = delta_gs / delta_xv
+	    x1 = int (Memr[x+i-1]) 
+	    x2 = int (Memr[x+i])
+	    y1 = int (Memr[y+i-1])
+	    do j = x1, x2-1
+		Mems[lut+j-1] = y1 + slope * (j-x1)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CV_RLUT -- Read text file of x, y, values.
+
+procedure cv_rlut (utab, x, y, nvalues)
+
+char	utab[SZ_FNAME]		# Name of list file
+real	x[SZ_BUF]		# Array of x values, filled on return
+real	y[SZ_BUF]		# Array of y values, filled on return
+int	nvalues			# Number of values in x, y vectors - returned
+
+int	n, fd
+pointer	sp, lbuf, ip
+real	xval, yval
+int	getline(), open()
+errchk	open, sscan, getline, malloc
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (lbuf, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	iferr (fd = open (utab, READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE))
+	    call error (0, "Error opening user table")
+
+	n = 0
+
+	while (getline (fd, Memc[lbuf]) != EOF) {
+	    # Skip comment lines and blank lines.
+	    if (Memc[lbuf] == '#')
+		next
+	    for (ip=lbuf;  IS_WHITE(Memc[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (Memc[ip] == '\n' || Memc[ip] == EOS)
+		next
+
+	    # Decode the points to be plotted.
+	    call sscan (Memc[ip])
+		call gargr (xval)
+		call gargr (yval)
+
+	    n = n + 1
+	    if (n > SZ_BUF) 
+	        call error (0,
+		    "Intensity transformation table cannot exceed 4096 values")
+
+	    x[n] = xval
+	    y[n] = yval
+	}
+
+	nvalues = n
+	call close (fd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# CV_SORT -- Bubble sort of paired arrays.  
+
+procedure cv_sort (xvals, yvals, nvals)
+
+real	xvals[nvals]		# Array of x values
+real	yvals[nvals]		# Array of y values
+int	nvals			# Number of values in each array
+
+int	i, j
+real	temp
+define	swap	{temp=$1;$1=$2;$2=temp}
+
+begin
+	for (i = nvals; i > 1; i = i - 1)
+	    for (j = 1; j < i; j = j + 1) 
+		if (xvals[j] > xvals[j+1]) {
+		    # Out of order; exchange y values
+		    swap (xvals[j], xvals[j+1])
+		    swap (yvals[j], yvals[j+1])
+		}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81721081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/cvutil.x
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	"cv.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# CVUTIL -- utility control routines for cv package
+
+############ CLEAR display ############
+# CVCLEARG -- clear all of graphics (bit) planes
+
+procedure cvclearg (frame, color)
+
+short	frame[ARB]
+short	color[ARB]
+
+int	count
+int	cv_move()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	count = cv_move (frame, Mems[cv_stack])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+count])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_GP, Mems[cv_stack], count)
+	call gclear (cv_gp)
+end
+
+# CVCLEARI -- clear specified image frames
+
+procedure cvcleari (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_iset (frames)
+	call gclear (cv_gp)
+end
+
+############ CURSOR and BUTTON ############
+# CV_RDBUT -- read button on trackball (or whatever)
+# if none pressed, will get zero back
+
+int procedure cv_rdbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_RD)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_WTBUT -- wait for button to be pressed, then read it
+
+int procedure cv_wtbut()
+
+int	oldcnum
+real	x, y
+int	button
+int	gstati
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, IDS_BUT_WT)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, button)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	return(button)
+end
+
+# CV_RCUR -- read cursor.  The cursor read/set routines do not restore
+# the cursor number...this to avoid numerous stati/seti calls that
+# usually are not needed.
+
+procedure cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+int	junk
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, junk)
+end
+
+# CV_SCUR -- set cursor
+
+procedure cv_scur (cnum, x, y)
+
+int	cnum
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call gscur (cv_gp, x, y)
+end
+
+
+# CV_RCRAW -- read the raw cursor (return actual screen coordinates).
+
+procedure cv_rcraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_rcur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+
+# CV_SCRAW -- set raw cursor
+
+procedure cv_scraw (x, y)
+
+real	x,y
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call cv_scur (IDS_CRAW, x, y)
+end
+
+
+# cvcur -- turn cursor on or off
+
+procedure cvcur (instruction)
+
+int	instruction
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack]   = IDS_CURSOR
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 1
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 1
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = instruction
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 7)
+end
+
+############ DISPLAY ############
+# cvdisplay
+
+procedure cvdisplay (instruction, device, frame, color, quad)
+
+int	instruction
+int	device
+short	frame, color, quad
+
+int	i
+int	cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = instruction
+	i = cv_move (frame, Mems[cv_stack+1])
+	i = i + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+1+i])
+	i = i + cv_move (quad, Mems[cv_stack+1+i])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, device, Mems[cv_stack], 1+i)
+end
+
+############ MATCH ############
+# cvmatch -- build match escape sequence
+
+procedure cvmatch (lt, fr, cr, frames, color)
+
+int	lt			# type
+short	fr[ARB]			# reference frame and color
+short	cr[ARB]
+short	frames[ARB]		# frames to be changed
+short	color[ARB]		# and colors
+
+int 	count, n
+int	cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_MATCH
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = lt
+	count = cv_move (fr, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	count = count + cv_move (cr, Mems[cv_stack+3+count])
+	n = count
+	Mems[cv_stack+count+3] = 0		# unused offset
+	count = count + cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+4+count])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4+count])
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = count - n
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+4)
+end
+
+############ OFFSET ############
+# cvoffset -- set offset registers
+
+procedure cvoffset( color, data)
+
+short	color[ARB]
+short	data[ARB]
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+int	i
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_OUT_OFFSET
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD	# no-op the frames slot
+	count = cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4])
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1	# (unused) offset
+	i = cv_move (data, Mems[cv_stack+5+count])
+	i = i - 1			# don't include EOD of "data"
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = i
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], i+count+5)
+end
+
+############ PAN ############
+# cvpan -- move the image(s) around
+# The x,y coordinates are NDC that, it is assumed, came from a cursor
+# read, and therefore are of the form
+#     ((one_based_pixel-1)/(resolution)) *(GKI_MAXNDC+1)  /  GKI_MAXNDC
+# The division by GKI_MAXNDC turns into NDC what was GKI ranging from
+# 0 through 511*64 (for IIS) which conforms to the notion of specifying
+# each pixel by its left/bottom GKI boundary.
+
+procedure cvpan (frames, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+real	x,y		# position in NDC
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SCROLL
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD	# all colors
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = IDS_EOD	# for all frames
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+
+############ RANGE ############
+# cvrange -- scale ouput before final look up table
+
+procedure cvrange ( color, range)
+
+short	color[ARB]
+short	range[ARB]
+
+int	cv_move(), count, i
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_RANGE
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD		# all frames
+	count = cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+4])
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	i = cv_move (range, Mems[cv_stack+5+count])
+	i = i - 1 				# don't include EOD of "range"
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = i
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], i+count+5)
+end
+
+############ RESET display ############
+# cvreset -- reset display
+#  SOFT   -- everything but lookup tables and image/graphics planes
+# MEDIUM  -- everything but image/graphics planes
+#  HARD   -- everything...planes are cleared, all images OFF
+
+procedure cvreset (hardness)
+
+int	hardness
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = hardness
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_RESET, Mems[cv_stack], 1)
+end
+
+
+############ SNAP a picture ############
+# cvsnap -- takes a full picture of image display
+
+procedure cvsnap (fname, snap_color)
+
+char	fname[ARB]		# image file name
+int	snap_color
+
+pointer	im, immap(), impl2s()
+int	i, factor
+real	y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	im = immap(fname, NEW_FILE, 0)
+	IM_PIXTYPE(im) = TY_SHORT
+	IM_LEN(im,1) = cv_xres
+	IM_LEN(im,2) = cv_yres
+
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SNAP
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 1		# frame, color are not relevant
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 0
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = snap_color
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 7)
+
+	factor = cv_yres/10 + 1
+	call eprintf ("  (%% done: ")
+	call flush (STDERR)
+	do i = 0, cv_yres-1 {
+	    if ( mod(i,factor) == 0) {
+		call eprintf ("%d ")
+		    call pargi (int(10*i/cv_yres)*10)
+		    call flush (STDERR)
+	    }
+	    y = real(i)*cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC.
+	    call ggcell (cv_gp, Mems[impl2s(im,i+1)], cv_xres, 1, 0.0,
+	                  y, 1.0, y)
+	}
+	call eprintf ("100)\n")
+	
+	call imunmap(im)
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_R_SNAPDONE
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_RESET, Mems[cv_stack], 1)
+end
+
+############ SPLIT ############
+# cvsplit -- set split screen position
+
+procedure cvsplit (x, y)
+
+real	x,y			# NDC coordinates
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_SPLIT
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 2
+	Mems[cv_stack+3] = IDS_EOD		# no-op frame and color
+	Mems[cv_stack+4] = IDS_EOD
+	Mems[cv_stack+5] = 1			# (unused) offset
+	# NOTE multiplacation by MAXNDC+1 ... x, and y, are never == 1.0
+	#    ( see split.x)
+	# and truncation effects will work out just right, given what the
+	# image display kernel does with these numbers
+	Mems[cv_stack+6] = x * (GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	Mems[cv_stack+7] = y * (GKI_MAXNDC+1)
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], 8)
+end
+
+############ TEXT ############
+# Write text
+
+procedure cvtext (x, y, text, size)
+
+real	x, y, size
+char	text[ARB]
+
+char	format[SZ_LINE]
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call sprintf (format, SZ_LINE, "s=%f")
+	    call pargr (size)
+	call gtext (cv_gp, x, y, text, format)
+end
+
+############ WHICH ############
+# Tell which frames are one.  The best we can do now is
+# tell if any, and if so, which is the "first"
+
+procedure cvwhich (fr)
+
+short	fr[ARB]
+
+real	x,y
+int	cnum, oldcnum
+int	gstati
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Use here the fact that if cursor number is zero, the
+	# kernel will return the number of the first displayed
+	# frame, or "ERR" if none.
+	oldcnum = gstati (cv_gp, G_CURSOR)
+	cnum = 0
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, cnum)
+	call ggcur (cv_gp, x, y, cnum)
+	call gseti (cv_gp, G_CURSOR, oldcnum)
+	fr[1] = cnum
+	fr[2] = IDS_EOD
+end
+
+############ WLUT ############
+# cvwlut ... change lookup tables
+# the data is in form of line endpoints.
+
+procedure cvwlut (device, frames, color, data, n)
+
+int	device
+short	frames[ARB]
+short	color[ARB]
+short	data[ARB]
+int	n
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Device had better refer to a look-up table, or who knows
+	# what will happen!
+	Mems[cv_stack] = device
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = n
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	count = count + cv_move (color, Mems[cv_stack+3+count])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = 1		# (unused) offset
+	call amovs (data, Mems[cv_stack+count+4],n)
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], n+count+4)
+end
+
+############ ZOOM ############
+# cvzoom -- zoom the image
+# See comment under PAN about x and y.
+
+procedure cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+int	power
+real	x,y
+
+int	count, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	Mems[cv_stack] = IDS_ZOOM
+	Mems[cv_stack+1] = IDS_WRITE
+	Mems[cv_stack+2] = 3
+	count = cv_move (frames, Mems[cv_stack+3])
+	Mems[cv_stack+3+count] = IDS_EOD		# (unused) color
+	Mems[cv_stack+4+count] = IDS_EOD		# (unused) offset
+	Mems[cv_stack+5+count] = power
+	Mems[cv_stack+6+count] = x * GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[cv_stack+7+count] = y * GKI_MAXNDC
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_CONTROL, Mems[cv_stack], count+8)
+end
+
+############ SUBROUTINES ##############
+# CV_MOVE -- transfer an array into the escape data array; returns number
+# of items transfered.
+
+int procedure cv_move (in, out)
+
+short	in[ARB]
+short	out[ARB]
+
+int	count
+
+begin
+	count = 0
+	repeat {
+	    count = count + 1
+	    out[count] = in[count]
+	} until (in[count] == IDS_EOD)
+	return (count)
+end
+
+# CV_ISET -- Tell the image kernel that i/o is to be done for the
+# specified frame/frames.
+
+procedure cv_iset (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]
+
+short	idata[30]
+int	i, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	i = cv_move (frames, idata)
+	idata[i+1] = IDS_EOD			# all bit planes
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_IP, idata, i+1)
+end
+
+# CV_GSET -- Tell the image kernel that i/o is to be done for the
+# specified colors.
+
+procedure cv_gset (colors)
+
+short	colors[ARB]
+
+short	idata[30]
+int	i, cv_move()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	idata[1] = IDS_EOD			# all "frames"
+	i = cv_move (colors, idata[2])
+	call gescape (cv_gp, IDS_SET_GP, idata, i+1)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d04b1365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/display.x
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# DISPLAY -- Turn frames on or off
+
+procedure display(command)
+
+char	command[ARB]
+
+int	tok
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	quad[5]
+short	instruction
+int	escape
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	if (command[1] == 'i')
+	    escape = IDS_DISPLAY_I
+	else if (command[1] == 'g')
+	    escape = IDS_DISPLAY_G
+	else {
+	    call eprintf ("Only 'di' or 'dg' are understood\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	instruction = ERR
+	frames[1] = ERR
+	color[1] = ERR
+	quad[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if ( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        switch (token[1]) {
+		    case 'c':
+		        call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		        if (color[1] == ERR)
+		            return
+	    	
+		    case 'f':
+		        call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+		        if (frames[1] == ERR)
+			    return
+
+			
+		    case 'o':
+			if (token[2] == 'n')
+			    instruction = IDS_ON
+			else if (token[2] == 'f')
+			    instruction = IDS_OFF
+		
+		    case 'q':
+		        call cv_quad (token[2], quad)
+		        if (quad[1] == ERR)
+			    return
+	        }
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE )
+
+
+	# Require a frame number, but allow default of color and quad to "all".
+	# But, for graphics, default the frame and require a color.
+	# In either case, for OFF, allow all defaults.
+	if (escape == IDS_DISPLAY_I) {
+	    if ((instruction == IDS_OFF) && (frames[1] == ERR))
+		frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( color[1] == ERR)
+	        color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	} else {
+	    if ((instruction == IDS_OFF) && ( color[1] == ERR) )
+		color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( frames[1] == ERR)
+	        frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+
+	if (frames[1] == ERR) {
+	    call eprintf ("Frame specification required\n")
+	    return
+	}
+	if (color[1] == ERR) {
+	    call eprintf ("Color specification required\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# if neither "on" nor "off", then turn off all, and turn
+	# on the specified frames
+	if (instruction == ERR) {
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF , escape, short(IDS_EOD),
+	      short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD))
+	    instruction = IDS_ON
+	}
+	call cvdisplay (instruction, escape, frames, color, quad)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5050b304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/gwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Window descriptor structure.
+
+define	LEN_WDES	(5+(W_MAXWC+1)*LEN_WC+80)
+define	LEN_WC		10			# 4=[XbXeYbYe]+2=tr_type[xy]
+define	W_MAXWC		5			# max world coord systems
+define	W_SZIMSECT	79			# image section string
+
+define	W_DEVICE	Memi[$1]
+define	W_FRAME		Memi[$1+1]		# device frame number
+define	W_XRES		Memi[$1+2]		# device resolution, x
+define	W_YRES		Memi[$1+3]		# device resolution, y
+define	W_WC		($1+$2*LEN_WC+5)	# ptr to coord descriptor
+define	W_IMSECT	Memc[($1+65-1)*SZ_STRUCT+1]
+
+# Fields of the WC coordinate descriptor, a substructure of the window
+# descriptor.  "W_XB(W_WC(w,0))" is the XB field of wc 0 of window W.
+
+define	W_XS		Memr[P2R($1)]		# starting X value
+define	W_XE		Memr[P2R($1+1)]		# ending X value
+define	W_XT		Memi[$1+2]		# X transformation type
+define	W_YS		Memr[P2R($1+3)]		# starting Y value
+define	W_YE		Memr[P2R($1+4)]		# ending Y value
+define	W_YT		Memi[$1+5]		# Y transformation type
+define	W_ZS		Memr[P2R($1+6)]		# starting Z value (greyscale)
+define	W_ZE		Memr[P2R($1+7)]		# ending Z value
+define	W_ZT		Memi[$1+8]		# Z transformation type
+define	W_UPTR		Memi[$1+9] 		# LUT when ZT=USER
+
+# Types of coordinate and greyscale transformations.
+
+define	W_UNITARY	0			# values map without change
+define	W_LINEAR	1			# linear mapping
+define	W_LOG		2			# logarithmic mapping
+define  W_USER		3			# user specifies transformation
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c33cc1dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load1.x
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+####  load1.x  (from load.x)  ####
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"gwindow.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# LOAD - Load an image.  The specified image section is mapped into
+# the specified section of an image display frame.  The mapping involves
+# a linear transformation in X and Y and a linear or logarithmic transformation
+# in Z (greyscale).  Images of all pixel datatypes are supported, and there
+# no upper limit on the size of an image.  The display device is interfaced
+# via GIO metacode.
+
+procedure t_load()
+
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]
+short	frame[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+bool	frame_erase, border_erase
+pointer	im, wdes, sp
+
+pointer	gp
+char	device[SZ_FNAME]
+int	dd[LEN_GKIDD]
+
+int	envgets()
+short	clgets()
+bool	clgetb()
+pointer	immap(), gopen()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+errchk	immap, imunmap, ds_getparams
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cv_stack, CVLEN, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (wdes, LEN_WDES, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	if (envgets ("stdimage", device, SZ_FNAME) == 0)
+	    call error (EA_FATAL,
+		"variable 'stdimage' not defined in environment")
+
+	call ids_open (device, dd)
+	call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	# Need READ_WRITE so can call cvdisplay
+	gp = gopen ( device, READ_WRITE, STDIMAGE)
+
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	call ids_grstream (STDIMAGE)
+
+	# to do:
+	# initialize local variables: image display size, etc
+	# instead of defines such as MCXSCALE, etc
+
+	cv_maxframes = CV_MAXF
+	cv_maxgraph  = CV_MAXG
+	cv_xcen	     = CV_XCEN
+	cv_ycen	     = CV_YCEN
+	cv_xres	     = CV_XRES
+	cv_yres	     = CV_YRES
+	cv_zres	     = CV_ZRES
+	cv_gp	     = gp
+	cv_xcon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_XRES
+	cv_ycon	     = real(GKI_MAXNDC+1)/CV_YRES
+	cv_grch	     = CV_GRCHNUM
+	cv_xwinc     = -1.			# Flag: Don't know what lut is
+
+	# Open input imagefile.
+	call clgstr ("image", image, SZ_FNAME)
+	im = immap (image, READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Ultimately, we should get a sequence of frames, all of which get
+	# loaded with the same image.
+
+	frame[1] = clgets ("frame")
+	frame[2] = IDS_EOD
+	frame_erase = clgetb ("erase")
+
+	# Optimize for sequential i/o.
+	call imseti (im, IM_ADVICE, SEQUENTIAL)
+
+	# The frame being displayed does not necessarily change when a new
+	# frame is loaded.  (We might consider letting user select via the
+	# cv package)
+
+	if (clgetb ("select_frame")) {
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_OFF, IDS_DISPLAY_I, short(IDS_EOD),
+		  short(IDS_EOD), short(IDS_EOD))
+	    call cvdisplay (IDS_ON, IDS_DISPLAY_I, frame, short(IDS_EOD),
+		  short(IDS_EOD))
+	}
+
+	if (frame_erase)
+	    call cvcleari (frame)
+
+	# Tell GIO what frame(s) to write
+	call cv_iset (frame)
+
+	# Done with all possible read/write calls to cv package.  Fix up so
+	# don't read device if we erase the frame, so need WRITE_ONLY mode.
+	# fseti on STDIMAGE didn't work.
+
+	if (frame_erase) {
+	    call gclose (gp)
+	    call gki_inline_kernel (STDIMAGE, dd)
+	    gp = gopen ( device, WRITE_ONLY, STDIMAGE)
+	    cv_gp = gp
+	    call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_TYPE, SPOOL_FILE)
+	    call fseti (STDIMAGE, F_CANCEL, OK)
+	}
+
+	# Get display parameters and set up transformation.
+	call ds_getparams (im, wdes, image, frame)
+
+	# Erase the border (space between displayed image section and edge of
+	# window) only if screen was not erased and border erasing is enabled.
+
+	if (frame_erase)
+	    border_erase = false
+	else
+	    border_erase = clgetb ("border_erase")
+
+	# Display the image.
+	call ds_load_display (im, wdes, border_erase)
+
+	call imunmap (im)
+
+	# All done.
+	call gclose (gp)
+	call ids_close()
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# DS_GETPARAMS -- Get the parameters controlling how the image is mapped
+# into the display frame.  Set up the transformations and save in the graphics
+# descriptor file.
+
+procedure ds_getparams (im, wdes, image, frame)
+
+pointer	im, wdes		# Image and graphics descriptors
+char	image[SZ_FNAME]		# Should be determined from im
+short	frame[ARB]
+
+bool	fill, zscale_flag, zrange_flag, zmap_flag
+real	xcenter, ycenter
+real	xsize, ysize, pxsize, pysize
+real	xmag, ymag, xscale, yscale
+real	z1, z2, contrast
+int	nsample_lines, ncols, nlines, len_stdline
+pointer	sp, w, ztrans, lut, lutfile
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+bool	streq()
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (ztrans, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Set up a new graphics descriptor structure defining the coordinate
+	# transformation used to map the image into the display frame.
+
+	call strcpy (image, W_IMSECT(wdes), W_SZIMSECT)
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# The fill, zscale, and zrange parameters determine the algorithms to
+	# be used to scale the image in the spatial and greyscale dimensions.
+	# If greyscale mapping is disabled the zscale and zrange options are
+	# disabled.  Greyscale mapping can also be disabled by turning off
+	# zscale and zrange and setting Z1 and Z2 to the device greyscale min
+	# and max values, producing a unitary transformation.
+
+	fill = clgetb ("fill")
+	call clgstr ("ztrans", Memc[ztrans], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "none") || streq (Memc[ztrans], "user")) {
+	    zscale_flag = false
+	    zrange_flag = false
+	    zmap_flag   = false
+	} else {
+	    zmap_flag = true
+	    zscale_flag = clgetb ("zscale")
+	    if (!zscale_flag)
+		zrange_flag = clgetb ("zrange")
+	}
+
+	# Determine Z1 and Z2, the range of input greylevels to be mapped into
+	# the fixed range of display greylevels.
+
+	if (zscale_flag) {
+	    # Autoscaling is desired.  Compute Z1 and Z2 which straddle the
+	    # median computed by sampling a portion of the image.
+
+	    contrast = clgetr ("contrast")
+	    nsample_lines = clgeti ("nsample_lines")
+	    len_stdline = SAMPLE_SIZE / nsample_lines
+	    call zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, SAMPLE_SIZE, len_stdline)
+
+	} else if (zrange_flag) {
+	    nsample_lines = clgeti ("nsample_lines")
+	    call maxmin (im, z1, z2, nsample_lines)
+
+	} else if (zmap_flag) {
+	    z1 = clgetr ("z1")
+	    z2 = clgetr ("z2")
+	}
+
+	# Determine the display window into which the image is to be mapped
+	# in normalized device coordinates.
+
+	xcenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xcenter")))
+	ycenter = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ycenter")))
+	xsize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("xsize")))
+	ysize   = max(0.0, min(1.0, clgetr ("ysize")))
+
+	# Determine X and Y scaling ratios required to map the image into the
+	# normalized display window.  If spatial scaling is not desired filling
+	# must be disabled and XMAG and YMAG must be set to 1.0 in the
+	# parameter file.  Fill mode will always produce an aspect ratio of 1;
+	# if nonequal scaling is required then the magnification ratios must
+	# be set explicitly by the user.
+
+	if (fill) {
+	    # Compute scale in units of window coords per data pixel required
+	    # to scale image to fit window.
+
+	    xscale = xsize / max (1, (ncols  - 1))
+	    yscale = ysize / max (1, (nlines - 1))
+
+	    if (xscale < yscale)
+		yscale = xscale
+	    else
+		xscale = yscale
+
+	} else {
+	    # Compute scale required to provide image magnification ratios
+	    # specified by the user.  Magnification is specified in units of
+	    # display pixels, i.e, a magnification ratio of 1.0 means that
+	    # image pixels will map to display pixels without scaling.
+
+	    xmag = clgetr ("xmag")
+	    ymag = clgetr ("ymag")
+	    xscale = 1.0 / ((cv_xres - 1) / xmag)
+	    yscale = 1.0 / ((cv_yres - 1) / ymag)
+	}
+
+	# Set device window limits in normalized device coordinates.
+	# World coord system 0 is used for the device window.
+
+	w = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	W_XS(w) = xcenter - xsize / 2.0
+	W_XE(w) = xcenter + xsize / 2.0
+	W_YS(w) = ycenter - ysize / 2.0
+	W_YE(w) = ycenter + ysize / 2.0
+
+	# Set pixel coordinates of window, world coordinate system #1.
+
+	w = W_WC(wdes,1)
+	pxsize = xsize / xscale
+	pysize = ysize / yscale
+
+	# If the image is too large to fit in the window given the scaling
+	# factors XSCALE and YSCALE, the following will set starting and ending
+	# pixel coordinates in the interior of the image.  If the image is too
+	# small to fill the window then the pixel coords will reference beyond
+	# the bounds of the image.
+
+	W_XS(w) = (ncols  - 1) / 2.0 + 1 - (pxsize / 2.0)
+	W_XE(w) = W_XS(w) + pxsize
+	W_YS(w) = (nlines - 1) / 2.0 + 1 - (pysize / 2.0)
+	W_YE(w) = W_YS(w) + pysize
+
+	# All spatial transformations are linear.
+	W_XT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	W_YT(w) = W_LINEAR
+
+	# Determine whether a log or linear greyscale transformation is
+	# desired.
+	if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "log"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LOG
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "linear"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "none"))
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_UNITARY
+	else if (streq (Memc[ztrans], "user")) {
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_USER
+	    call salloc (lutfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call clgstr ("lutfile", Memc[lutfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    call cv_ulut (Memc[lutfile], z1, z2, lut)
+	    W_UPTR(w) = lut
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad greylevel transformation '%s'\n")
+		call pargstr (Memc[ztrans])
+	    W_ZT(w) = W_LINEAR
+	}
+
+	# Set up the greyscale transformation.
+	W_ZS(w) = z1
+	W_ZE(w) = z2
+
+	# Tell the user what values were used.
+	call printf ("cvl: z1 %6.1f, z2 %6.1f\n")
+	    call pargr (z1)
+	    call pargr (z2)
+
+	# The user world coordinate system should be set from the CTRAN
+	# structure in the image header, but for now we just make it equal
+	# to the pixel coordinate system.
+
+	call amovi (Memi[w], Memi[W_WC(wdes,2)], LEN_WC)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5372907f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/load2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+#### load2.x (from load.x) ####
+
+include <mach.h>
+include <imset.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include <fio.h>
+include <fset.h>
+include	"gwindow.h"
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+include	"cv.h"
+
+# DS_LOAD_DISPLAY -- Map an image into the display window.  In general this
+#   involves independent linear transformations in the X, Y, and Z (greyscale)
+#   dimensions.  If a spatial dimension is larger than the display window then
+#   the image is block averaged.  If a spatial dimension or a block averaged
+#   dimension is smaller than the display window then linear interpolation is
+#   used to expand the image.  Both the input image and the output device appear
+#   to us as images, accessed via IMIO.
+#
+# World coordinate system 0 (WCS 0) defines the position and size of the device
+#   window in NDC coordinates (0-1 in either axis).  WCS 1 assigns a pixel
+#   coordinate system to the same window.  If we convert the NDC coordinates of
+#   the window into device coordinates in pixels, then the ratios of the window
+#   coordinates in pixels to the image coordinates in pixels defines the real
+#   magnification factors for the two spatial axes.  If the pixel coordinates
+#   are out of bounds then the image will be displayed centered in the window
+#   with zero fill at the edges.  If the frame has not been erased then the fill
+#   areas must be explicitly zeroed.
+
+procedure ds_load_display (im, wdes, border_erase)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	wdes			# graphics window descriptor
+bool	border_erase
+
+int	wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2	# device window to be filled with image data
+real	px1, px2, py1, py2	# image coords in fractional image pixels
+real	pxsize, pysize		# size of image section in fractional pixels
+real	wxcenter, wycenter	# center of device window in frac device pixels
+real	xmag, ymag		# x,y magnification ratios
+pointer	w0, w1			# world coord systems 0 (NDC) and 1 (pixel)
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Compute pointers to WCS 0 and 1.
+	w0 = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	w1 = W_WC(wdes,1)
+
+	# Compute X and Y magnification ratios required to map image into
+	# the device window in device pixel units.
+
+	xmag = (W_XE(w0) - W_XS(w0)) * cv_xres / (W_XE(w1) - W_XS(w1))
+	ymag = (W_YE(w0) - W_YS(w0)) * cv_yres / (W_YE(w1) - W_YS(w1))
+
+	# Compute the coordinates of the image section to be displayed.
+	# This is not necessarily the same as WCS 1 since the WCS coords
+	# need not be inbounds.
+
+	px1 = max (1.0,		 W_XS(w1))
+	px2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,1)), W_XE(w1))
+	py1 = max (1.0,		 W_YS(w1))
+	py2 = min (real (IM_LEN(im,2)), W_YE(w1))
+
+	# Now compute the coordinates of the image section to be written in
+	# device pixel units.  This section must lie within or on the device
+	# window.
+	# This computation for I2S will give 257, which does differ by one
+	# for the Y center (due to inversion in I2S).  This should not matter,
+	# but if it does, this comment will change!
+
+	pxsize = px2 - px1
+	pysize = py2 - py1
+	wxcenter = (W_XE(w0) + W_XS(w0)) / 2.0 * cv_xres + 1
+	wycenter = (W_YE(w0) + W_YS(w0)) / 2.0 * cv_yres + 1
+
+	wx1 = max (1, int (wxcenter - (pxsize / 2.0 * xmag)))
+	wx2 = max (wx1, min (cv_xres, int (wx1 + (pxsize * xmag))))
+	wy1 = max (1, int (wycenter - (pysize / 2.0 * ymag)))
+	wy2 = max (wy1, min (cv_yres, int (wy1 + (pysize * ymag))))
+
+	# Display the image data, ignoring zero filling at the boundaries.
+
+	call ds_map_image (im, px1,px2,py1,py2, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2,
+	    W_ZS(w1), W_ZE(w1), W_ZT(w1), W_UPTR(w1))
+
+	# Zero the border of the window if the frame has not been erased,
+	# and if the displayed section does not occupy the full window.
+
+	if (border_erase)
+	    call ds_erase_border (im, wdes, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2)
+end
+
+
+# DS_MAP_IMAGE -- Map an image section from the input image to a section
+# (window) of the output image (the display device).  All spatial scaling is 
+# handled by the "scaled input" package, i.e., SIGL2[SR].  Our task is to
+# get lines from the scaled input image, transform the greyscale if necessary,
+# and write the lines to the output device.
+
+procedure ds_map_image (im, px1,px2,py1,py2, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2, z1,z2,zt, uptr)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+real	px1,px2,py1,py2		# input section
+int	wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2		# output section
+real	z1,z2			# range of input greylevels to be mapped.
+int	zt			# log or linear greylevel transformation
+pointer uptr			# pointer to user transformation table
+
+bool	unitary_greyscale_transformation
+short	lut1, lut2, z1_s, z2_s, dz1_s, dz2_s
+real	dz1, dz2
+int	wy, nx, ny, xblk, yblk
+pointer	in, out, si
+pointer	sigl2s(), sigl2r(), sigl2_setup()
+errchk	sigl2s, sigl2r, sigl2_setup
+real	xs, xe, y
+pointer	sp, outr
+bool    fp_equalr()
+real	if_elogr()
+extern	if_elogr
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Set up for scaled image input.
+
+	nx = wx2 - wx1 + 1
+	ny = wy2 - wy1 + 1
+	xblk = INDEFI
+	yblk = INDEFI
+	si = sigl2_setup (im, px1,px2,nx,xblk, py1,py2,ny,yblk)
+
+	# Output array, and limiting x values in NDC
+
+	call salloc (out, nx, TY_SHORT)
+	xs = real(wx1 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	# Don't subtract 1 from wx2 as we want it to be first one not filled
+	xe = real(wx2) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if ( xe > 1.0)
+	    xe = 1.0
+
+	# The device ZMIN and ZMAX parameters define the acceptable range
+	# of greyscale values for the output device (e.g., 0-255 for most 8-bit
+	# display devices).  For the general display, we use 0 and the
+	# device "z" resolution.  Values Z1 and Z2 are mapped linearly or
+	# logarithmically into these.
+
+	dz1 = 0
+	dz2 = cv_zres-1
+
+	# If the user specified the transfer function, see that the
+	# intensity and greyscale values are in range.
+
+	if (zt == W_USER) {
+	    call alims (Mems[uptr], SZ_BUF, lut1, lut2)
+	    dz1_s = short (dz1)
+	    dz2_s = short (dz2)
+	    if (lut2 < dz1_s || lut1 > dz2_s)
+		call eprintf ("User specified greyscales out of range\n")
+	    if (z2 < IM_MIN(im) || z1 > IM_MAX(im))
+		call eprintf ("User specified intensities out of range\n")
+	}
+
+	# Type short pixels are treated as a special case to minimize vector
+	# operations for such images (which are common).  If the image pixels
+	# are either short or real then only the ALTR (greyscale transformation)
+	# vector operation is required.  The ALTR operator linearly maps
+	# greylevels in the range Z1:Z2 to DZ1:DZ2, and does a floor ceiling
+	# of DZ1:DZ2 on all pixels outside the range.  If unity mapping is
+	# employed the data is simply copied, i.e., floor ceiling constraints
+	# are not applied.  This is very fast and will produce a contoured
+	# image on the display which will be adequate for some applications.
+
+	if (zt == W_UNITARY)
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation = true
+	else
+	    unitary_greyscale_transformation =
+		(fp_equalr (dz1,z1) && fp_equalr (dz2,z2)) || fp_equalr (z1,z2)
+
+	if (IM_PIXTYPE(im) == TY_SHORT && zt != W_LOG) {
+
+	    # Set dz1_s and dz2_s depending on transformation
+	    if (zt != W_USER) {
+	        dz1_s = short (dz1)
+	        dz2_s = short (dz2)
+	    } else {
+	        dz1_s = short (STARTPT)
+	        dz2_s = short (ENDPT)
+	    }
+	    z1_s = short (z1)
+	    z2_s = short (z2)
+
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigl2s (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		y = real(wy-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+		if (unitary_greyscale_transformation)
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[in], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		else if (zt == W_USER) {
+		    call amaps (Mems[in], Mems[out], nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		    call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		} else {
+		    call amaps (Mems[in], Mems[out], nx, z1_s,z2_s, dz1_s,dz2_s)
+		    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y) 
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    call salloc (outr, nx, TY_REAL)
+	    for (wy=wy1;  wy <= wy2;  wy=wy+1) {
+		in  = sigl2r (si, wy - wy1 + 1)
+		y = real(wy - 1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+
+		if (zt == W_LOG) {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx,
+			z1, z2, 1.0, 10.0 ** MAXLOG)
+		    call alogr (Memr[outr], Memr[outr], nx, if_elogr)
+		    call amapr (Memr[outr], Memr[outr], nx,
+			1.0, real(MAXLOG), dz1, dz2)
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		} else if (unitary_greyscale_transformation) {
+		    call achtrs (Memr[in], Mems[out], nx)
+		} else if (zt == W_USER) {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx, z1,z2, STARTPT,ENDPT) 
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		    call aluts (Mems[out], Mems[out], nx, Mems[uptr])
+		} else {
+		    call amapr (Memr[in], Memr[outr], nx, z1, z2, dz1, dz2)
+		    call achtrs (Memr[outr], Mems[out], nx)
+		}
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[out], nx, 1, xs, y, xe, y)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call sigl2_free (si)
+end
+
+
+# DS_ERASE_BORDER -- Zero the border of the window if the frame has not been
+# erased, and if the displayed section does not occupy the full window.
+# It would be more efficient to do this while writing the greyscale data to
+# the output image, but that would complicate the display procedures and frames
+# are commonly erased before displaying an image.
+
+procedure ds_erase_border (im, wdes, wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+pointer	wdes			# window descriptor
+int	wx1,wx2,wy1,wy2		# section of display window filled by image data
+
+int	dx1,dx2,dy1,dy2		# coords of full display window in device pixels
+int	j, n, n1
+pointer	w0
+pointer	sp, zero
+real	xls, xle, xrs, xre, y
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (zero, cv_xres, TY_SHORT)
+	call aclrs (Mems[zero], cv_xres)
+
+	# Compute device pixel coordinates of the full display window.
+	w0 = W_WC(wdes,0)
+	dx1 = W_XS(w0) * (cv_xres - 1) + 1
+	dx2 = W_XE(w0) * (cv_xres - 1) + 1
+	dy1 = W_YS(w0) * (cv_yres - 1) + 1
+	dy2 = W_YE(w0) * (cv_yres - 1) + 1
+
+	# Determine left and right (exclusive), start and end, x values in NDC
+	# for pixels not already filled.
+	# If, say, dx1 < wx1, we want to clear dx1 through wx1-1, which means
+	# that for gpcell, we want the (right) end points to be the first
+	# pixel not cleared.
+	xls = real(dx1 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	xle = real(wx1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if (xle > 1.0)
+	    xle = 1.0
+	xre = real(dx2 - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	xrs = real(wx2) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	if (xre > 1.0)
+	    xre = 1.0
+
+	# Erase lower margin.
+	n = dx2 - dx1 + 1
+	for (j=dy1;  j < wy1;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	# Erase left and right margins.  By doing the right margin of a line
+	# immediately after the left margin we have a high liklihood that the
+	# display line will still be in the FIO buffer.
+
+	n = wx1 - dx1
+	n1 = dx2 - wx2
+	for (j=wy1;  j <= wy2;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    if (dx1 < wx1)
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xle, y)
+	    if (wx2 < dx2)
+		call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n1, 1, xrs, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	# Erase upper margin.
+	n = dx2 - dx1 + 1
+	for (j=wy2+1;  j <= dy2;  j=j+1) {
+	    y = real(j-1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	    call gpcell (cv_gp, Mems[zero], n, 1, xls, y, xre, y)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# IF_ELOG -- The error function for log10. Note that MAX_EXPONENT is
+# currently an integer so it is converted to the appropriate data type
+# before being returned.
+
+real procedure if_elogr (x)
+
+real   x                               # the input pixel value
+
+begin
+        return (real(-MAX_EXPONENT))
+end
+
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ea7c230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/map.x
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# MAP -- set fixed or variable LUT mapping
+
+procedure map(command)
+
+char	command[ARB]
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+int	device
+short	pcolor[2]
+real	limit
+long	seed
+real	urand(), xfactor
+int	ctoi()
+int	i, ip, iseed, level, nchar
+bool	triangle
+pointer	sp, rdata, gdata, bdata, rp, gp, bp
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Find out if want to change output tables
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o' )) {
+	        device = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+	} else {
+	    device = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    # reset input pointers; same as having pushed back token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Default to all frames, all colors
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD
+	triangle = true		# default to simple three function type
+	seed = -1
+	level = 8
+
+	# which frames to change, colors, etc
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	            if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+		} else if (token[1] == 'r') {	# (random) level count
+		    ip = 2
+		    nchar = ctoi (token, ip, level)
+		    if (nchar <= 0) {
+			call eprintf ("Incorrect random count: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (token[2])
+			return
+		    }
+		    if (level < 4)
+			level = 4
+		    else if (level > 128)
+			level = 128
+		    triangle = false
+		} else if (token[1] == 's') {	# seed
+		    ip = 2
+		    nchar = ctoi (token, ip, iseed)
+		    if (nchar <= 0) {
+			call eprintf ("Incorrect seed: %s\n")
+			    call pargstr (token[2])
+			return
+		    }
+		    seed = iseed
+		    triangle = false
+	        } else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unknown map argument: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    return
+		}
+	    } else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected map input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE)
+
+	pcolor[2] = IDS_EOD
+	# Sorry, but we "know" that ofm shouldn't go beyond first
+	# 256 for common NOAO use.
+	if ( device == IDS_FRAME_LUT)
+	    limit = 1.0
+	else
+	    limit = 0.25
+
+	# Build the three functions and load them.
+	# First, expand colors if using all
+
+	if (colors[1] == IDS_EOD) {
+	    colors[1] = IDS_RED
+	    colors[2] = IDS_GREEN
+	    colors[3] = IDS_BLUE
+	    colors[4] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+
+	# if standard pseudocolor, let kodak do it
+
+	if (triangle) {
+	    call kodak (device, frames, colors, limit)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Not standard pseudo color -- do random one
+	# First, set up arrays
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (rdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (gdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+	call salloc (bdata, level*4, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (seed == -1)
+	    seed = level
+
+	call aclrs (Mems[rdata], level*4)
+	call aclrs (Mems[gdata], level*4)
+	call aclrs (Mems[bdata], level*4)
+
+	xfactor = real(GKI_MAXNDC)/level * limit
+
+	# set first data points to zero (0,0) to (1/level,0)
+	Mems[rdata+2] = xfactor
+	Mems[gdata+2] = xfactor
+	Mems[bdata+2] = xfactor
+	# Set last segment to white ((level-1)/level,1.0) to (1.0,1.0)
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-4] = real(level-1) * xfactor
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-3] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[rdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[gdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	Mems[bdata+level*4-1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+
+	# Do the intermediate ones
+	do i=2, level-1 {
+	    rp = rdata + (i-1)*4
+	    gp = gdata + (i-1)*4
+	    bp = bdata + (i-1)*4
+	    Mems[rp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[gp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[bp] = real(i-1) * xfactor
+	    Mems[rp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[gp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[bp+1] = urand(seed) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    Mems[rp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[gp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[bp+2] = real(i) * xfactor
+	    Mems[rp+3] = Mems[rp+1]
+	    Mems[gp+3] = Mems[gp+1]
+	    Mems[bp+3] = Mems[bp+1]
+	}
+
+	# If color requested, do it
+	for ( i = 1; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1 ) {
+	    pcolor[1] = colors[i]
+	    switch (colors[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[rdata], level*4)
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[gdata], level*4)
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+	    	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, Mems[bdata], level*4)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+# KODAK -- provides three variable width and variable center triangular
+# color mapping functions.
+
+procedure kodak (device, frames, colors, limit)
+
+int	device				# IDS_FRAME_LUT or IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to change
+short	colors[ARB]			# colors to affect
+real	limit				# factor to apply to limit x range
+
+short	wdata[20], pcolor[2]
+real	center, width
+int	n, ksub(), button, i
+int	cv_rdbut(), cv_wtbut()
+
+begin
+	pcolor[2] = IDS_EOD
+	for (i = 1; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1) {
+	    pcolor[1] = colors[i]
+	    switch (colors[i]) {
+		case IDS_RED:
+		    n = ksub (1.0, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+
+		case IDS_GREEN:
+		    n = ksub (0.5, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+
+		case IDS_BLUE:
+		    n = ksub (0.0, 0.5, wdata, limit)
+	    }
+
+	    call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, wdata, n)
+	}
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons
+	repeat {
+	    call eprintf ("Press A, B, C for red, green, blue; D to exit\n")
+	    button = cv_wtbut()
+	    if (button == 4)
+		break
+	    switch (button) {
+		case 1:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_RED
+
+		case 2:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_GREEN
+
+		case 3:
+	    	    pcolor[1] = IDS_BLUE
+	    }
+	    
+	    # Loop, reading cursor and modifying the display for the
+	    # selected color.
+
+	    repeat {
+		call cv_rcraw(center, width)
+		width = width * 2.		# flatten it
+		n = ksub (center, width, wdata, limit)
+		call cvwlut (device, frames, pcolor, wdata, n)
+		button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until (button != 0)
+	}
+end
+
+# KSUB -- determines data points for a triangular mapping function
+# Returns number of points in data array.
+
+int procedure ksub (center, width, data, limit)
+
+real	center, width, limit
+short	data[ARB]
+
+int	n
+real	xs, xe, ys, ye, xscale
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	n = 0
+	xscale = GKI_MAXNDC * limit
+	if (width < (1.0/cv_yres))
+	    width = 1.0/cv_yres
+	
+	if (center > 0.) {
+	    xs = center - width
+	    if (xs < 0.)
+		xs = 0.
+	    else if (xs > 0.) {
+		data[1] = 0.
+		data[2] = 0.
+		n = n + 2
+	    }
+	    ys = (xs - center)/width + 1.0
+	    data[n+1] = xs * xscale
+	    data[n+2] = ys * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+3] = center * xscale
+	    data[n+4] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    n = n + 4
+	}
+
+	if (center < 1.0) {
+	    xe = width + center
+	    if (xe > 1.0)
+		xe = 1.0
+	    ye = (center - xe)/width + 1.0
+	    data[n+1] = center * xscale
+	    data[n+2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+3] = xe * xscale
+	    data[n+4] = ye * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    n = n + 4
+	    if (xe < 1.0) {
+		data[n+1] = xscale
+		data[n+2] = 0
+		n = n + 2
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Extend last value to end
+	if (limit != 1.0) {
+	    data[n+1] = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    data[n+2] = data[n]
+	    n = n + 2
+	}
+
+	return (n)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebbe523d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/match.x
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# MATCH -- Match look up tables.  The command reads
+#	match this_one (to) that one
+
+procedure match
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	f_ref[2]
+short	c_ref[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+1]
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	nextcolor
+int	nchar, i, val, ctoi()
+int	ltype
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if ( (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o') ) {
+	    ltype = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+	} else {
+	    ltype = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    # "Push back" the token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# All this parsing tells us why YACC and LEX were invented
+	# Use "i" to tell if have parsed something useful
+
+	i = -1
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'f')) {
+	    i = 1
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+	        return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    i = 1
+	    nchar = ctoi (token, i, val)
+	    if ((val < 1) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+	        call eprintf ("Invalid frame specification: %d\n")
+		    call pargi (val)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+		frames[1] = val
+		frames[2] = IDS_EOD
+	    }
+	} else if (ltype == IDS_FRAME_LUT) {
+	    call eprintf ("missing frame arguement\n")
+	    return
+	} else
+	    frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# default first color argument to all colors for both FRAME and OUTPUT
+	# tables...means make all colors the same.
+
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all colors
+
+	# Advance if previous token was useful
+
+	if ( i != -1 ) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# Look for a color
+
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'c')) {
+	    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+	    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# look for fill word "to"
+
+	if ((tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 't')) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+
+	# if FRAME LUT, we default frame to first frame to be changed.
+	# if OUTPUT LUT, frame is irrelevant
+
+	i = -1
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'f')
+		i = 2
+	    else if (token[1] != 'c') {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected argument: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER)
+	    i = 1
+
+	# if ltype is OUTPUT lut, don't care about frame type, but can't
+	# omit it...so default to EOD
+
+	f_ref[1] = IDS_EOD
+	f_ref[2] = IDS_EOD
+	if (ltype == IDS_FRAME_LUT) {
+	    if (i == -1) {
+		f_ref[1] = frames[1]
+	    } else {
+	        nchar = ctoi (token, i, val)
+		if ((val < 1) || (val > cv_maxframes)) {
+	            call eprintf ("Invalid frame specification: %d\n")
+		        call pargi (val)
+	            return
+	        }
+		f_ref[1] = val
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Only thing left should be the reference color.
+	# If found a frame before, advance the token.
+
+	if (i != -1) {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	}
+	if ((tok != TOK_NEWLINE) && (tok != TOK_IDENTIFIER)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	c_ref[1] = IDS_EOD
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] != 'c') {
+	        call eprintf ("Unexpected input (color required): %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+	        call cv_color (token[2], c_ref)
+	        if (c_ref[1] == ERR)
+	            return
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (c_ref[1] != IDS_EOD)
+	    call cvmatch (ltype, f_ref, c_ref, frames, colors)
+	else {
+	    # No specific color for reference.  If no color specified
+	    # to copy into, do all.
+	    c_ref[2] = IDS_EOD
+	    if ( colors[1] == IDS_EOD ) {
+		colors[1] = IDS_RED
+		colors[2] = IDS_GREEN
+		colors[3] = IDS_BLUE
+		colors[4] = IDS_EOD
+	    }
+	    # Match for each color given in "colors"
+	    for ( i = 1 ; colors[i] != IDS_EOD; i = i + 1) {
+		nextcolor = colors[i+1]
+		colors[i+1] = IDS_EOD
+		c_ref[1] = colors[i]
+		call cvmatch (ltype, f_ref, c_ref, frames, colors[i])
+		colors[i+1] = nextcolor
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d16874e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/maxmin.x
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<mach.h>
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+# MAXMIN -- Get the minimum and maximum pixel values of an image.  If valid
+# header values are available they are used, otherwise the image is sampled
+# on an even grid and the min and max values of this sample are returned.
+
+procedure maxmin (im, zmin, zmax, nsample_lines)
+
+pointer	im
+real	zmin, zmax		# min and max intensity values
+int	nsample_lines		# amount of image to sample
+
+int	step, ncols, nlines, sample_size, imlines, i
+real	minval, maxval
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	# Only calculate minimum, maximum pixel values if the current
+	# values are unknown, or if the image was modified since the
+	# old values were computed.
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	if (IM_LIMTIME(im) >= IM_MTIME(im)) {
+	    # Use min and max values in image header if they are up to date.
+	    zmin = IM_MIN(im)
+	    zmax = IM_MAX(im)
+
+	} else {
+	    zmin = MAX_REAL
+	    zmax = -MAX_REAL
+
+	    # Try to include a constant number of pixels in the sample
+	    # regardless of the image size.  The entire image is used if we
+	    # have a small image, and at least sample_lines lines are read
+	    # if we have a large image.
+
+	    sample_size = 512 * nsample_lines
+	    imlines = min(nlines, max(nsample_lines, sample_size / ncols))
+	    step = nlines / (imlines + 1)
+
+	    do i = 1 + step, nlines, max (1, step) {
+		call alimr (Memr[imgl2r(im,i)], ncols, minval, maxval)
+		zmin = min (zmin, minval)
+		zmax = max (zmax, maxval)
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34ee515c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# Make the CV display load and control package.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ../
+$update   libpkg.a
+$checkin  libpkg.a ../
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	blink.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	clear.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	cv.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <error.h> <fio.h>\
+			<fset.h> <gki.h>
+	cvparse.x	cv.com ../lib/ids.h <ctype.h>
+	cvulut.x	cv.h <ctype.h> <error.h>
+	cvutil.x	cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <gki.h> <gset.h> <imhdr.h>\
+			cv.com
+	display.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	load1.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h> gwindow.h\
+			<fio.h> <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h>
+	load2.x		cv.com cv.h ../lib/ids.h <error.h> <gki.h> gwindow.h\
+			cv.com <fio.h> <fset.h> <imhdr.h> <imset.h> <mach.h>
+	map.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	match.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> cv.com
+	maxmin.x	<imhdr.h> <mach.h>
+	offset.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	pan.x		cv.com ../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h>
+	range.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	rdcur.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com <gki.h>
+	reset.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	sigl2.x		<error.h> <imhdr.h>
+	snap.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com <gki.h>\
+			<imhdr.h>
+	split.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> cv.com
+	tell.x		../lib/ids.h cv.com
+	text.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h>
+	window.x	../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	zoom.x		../lib/ids.h <ctotok.h> <ctype.h> <gki.h> cv.com
+	zscale.x	<imhdr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..356ae55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/offset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# OFFSET -- Change the bias (offset) for certain colors
+
+procedure offset()
+
+int	tok, i, nchar, ip
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	offsetdata[4]			# extra space for cvmove EOD
+int	count, ctoi()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# In principle, we should be able to accept input for color group
+	# followed by offset value(s) or "vice versa" or for a series of
+	# color/offset pairs.  We try for most of that.
+	color[1] = ERR
+	offsetdata[1] = ERR
+	count = 1
+	# anything but TOK_NEWLINE
+	tok = TOK_NUMBER
+	repeat {
+	    if (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Insufficient offset specification\n")
+		return
+	    }
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		if (color[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token, ip, i)
+		if ( count <= 3) {
+		    offsetdata[count] = i
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	} until ( (color[1] != ERR) && (offsetdata[1] != ERR) &&
+		  (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) )
+
+	offsetdata[count] = IDS_EOD		# mark end
+
+	call cvoffset (color, offsetdata)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8929510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/pan.x
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# PAN -- pan some or all of the frames
+
+procedure pan()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# frames, graphics, EOD
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all frames
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call pansub (frames)
+end
+
+
+# PANSUB -- Pan subroutine, handles code common to pan and zoom
+
+procedure pansub (frames)
+
+short	frames[ARB]			# frames to pan
+
+int	button
+int	cnum, cv_rdbut()
+real	x,y, xc, yc
+real	oldx, oldy
+
+include	"cv.com"
+
+begin
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# Where is cursor now?
+
+	call cv_rcraw (xc,yc)
+
+	# Calculate NDC screen center and cursor number.
+	# x,y are NDC, but always < 1.0  The transformation applied here
+	# insures that the correct pixel is calculated by the kernel
+	# after passing x,y through the gio cursor routines.
+	x = real(cv_xcen - 1) * cv_xcon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	y = real(cv_ycen - 1) * cv_ycon / GKI_MAXNDC
+	cnum = frames[1]
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+	call cv_scraw (x, y)	# put cursor at screen center
+
+	# Determine NDC there for frame of interest
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	# Restore cursor
+	call cv_scraw (xc, yc)
+
+	repeat {
+	    oldx = xc
+	    oldy = yc
+	    repeat {
+	        call cv_rcraw (xc, yc)
+	        button = cv_rdbut()
+	    } until ( (xc != oldx) || (yc != oldy) || (button > 0))
+	    # Determine change and reflect it about current screen
+	    # center so image moves in direction cursor moves.
+	    x = x - (xc - oldx)
+	    y = y - (yc - oldy)
+	    if (x > 1.0)
+		x = x - 1.0
+	    else if (x < 0)
+		x = x + 1.0
+	    if (y > 1.0)
+		y = y - 1.0
+	    else if (y < 0)
+		y = y + 1.0
+	    call cvpan (frames, x, y)
+	} until (button > 0)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..664e3ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/range.x
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RANGE -- set the scaling (range) registers
+
+procedure range()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, i, nchar, ip
+short	color[IDS_MAXGCOLOR+1]
+short	rdata[4]			# extra space for cvmove EOD
+int	count, ctoi()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# In principle, we should be able to accept input for color group
+	# followed by range value(s) or "vice versa" or for a series of
+	# color/range pairs.  We try for most of that.
+	color[1] = IDS_EOD
+	rdata[1] = ERR
+	count = 1
+	# anything but TOK_NEWLINE
+	tok = TOK_NUMBER
+	repeat {
+	    if (tok == TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Insufficient range specification\n")
+		return
+	    }
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], color)
+		if (color[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		ip = 1
+		nchar = ctoi (token, ip, i)
+		if (i < 1) {
+		    call eprintf ("bad range specification: %d\n")
+			call pargi (i)
+		    return
+		}
+		if ( count <= 3) {
+		    rdata[count] = i
+		    count = count + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	} until ( (rdata[1] != ERR)  && (tok == TOK_NEWLINE ))
+
+	rdata[count] = IDS_EOD			# mark end
+
+	call cvrange ( color, rdata)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d27097e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/rdcur.x
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RDCUR -- read cursor and datum
+
+procedure rdcur()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE], ch
+int	tok, cnum, px, py
+int	junk, ip, fx, fy
+real	x,y
+short	datum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# frames, one graphics, EOD
+int	scan(), ctoi(), mod(), and()
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	cnum = ERR
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    ip = 1
+	    junk = ctoi (token, ip, cnum)
+	    frames[1] = cnum
+	    frames[2] = IDS_EOD
+	}
+	else if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'o') {
+		if (token[2] == 'n')
+		    call cvcur(IDS_ON)
+		else if (token[2] == 'f')
+		    call cvcur(IDS_OFF)
+		else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unrecognized cursor command: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		}
+		return
+	    }
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    cnum = frames[1]
+	    if ( cnum == IDS_EOD) {
+	        call eprintf ("Please specify a particular frame\n")
+	        return
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( (cnum == ERR) || (cnum < 1) ) {
+	    call eprintf ("bad cursor number: %d\n")
+		call pargi (cnum)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# set kernel to do i/o on specified frames (for ggcell routine)
+	call cv_iset (frames)
+
+	call eprintf ("Press <cr> for each read; any key but <sp>, and then <cr>, to exit\n")
+	repeat {
+	    if (scan() != EOS)
+		break
+	    repeat {
+		call scanc (ch)
+	    } until (ch != ' ')
+	    if (ch != '\n')
+		break
+	    call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+	    call ggcell (cv_gp, datum, 1, 1, x, y, x, y)
+	    x = x * GKI_MAXNDC / cv_xcon + 1.
+	    y = y * GKI_MAXNDC / cv_ycon + 1.
+	    px = int(x)
+	    py = int(y)
+	    # Only allow fractions to 1/8 as that is max zoom for IIS
+	    x = real (int((x - px)*8))/8.
+	    y = real (int((y - py)*8))/8.
+	    # Print minimum number of decimal places, but do x and y the same
+	    call eprintf ("frame %d, pixel (")
+	        call pargi (cnum)
+	    fx = x * 8
+	    fy = y * 8
+	    if ((fx == 0) && (fy == 0)) {
+		call eprintf ("%d,%d")
+		    call pargi (px)
+		    call pargi (py)
+		junk = 0
+	    } else {
+		call eprintf ("%.*f,%.*f")
+
+		if ( (mod(fx,4) == 0) && (mod(fy,4) == 0) )
+		    junk = 1
+		else if ( (and(fx,1) != 0) || (and(fy,1) != 0) )
+		    junk = 3
+		else
+		    junk = 2
+
+		    call pargi (junk)
+		    call pargr (px+x)
+		    call pargi (junk)
+		    call pargr (py+y)
+	    }
+	    if (junk == 0)
+		junk = 8
+	    else
+		junk = 6 - 2 * junk
+	    call eprintf ("): %*w%4d\n")
+		call pargi (junk)
+	        call pargs (datum)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a2e60e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/reset.x
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# RESET -- reset the display
+
+procedure reset()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    switch(token[1]) {
+		case 'r':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_SOFT)
+
+		case 't':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_MEDIUM)
+
+		case 'i':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_HARD)
+
+		case 'a':
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_SOFT)
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_MEDIUM)
+		    call cvreset( IDS_R_HARD)
+
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..226d4f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/sigl2.x
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+include	<error.h>
+
+.help sigl2, sigl2_setup
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+SIGL2 -- Get a line from a spatially scaled 2-dimensional image.  This procedure
+works like the regular IMIO get line procedure, but rescales the input
+2-dimensional image in either or both axes upon input.  If the magnification
+ratio required is greater than 0 and less than 2 then linear interpolation is
+used to resample the image.  If the magnification ratio is greater than or
+equal to 2 then the image is block averaged by the smallest factor which
+reduces the magnification to the range 0-2 and then interpolated back up to
+the desired size.  In some cases this will smooth the data slightly, but the
+operation is efficient and avoids aliasing effects.
+
+	si =	sigl2_setup (im, x1,x2,nx, y1,y2,ny)
+		sigl2_free (si)
+	ptr =	sigl2[sr] (si, linenumber)
+
+SIGL2_SETUP must be called to set up the transformations after mapping the
+image and before performing any scaled i/o to the image.  SIGL2_FREE must be
+called when finished to return buffer space.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+# Scaled image descriptor for 2-dim images
+
+define	SI_LEN		15
+define	SI_MAXDIM	2		# images of 2 dimensions supported
+define	SI_NBUFS	3		# nbuffers used by SIGL2
+
+define	SI_IM		Memi[$1]	# pointer to input image header
+define	SI_GRID		Memi[$1+1+$2-1]	# pointer to array of X coords
+define	SI_NPIX		Memi[$1+3+$2-1]	# number of X coords
+define	SI_BAVG		Memi[$1+5+$2-1]	# X block averaging factor
+define	SI_INTERP	Memi[$1+7+$2-1]	# interpolate X axis
+define	SI_BUF		Memi[$1+9+$2-1]	# line buffers
+define	SI_TYBUF	Memi[$1+12]	# buffer type
+define	SI_XOFF		Memi[$1+13]	# offset in input image to first X
+define	SI_INIT		Memi[$1+14]	# YES until first i/o is done
+
+define	OUTBUF		SI_BUF($1,3)
+
+define	SI_TOL		(1E-5)		# close to a pixel
+define	INTVAL		(abs ($1 - nint($1)) < SI_TOL)
+define	SWAPI		{tempi=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempi}
+define	SWAPP		{tempp=$2;$2=$1;$1=tempp}
+define	NOTSET		(-9999)
+
+# SIGL2_SETUP -- Set up the spatial transformation for SIGL2[SR].  Compute
+# the block averaging factors (1 if no block averaging is required) and
+# the sampling grid points, i.e., pixel coordinates of the output pixels in
+# the input image.
+#
+# Valdes - Jan 9, 1985:
+#    Nx or ny can be 1 and blocking factors can be specified.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2_setup (im, px1, px2, nx, xblk, py1, py2, ny, yblk)
+
+pointer	im			# the input image
+real	px1, px2		# range in X to be sampled on an even grid
+int	nx			# number of output pixels in X
+int	xblk			# blocking factor in x
+real	py1, py2		# range in Y to be sampled on an even grid
+int	ny			# number of output pixels in Y
+int	yblk			# blocking factor in y
+
+int	npix, noldpix, nbavpix, i, j
+int	npts[SI_MAXDIM]		# number of output points for axis
+int	blksize[SI_MAXDIM]	# block averaging factor (npix per block)
+real	tau[SI_MAXDIM]		# tau = p(i+1) - p(i) in fractional pixels
+real	p1[SI_MAXDIM]		# starting pixel coords in each axis
+real	p2[SI_MAXDIM]		# ending pixel coords in each axis
+real	scalar, start
+pointer	si, gp
+
+begin
+	iferr (call calloc (si, SI_LEN, TY_STRUCT))
+	    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+
+	SI_IM(si) = im
+	SI_NPIX(si,1) = nx
+	SI_NPIX(si,2) = ny
+	SI_INIT(si) = YES
+
+	p1[1] = px1			# X = index 1
+	p2[1] = px2
+	npts[1] = nx
+	blksize[1] = xblk
+
+	p1[2] = py1			# Y = index 2
+	p2[2] = py2
+	npts[2] = ny
+	blksize[2] = yblk
+
+	# Compute block averaging factors if not defined.
+	# If there is only one pixel then the block average is the average
+	# between the first and last point.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    if ((blksize[i] >= 1) && !IS_INDEFI (blksize[i])) {
+	        if (npts[i] == 1)
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+	        else
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    } else {
+		if (npts[i] == 1) {
+		    tau[i] = 0.
+		    blksize[i] = int (p2[i] - p1[i] + 1)
+	        } else {
+	            tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+	    	    if (tau[i] >= 2.0) {
+
+			# If nx or ny is not an integral multiple of the block
+			# averaging factor, noldpix is the next larger number
+			# which is an integral multiple.  When the image is
+			# block averaged pixels will be replicated as necessary
+			# to fill the last block out to this size.  
+
+			blksize[i] = int (tau[i])
+			npix = p2[i] - p1[i] + 1
+			noldpix = (npix+blksize[i]-1) / blksize[i] * blksize[i]
+			nbavpix = noldpix / blksize[i]
+			scalar = real (nbavpix - 1) / real (noldpix - 1)
+			p1[i] = (p1[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			p2[i] = (p2[i] - 1.0) * scalar + 1.0
+			tau[i] = (p2[i] - p1[i]) / (npts[i] - 1)
+		    } else
+			blksize[i] = 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	SI_BAVG(si,1) = blksize[1]
+	SI_BAVG(si,2) = blksize[2]
+
+	if (IS_INDEFI (xblk))
+	    xblk = blksize[1]
+	if (IS_INDEFI (yblk))
+	    yblk = blksize[2]
+
+	# Allocate and initialize the grid arrays, specifying the X and Y
+	# coordinates of each pixel in the output image, in units of pixels
+	# in the input (possibly block averaged) image.
+
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM {
+	    # The X coordinate is special.  We do not want to read entire
+	    # input image lines if only a range of input X values are needed.
+	    # Since the X grid vector passed to ALUI (the interpolator) must
+	    # contain explicit offsets into the vector being interpolated,
+	    # we must generate interpolator grid points starting near 1.0.
+	    # The X origin, used to read the block averaged input line, is
+	    # given by XOFF.
+
+	    if (i == 1) {
+		SI_XOFF(si) = int (p1[i])
+		start = p1[1] - int (p1[i]) + 1.0
+	    } else
+		start = p1[i]
+
+	    # Do the axes need to be interpolated?
+	    if (INTVAL(start) && INTVAL(tau[i]))
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = NO
+	    else
+		SI_INTERP(si,i) = YES
+
+	    # Allocate grid buffer and set the grid points.
+	    iferr (call malloc (gp, npts[i], TY_REAL))
+		call erract (EA_FATAL)
+	    SI_GRID(si,i) = gp
+	    do j = 0, npts[i]-1
+		Memr[gp+j] = start + (j * tau[i])
+	}
+
+	return (si)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2_FREE -- Free storage associated with an image opened for scaled
+# input.  This does not close and unmap the image.
+
+procedure sigl2_free (si)
+
+pointer	si
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Free SIGL2 buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_NBUFS
+	    if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+
+	# Free GRID buffers.
+	do i = 1, SI_MAXDIM
+	    if (SI_GRID(si,i) != NULL)
+		call mfree (SI_GRID(si,i), TY_REAL)
+
+	call mfree (si, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2S -- Get a line of type short from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2s (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgs()
+errchk	si_blkavgs
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Determine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_SHORT)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_SHORT
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_SHORT)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgs (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO)
+		    call amovs (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		else {
+		    call aluis (Mems[rawline], Mems[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_2 < SI_TOL) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else {
+	    call awsus (Mems[SI_BUF(si,1)], Mems[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Mems[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGS -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgs (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+short	temp_s
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	imgs2s()
+errchk	imgs2s
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_SHORT)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrs (Mems[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2s (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavs (Mems[a], Mems[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Mems[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Mems[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		call aadds (Mems[a], Mems[b], Mems[b], nblks_x)
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    temp_s = nlines_in_sum
+	    call adivks (Mems[b], temp_s, Mems[a], nblks_x)
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
+
+
+# SIGL2R -- Get a line of type real from a scaled image.  Block averaging is
+# done by a subprocedure; this procedure gets a line from a possibly block
+# averaged image and if necessary interpolates it to the grid points of the
+# output line.
+
+pointer procedure sigl2r (si, lineno)
+
+pointer	si		# pointer to SI descriptor
+int	lineno
+
+pointer	rawline, tempp, gp
+int	i, buf_y[2], new_y[2], tempi, curbuf, altbuf
+int	npix, nblks_y, ybavg, x1, x2
+real	x, y, weight_1, weight_2
+pointer	si_blkavgr()
+errchk	si_blkavgr
+
+begin
+	npix = SI_NPIX(si,1)
+
+	# Deterine the range of X (in pixels on the block averaged input image)
+	# required for the interpolator.
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,1)
+	x1 = SI_XOFF(si)
+	x = Memr[gp+npix-1]
+	x2 = x1 + int(x)
+	if (INTVAL(x))
+	    x2 = x2 - 1
+	x2 = max (x1 + 1, x2)
+
+	gp = SI_GRID(si,2)
+	y = Memr[gp+lineno-1]
+
+	# The following is an optimization provided for the case when it is
+	# not necessary to interpolate in either X or Y.  Block averaging is
+	# permitted.
+
+	if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO && SI_INTERP(si,2) == NO)
+	    return (si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, int(y),
+		SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2)))
+
+	# If we are interpolating in Y two buffers are required, one for each
+	# of the two input image lines required to interpolate in Y.  The lines
+	# stored in these buffers are interpolated in X to the output grid but
+	# not in Y.  Both buffers are not required if we are not interpolating
+	# in Y, but we use them anyhow to simplify the code.
+
+	if (SI_INIT(si) == YES) {
+	    do i = 1, 2 {
+		if (SI_BUF(si,i) != NULL)
+		    call mfree (SI_BUF(si,i), SI_TYBUF(si))
+		call malloc (SI_BUF(si,i), npix, TY_REAL)
+		SI_TYBUF(si) = TY_REAL
+		buf_y[i] = NOTSET
+	    }
+	    if (OUTBUF(si) != NULL)
+		call mfree (OUTBUF(si), SI_TYBUF(si))
+	    call malloc (OUTBUF(si), npix, TY_REAL)
+	    SI_INIT(si) = NO
+	}
+
+	# If the Y value of the new line is not in range of the contents of the
+	# current line buffers, refill one or both buffers.  To refill we must
+	# read a (possibly block averaged) input line and interpolate it onto
+	# the X grid.  The X and Y values herein are in the coordinate system
+	# of the (possibly block averaged) input image.
+
+	new_y[1] = int(y)
+	new_y[2] = int(y) + 1
+
+	# Get the pair of lines whose integral Y values form an interval
+	# containing the fractional Y value of the output line.  Sometimes the
+	# desired line will happen to be in the other buffer already, in which
+	# case we just have to swap buffers.  Often the new line will be the
+	# current line, in which case nothing is done.  This latter case occurs
+	# frequently when the magnification ratio is large.
+
+	curbuf = 1
+	altbuf = 2
+
+	do i = 1, 2 {
+	    if (new_y[i] == buf_y[i]) {
+		;
+	    } else if (new_y[i] == buf_y[altbuf]) {
+		SWAPP (SI_BUF(si,1), SI_BUF(si,2))
+		SWAPI (buf_y[1], buf_y[2])
+
+	    } else {
+		# Get line and interpolate onto output grid.  If interpolation
+		# is not required merely copy data out.  This code is set up
+		# to always use two buffers; in effect, there is one buffer of
+		# look ahead, even when Y[i] is integral.  This means that we
+		# will go out of bounds by one line at the top of the image.
+		# This is handled by copying the last line.
+
+		ybavg = SI_BAVG(si,2)
+		nblks_y = (IM_LEN (SI_IM(si), 2) + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+		if (new_y[i] <= nblks_y)
+		    rawline = si_blkavgr (SI_IM(si), x1, x2, new_y[i],
+			SI_BAVG(si,1), SI_BAVG(si,2))
+
+		if (SI_INTERP(si,1) == NO)
+		    call amovr (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)], npix)
+		else {
+		    call aluir (Memr[rawline], Memr[SI_BUF(si,i)],
+			Memr[SI_GRID(si,1)], npix)
+		}
+
+		buf_y[i] = new_y[i]
+	    }
+
+	    SWAPI (altbuf, curbuf)
+	}
+
+	# We now have two line buffers straddling the output Y value,
+	# interpolated to the X grid of the output line.  To complete the
+	# bilinear interpolation operation we take a weighted sum of the two
+	# lines.  If the range from buf_y[1] to buf_y[2] is repeatedly
+	# interpolated in Y no additional i/o occurs and the linear
+	# interpolation operation (ALUI) does not have to be repeated (only the
+	# weighted sum is required).  If the distance of Y from one of the
+	# buffers is zero then we do not even have to take a weighted sum.
+	# This is not unusual because we may be called with a magnification
+	# of 1.0 in Y.
+
+	weight_1 = 1.0 - (y - buf_y[1])
+	weight_2 = 1.0 - weight_1
+
+	if (weight_2 < SI_TOL) 
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,1))
+	else if (weight_1 < SI_TOL)
+	    return (SI_BUF(si,2))
+	else {
+	    call awsur (Memr[SI_BUF(si,1)], Memr[SI_BUF(si,2)],
+		Memr[OUTBUF(si)], npix, weight_1, weight_2)
+	    return (OUTBUF(si))
+	}
+end
+
+
+# SI_BLKAVGR -- Get a line from a block averaged image of type short.
+# For example, block averaging by a factor of 2 means that pixels 1 and 2
+# are averaged to produce the first output pixel, 3 and 4 are averaged to
+# produce the second output pixel, and so on.  If the length of an axis
+# is not an integral multiple of the block size then the last pixel in the
+# last block will be replicated to fill out the block; the average is still
+# defined even if a block is not full.
+
+pointer procedure si_blkavgr (im, x1, x2, y, xbavg, ybavg)
+
+pointer	im			# input image
+int	x1, x2			# range of x blocks to be read
+int	y			# y block to be read
+int	xbavg, ybavg		# X and Y block averaging factors
+
+int	nblks_x, nblks_y, ncols, nlines, xoff, i, j
+int	first_line, nlines_in_sum, npix, nfull_blks, count
+real	sum
+pointer	sp, a, b
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xoff   = (x1 - 1) * xbavg + 1
+	npix   = min (ncols, xoff + (x2 - x1 + 1) * xbavg - 1)
+
+	if ((xbavg < 1) || (ybavg < 1))
+	    call error (1, "si_blkavg: illegal block size")
+	else if (x1 < 1 || x2 > ncols)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: column index out of bounds")
+	else if ((xbavg == 1) && (ybavg == 1))
+	    return (imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, y, y))
+
+	nblks_x = (npix   + xbavg-1) / xbavg
+	nblks_y = (nlines + ybavg-1) / ybavg
+
+	if (y < 1 || y > nblks_y)
+	    call error (2, "si_blkavg: block number out of range")
+
+	call salloc (b, nblks_x, TY_REAL)
+
+	if (ybavg > 1) {
+	    call aclrr (Memr[b], nblks_x)
+	    nlines_in_sum = 0
+	}
+
+	# Read and accumulate all input lines in the block.
+	first_line = (y - 1) * ybavg + 1
+
+	do i = first_line, min (nlines, first_line + ybavg - 1) {
+	    # Get line from input image.
+	    a = imgs2r (im, xoff, xoff + npix - 1, i, i)
+
+	    # Block average line in X.
+	    if (xbavg > 1) {
+		# First block average only the full blocks.
+		nfull_blks = npix / xbavg
+		call abavr (Memr[a], Memr[a], nfull_blks, xbavg)
+
+		# Now average the final partial block, if any.
+		if (nfull_blks < nblks_x) {
+		    sum = 0.0
+		    count = 0
+		    do j = nfull_blks * xbavg + 1, npix {
+			sum = sum + Memr[a+j-1]
+			count = count + 1
+		    }
+		    Memr[a+nblks_x-1] = sum / count
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Add line into block sum.  Keep track of number of lines in sum
+	    # so that we can compute block average later.
+	    if (ybavg > 1) {
+		call aaddr (Memr[a], Memr[b], Memr[b], nblks_x)
+		nlines_in_sum = nlines_in_sum + 1
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Compute the block average in Y from the sum of all lines block
+	# averaged in X.  Overwrite buffer A, the buffer returned by IMIO.
+	# This is kosher because the block averaged line is never longer
+	# than an input line.
+
+	if (ybavg > 1)
+	    call adivkr (Memr[b], real(nlines_in_sum), Memr[a], nblks_x)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (a)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12694568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/snap.x
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# SNAP -- Take a picture!!
+
+procedure snap()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+char	fname[SZ_FNAME]
+int	snap_color
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO		# default color for snap
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] != 'c') {
+	        call eprintf ("unknown snap argument: %s\n")
+	           call pargstr (token)
+	        return
+	    } else {
+		# snap colors: r, g, b, rgb, m (monochrome) == bw (black/white)
+		switch (token[2]) {
+		    case 'm':
+			snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO
+
+		    case 'r':
+			if ((token[3] == 'g') && (token[4] == 'b') )
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_RGB
+			else
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_RED
+
+		    case 'g':
+			snap_color = IDS_SNAP_GREEN
+
+		    case 'b':
+			if (token[3] == 'w')
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_MONO
+			else
+			    snap_color = IDS_SNAP_BLUE
+		    
+		    default:
+			call eprintf ("Unknown snap color: %c\n")
+			    call pargc (token[2])
+			return
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+	    call eprintf ("unexpected argument to snap: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	
+	call clgstr("snap_file", fname, SZ_FNAME)
+	call cvsnap (fname, snap_color)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..393fc218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/split.x
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# SPLIT -- set the split screen point
+
+procedure split()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok
+int	nchar, ctoi()
+int	i, x, y
+real	xr, yr
+int	ctor()
+bool	a_real
+
+define	errmsg	10
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	a_real = false
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    switch(token[1]) {
+		case 'c':
+		    x = cv_xcen
+		    y = cv_ycen
+
+		case 'o':
+		    x = 1
+		    y = 1
+
+		case 'n', 'p':		# n: ndc, p: pixel 
+		    if (token[1] == 'n')
+			a_real = true
+		    if (IS_DIGIT(token[2]))
+			i = 2
+		    else {
+			call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+			if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+errmsg
+			    call eprintf ("bad split pixel: %s\n")
+				call pargstr (token)
+			    return
+			} else
+			    i = 1
+		    }
+		    if (a_real)
+			nchar = ctor (token, i, xr)
+		    else
+		        nchar = ctoi (token, i, x)
+		    if (nchar == 0) {
+			call eprintf ("No conversion, ")
+			goto errmsg
+		    }
+		    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		    if (tok == TOK_PUNCTUATION)
+			call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+		    i = 1
+		    if (a_real)
+			nchar = ctor (token, i, yr)
+		    else
+		        nchar = ctoi (token, i, y)
+		    if (nchar == 0) {
+			call eprintf ("No conversion, ")
+			goto errmsg
+		    }
+
+		default:
+		    call eprintf ("unknown split code: %c\n")
+			call pargc (token[1])
+		    return
+	    }
+	}
+	# Convert to NDC,  BUT note, that as x and y range from 1 through
+	# cv_[xy]res, xr and yr will never be 1.0---and they must not be
+	# (see cvsplit())
+	if (!a_real ) {
+	    xr = real(x-1) / cv_xres
+	    yr = real(y-1) / cv_xres
+	}
+	if ( xr < 0 )
+	    xr = 0
+	if ( yr < 0 )
+	    yr = 0
+	if ( xr >= 1.0 )
+	    xr = real(cv_xres-1)/cv_xres
+	if ( yr >= 1.0 )
+	    yr = real(cv_yres-1)/cv_yres
+	call cvsplit (xr, yr)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cce4987e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/tell.x
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# TELL -- Tell user about display state
+
+procedure tell()
+
+short	f[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]		# Ultimately, want an array terminated
+					# with IDS_EOD as usual
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# We don't know much, do we?
+
+	call cvwhich(f)
+	if ( f[1] > 0) {
+	    call eprintf ("Frame %d, at least, is on.\n")
+		call pargs (f[1])
+	} else 
+	    call eprintf ("No frames are on.\n")
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32623786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/text.x
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# TEXT -- put text into image planes or graphics bit planes
+
+procedure text()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, ip, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+real	x, y
+int	button, cv_wtbut()
+char	line[SZ_LINE]
+real	size, clgetr()
+
+begin
+	frames[1] = ERR
+	colors[1] = ERR
+
+	# which frames for text
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	    if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	        call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	        if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    }
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	}
+	if ( (frames[1] == ERR) && (colors[1] == ERR)) {
+	    call eprintf ("Inadequate text specification: %s\n")
+	        call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call gargstr (line, SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Prompt user to set cursor
+
+	call eprintf ("Set cursor to desired location, then press any button\n")
+	button = cv_wtbut()
+
+	# Set up kernel for write
+	if (frames[1] != ERR) {
+	    cnum = frames[1]
+	    call cv_iset (frames)
+	} else {
+	    cnum = 16		# SORRY, is IIS specific - we should do better
+	    call cv_gset (colors)
+	}
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+
+	size = clgetr("textsize")
+	ip = 1
+	while (IS_WHITE(line[ip]))
+	    ip = ip + 1
+	call cvtext (x, y, line[ip], size)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3523a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/window.x
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# WINDOW -- window the display.
+
+procedure window()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+short	colors[IDS_MAXGCOLOR]
+real	x, y
+real	xold, yold
+int	device, button, cv_rdbut()
+short	wdata[16]
+int	n, first, last
+real	istart, iend, slope
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# Find out if want to change output tables
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (( tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) && (token[1] == 'o')) {
+	        device = IDS_OUTPUT_LUT
+		slope = 4.0			# Device dependent !!
+	} else {
+	    device = IDS_FRAME_LUT
+	    slope = 1.0
+	    # reset input pointers; same as having pushed back token
+	    call reset_scan
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Default to all frames, all colors
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD
+	colors[1] = IDS_EOD
+
+	# which frames to window
+
+	repeat {
+	    call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	    call strlwr (token)
+	    if (tok == TOK_IDENTIFIER) {
+	        if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	            call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	            if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else if (token[1] == 'c') {
+		    call cv_color (token[2], colors)
+		    if (colors[1] == ERR)
+		        return
+	        } else {
+		    call eprintf ("Unknown window argument: %s\n")
+			call pargstr (token)
+		    return
+		}
+	    } else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+		call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+		if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		    return
+	    } else if (tok != TOK_NEWLINE) {
+		call eprintf ("Unexpected window input: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (token)
+		return
+	    }
+	} until ( tok == TOK_NEWLINE)
+
+	# rememeber current cursor postion
+
+	cnum = 0
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, xold, yold)
+
+	# Now set up loop to window display;  we need to read back
+	# display but cannot, so for now, use "common" variables
+	# If first time, use defaults.
+
+	if (cv_xwinc == -1) {
+	    if (slope == 1.0) {
+	        cv_xwinc = 0.25
+	        cv_ywinc = .75
+	    } else {
+		cv_xwinc = .0625
+		cv_ywinc = .9375
+	    }
+	}
+	call cv_scraw (cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc)
+
+	button = cv_rdbut()		# clear buttons by reading them
+	call eprintf ("Press any button when done\n")
+
+	# The mapping equation is  table value = 0.25 + y * (i-x)
+	# where i runs from 0 to 1.0, x ranges from 0. to 1.0 and y
+	# from 0 to large.
+
+	repeat {
+	    call cv_rcraw (cv_xwinc, cv_ywinc)
+	    x = cv_xwinc
+	    y = (cv_ywinc - 0.5) * 4
+	    # Keep y from equalling 2 or -2 :
+	    if (y >= 2.)
+		y = 1.99
+	    else if ( y <= -2.0)
+		y = -1.99
+	    if (y > 1.)
+		y = 1. / (2. - y)
+	    else if (y < -1.)
+		y = -1. / (2. + y)
+
+	    if ( y == 0.0) {
+		iend = 1.0
+		istart = 0.0
+		first = 0
+		last = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    } else if ( y > 0.) {
+		istart = x - 0.25/y
+		iend = 1.0/y + istart
+		first = 0
+		last = GKI_MAXNDC
+	    } else {
+		iend = x - 0.25/y
+		istart = 1.0/y + iend
+		first = GKI_MAXNDC
+		last = 0
+	    }
+	    if (istart < 0.)
+	        istart = 0.
+	    if (iend > 1.0)
+		iend = 1.0
+	    if (istart > 1.0)
+		istart = 1.0
+	    if (iend < istart)
+		iend = istart
+	    wdata[1] = 0
+	    if ( istart > 0.) {
+		    wdata[2] = first
+		    wdata[3] = istart * GKI_MAXNDC
+		    wdata[4] = first
+		    n = 5
+	    } else {
+		wdata[2] = (0.25 -x*y) * GKI_MAXNDC
+		n = 3
+	    }
+	    wdata[n] = iend * GKI_MAXNDC
+	    if ( iend < 1.0) {
+		# In this case, we reach max/min y value before end of table, so
+		# extend it horizontally to end
+		wdata[n+1] = last
+	    	wdata[n+2] = GKI_MAXNDC
+		wdata[n+3] = last
+		n = n + 3
+	    } else {
+	        wdata[n+1] = (0.25 + y * (1.0 - x)) * GKI_MAXNDC
+	        n = n + 1
+	    }
+	    call cvwlut (device, frames, colors, wdata, n)
+	    button = cv_rdbut()
+	} until (button > 0)
+
+	# Restore old cursor position
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, xold, yold)
+
+	# Tell the user what final mapping was
+	call printf ("window: from (%5.3f,%5.3f) to (%5.3f,%5.3f)\n")
+	    call pargr (istart)
+	    if (istart > 0.)
+	        call pargr (real(first)/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    else
+	        call pargr (real(wdata[2])/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    call pargr (iend)
+	    if (iend < 1.0)
+	        call pargr (real(last)/GKI_MAXNDC)
+	    else
+	        call pargr (real(wdata[n])/GKI_MAXNDC)
+
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7e7bff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zoom.x
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<ctotok.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gki.h>
+include	"../lib/ids.h"
+
+# ZOOM -- zoom, then pan, the display.  If zoom power == 1, then
+# don't bother panning.
+
+procedure zoom()
+
+char	token[SZ_LINE]
+int	tok, count, power, cnum
+short	frames[IDS_MAXIMPL+2]			# frames, graphics, EOD
+real	x, y
+int	ctoi, ip
+
+include "cv.com"
+
+begin
+	# get power for zoom
+
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	if (tok != TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call eprintf ("Bad zoom power: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+	ip = 1
+	count = ctoi(token, ip, power)
+
+	# which frames to zoom
+
+	frames[1] = IDS_EOD		# default all frames
+	call gargtok (tok, token, SZ_LINE)
+	call strlwr (token)
+	if (token[1] == 'f') {
+	    call cv_frame (token[2], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else if (tok == TOK_NUMBER) {
+	    call cv_frame (token[1], frames)
+	    if (frames[1] == ERR)
+		return
+	} else {
+	    call eprintf ("Unexpected input: %s\n")
+		call pargstr (token)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# where to zoom ... find which frame to read cursor position from
+
+	cnum = frames[1]
+	if (cnum == IDS_EOD)
+	    cnum = 0
+	call cv_rcur (cnum, x, y)
+	call cvzoom (frames, power, x, y)
+	call pansub (frames)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfb0b116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/src/zscale.x
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+include	<imhdr.h>
+
+.help zscale
+.nf ___________________________________________________________________________
+ZSCALE -- Compute the optimal Z1, Z2 (range of greyscale values to be
+displayed) of an image.  For efficiency a statistical subsample of an image
+is used.  The pixel sample evenly subsamples the image in x and y.  The entire
+image is used if the number of pixels in the image is smaller than the desired
+sample.
+
+The sample is accumulated in a buffer and sorted by greyscale value.
+The median value is the central value of the sorted array.  The slope of a
+straight line fitted to the sorted sample is a measure of the standard
+deviation of the sample about the median value.  Our algorithm is to sort
+the sample and perform an iterative fit of a straight line to the sample,
+using pixel rejection to omit gross deviants near the endpoints.  The fitted
+straight line is the transfer function used to map image Z into display Z.
+If more than half the pixels are rejected the full range is used.  The slope
+of the fitted line is divided by the user-supplied contrast factor and the
+final Z1 and Z2 are computed, taking the origin of the fitted line at the
+median value.
+.endhelp ______________________________________________________________________
+
+define	MIN_NPIXELS	5		# smallest permissible sample
+define	MAX_REJECT	0.5		# max frac. of pixels to be rejected
+define	GOOD_PIXEL	0		# use pixel in fit
+define	BAD_PIXEL	1		# ignore pixel in all computations
+define	REJECT_PIXEL	2		# reject pixel after a bit
+define	KREJ		2.5		# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+define	MAX_ITERATIONS	5		# maximum number of fitline iterations
+
+
+# ZSCALE -- Sample the image and compute Z1 and Z2.
+
+procedure zscale (im, z1, z2, contrast, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+
+pointer	im			# image to be sampled
+real	z1, z2			# output min and max greyscale values
+real	contrast		# adj. to slope of transfer function
+int	optimal_sample_size	# desired number of pixels in sample
+int	len_stdline		# optimal number of pixels per line
+
+int	npix, minpix, ngoodpix, center_pixel, ngrow
+real	zmin, zmax, median
+real	zstart, zslope
+pointer	sample, left
+int	zsc_sample_image(), zsc_fit_line()
+
+begin
+	# Subsample the image.
+	npix = zsc_sample_image (im, sample, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+	center_pixel = max (1, (npix + 1) / 2)
+
+	# Sort the sample, compute the minimum, maximum, and median pixel
+	# values.
+
+	call asrtr (Memr[sample], Memr[sample], npix)
+	zmin = Memr[sample]
+	zmax = Memr[sample+npix-1]
+
+	# The median value is the average of the two central values if there 
+	# are an even number of pixels in the sample.
+
+	left = sample + center_pixel - 1
+	if (mod (npix, 2) == 1 || center_pixel >= npix)
+	    median = Memr[left]
+	else
+	    median = (Memr[left] + Memr[left+1]) / 2
+
+	# Fit a line to the sorted sample vector.  If more than half of the
+	# pixels in the sample are rejected give up and return the full range.
+	# If the user-supplied contrast factor is not 1.0 adjust the scale
+	# accordingly and compute Z1 and Z2, the y intercepts at indices 1 and
+	# npix.
+
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+	ngrow = max (1, nint (npix * .01))
+	ngoodpix = zsc_fit_line (Memr[sample], npix, zstart, zslope,
+	    KREJ, ngrow, MAX_ITERATIONS)
+
+	if (ngoodpix < minpix) {
+	    z1 = zmin
+	    z2 = zmax
+	} else {
+	    if (contrast > 0)
+		zslope = zslope / contrast
+	    z1 = max (zmin, median - (center_pixel - 1) * zslope)
+	    z2 = min (zmax, median + (npix - center_pixel) * zslope)
+	}
+
+	call mfree (sample, TY_REAL)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_SAMPLE_IMAGE -- Extract an evenly gridded subsample of the pixels from
+# a two-dimensional image into a one-dimensional vector.
+
+int procedure zsc_sample_image (im, sample, optimal_sample_size, len_stdline)
+
+pointer	im			# image to be sampled
+pointer	sample			# output vector containing the sample
+int	optimal_sample_size	# desired number of pixels in sample
+int	len_stdline		# optimal number of pixels per line
+
+int	ncols, nlines, col_step, line_step, maxpix, line
+int	opt_npix_per_line, npix_per_line
+int	opt_nlines_in_sample, min_nlines_in_sample, max_nlines_in_sample
+pointer	op
+pointer	imgl2r()
+
+begin
+	ncols  = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+
+	# Compute the number of pixels each line will contribute to the sample,
+	# and the subsampling step size for a line.  The sampling grid must
+	# span the whole line on a uniform grid.
+
+	opt_npix_per_line = min (ncols, len_stdline)
+	col_step = (ncols + opt_npix_per_line-1) / opt_npix_per_line
+	npix_per_line = (ncols + col_step-1) / col_step
+
+	# Compute the number of lines to sample and the spacing between lines.
+	# We must ensure that the image is adequately sampled despite its
+	# size, hence there is a lower limit on the number of lines in the
+	# sample.  We also want to minimize the number of lines accessed when
+	# accessing a large image, because each disk seek and read is expensive.
+	# The number of lines extracted will be roughly the sample size divided
+	# by len_stdline, possibly more if the lines are very short.
+
+	min_nlines_in_sample = max (1, optimal_sample_size / len_stdline)
+	opt_nlines_in_sample = max(min_nlines_in_sample, min(nlines,
+	    (optimal_sample_size + npix_per_line-1) / npix_per_line))
+	line_step = max (1, nlines / (opt_nlines_in_sample))
+	max_nlines_in_sample = (nlines + line_step-1) / line_step
+
+	# Allocate space for the output vector.  Buffer must be freed by our
+	# caller.
+
+	maxpix = npix_per_line * max_nlines_in_sample
+	call malloc (sample, maxpix, TY_REAL)
+
+# call eprintf ("sample: x[%d:%d:%d] y[%d:%d:%d]\n")
+# call pargi(1);call pargi(ncols); call pargi(col_step)
+# call pargi((line_step+1)/2); call pargi(nlines); call pargi(line_step)
+
+	# Extract the vector.
+	op = sample
+	do line = (line_step + 1) / 2, nlines, line_step {
+	    call zsc_subsample (Memr[imgl2r(im,line)], Memr[op],
+		npix_per_line, col_step)
+	    op = op + npix_per_line
+	    if (op - sample + npix_per_line > maxpix)
+		break
+	}
+
+	return (op - sample)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_SUBSAMPLE -- Subsample an image line.  Extract the first pixel and
+# every "step"th pixel thereafter for a total of npix pixels.
+
+procedure zsc_subsample (a, b, npix, step)
+
+real	a[ARB]
+real	b[npix]
+int	npix, step
+int	ip, i
+
+begin
+	if (step <= 1)
+	    call amovr (a, b, npix)
+	else {
+	    ip = 1
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		b[i] = a[ip]
+		ip = ip + step
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FIT_LINE -- Fit a straight line to a data array of type real.  This is
+# an iterative fitting algorithm, wherein points further than ksigma from the
+# current fit are excluded from the next fit.  Convergence occurs when the
+# next iteration does not decrease the number of pixels in the fit, or when
+# there are no pixels left.  The number of pixels left after pixel rejection
+# is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_fit_line (data, npix, zstart, zslope, krej, ngrow, maxiter)
+
+real	data[npix]		# data to be fitted
+int	npix			# number of pixels before rejection
+real	zstart			# Z-value of pixel data[1]	(output)
+real	zslope			# dz/pixel			(output)
+real	krej			# k-sigma pixel rejection factor
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+int	maxiter			# max iterations
+
+int	i, ngoodpix, last_ngoodpix, minpix, niter
+real	xscale, z0, dz, x, z, mean, sigma, threshold
+double	sumxsqr, sumxz, sumz, sumx, rowrat
+pointer	sp, flat, badpix, normx
+int	zsc_reject_pixels(), zsc_compute_sigma()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	if (npix <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+	else if (npix == 1) {
+	    zstart = data[1]
+	    zslope = 0.0
+	    return (1)
+	} else
+	    xscale = 2.0 / (npix - 1)
+
+	# Allocate a buffer for data minus fitted curve, another for the
+	# normalized X values, and another to flag rejected pixels.
+
+	call salloc (flat, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (normx, npix, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (badpix, npix, TY_SHORT)
+	call aclrs (Mems[badpix], npix)
+
+	# Compute normalized X vector.  The data X values [1:npix] are
+	# normalized to the range [-1:1].  This diagonalizes the lsq matrix
+	# and reduces its condition number.
+
+	do i = 0, npix - 1
+	    Memr[normx+i] = i * xscale - 1.0
+
+	# Fit a line with no pixel rejection.  Accumulate the elements of the
+	# matrix and data vector.  The matrix M is diagonal with
+	# M[1,1] = sum x**2 and M[2,2] = ngoodpix.  The data vector is
+	# DV[1] = sum (data[i] * x[i]) and DV[2] = sum (data[i]).
+
+	sumxsqr = 0
+	sumxz = 0
+	sumx = 0
+	sumz = 0
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    x = Memr[normx+i-1]
+	    z = data[i]
+	    sumxsqr = sumxsqr + (x ** 2)
+	    sumxz   = sumxz + z * x
+	    sumz    = sumz + z
+	}
+# call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+# call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+
+	# Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.
+	z0 = sumz / npix
+	dz = sumxz / sumxsqr
+
+# call eprintf ("fit: z0=%g, dz=%g\n")
+# call pargr(z0); call pargr(dz)
+
+	# Iterate, fitting a new line in each iteration.  Compute the flattened
+	# data vector and the sigma of the flat vector.  Compute the lower and
+	# upper k-sigma pixel rejection thresholds.  Run down the flat array
+	# and detect pixels to be rejected from the fit.  Reject pixels from
+	# the fit by subtracting their contributions from the matrix sums and
+	# marking the pixel as rejected.
+
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	minpix = max (MIN_NPIXELS, int (npix * MAX_REJECT))
+
+	for (niter=1;  niter <= maxiter;  niter=niter+1) {
+	    last_ngoodpix = ngoodpix
+
+	    # Subtract the fitted line from the data array.
+	    call zsc_flatten_data (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx], npix, z0, dz)
+
+	    # Compute the k-sigma rejection threshold.  In principle this
+	    # could be more efficiently computed using the matrix sums
+	    # accumulated when the line was fitted, but there are problems with
+	    # numerical stability with that approach.
+
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_compute_sigma (Memr[flat], Mems[badpix], npix,
+		mean, sigma)
+	    threshold = sigma * krej
+
+	    # Detect and reject pixels further than ksigma from the fitted
+	    # line.
+	    ngoodpix = zsc_reject_pixels (data, Memr[flat], Memr[normx],
+		Mems[badpix], npix, sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold,
+		ngrow)
+
+	    # Solve for the coefficients of the fitted line.  Note that after
+	    # pixel rejection the sum of the X values need no longer be zero.
+
+	    if (ngoodpix > 0) {
+		rowrat = sumx / sumxsqr
+		z0 = (sumz - rowrat * sumxz) / (ngoodpix - rowrat * sumx)
+		dz = (sumxz - z0 * sumx) / sumxsqr
+	    }
+
+# call eprintf ("fit: z0=%g, dz=%g, threshold=%g, npix=%d\n")
+# call pargr(z0); call pargr(dz); call pargr(threshold); call pargi(ngoodpix)
+
+	    if (ngoodpix >= last_ngoodpix || ngoodpix < minpix)
+		break
+	}
+
+	# Transform the line coefficients back to the X range [1:npix].
+	zstart = z0 - dz
+	zslope = dz * xscale
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_FLATTEN_DATA -- Compute and subtract the fitted line from the data array,
+# returned the flattened data in FLAT.
+
+procedure zsc_flatten_data (data, flat, x, npix, z0, dz)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data  (output)
+real	x[npix]			# x value of each pixel
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+real	z0, dz			# z-intercept, dz/dx of fitted line
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    flat[i] = data[i] - (x[i] * dz + z0)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_COMPUTE_SIGMA -- Compute the root mean square deviation from the
+# mean of a flattened array.  Ignore rejected pixels.
+
+int procedure zsc_compute_sigma (a, badpix, npix, mean, sigma)
+
+real	a[npix]			# flattened data array
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+real	mean, sigma		# (output)
+
+real	pixval
+int	i, ngoodpix
+double	sum, sumsq, temp
+
+begin
+	sum = 0
+	sumsq = 0
+	ngoodpix = 0
+
+	# Accumulate sum and sum of squares.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == GOOD_PIXEL) {
+		pixval = a[i]
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix + 1
+		sum = sum + pixval
+		sumsq = sumsq + pixval ** 2
+	    }
+
+	# Compute mean and sigma.
+	switch (ngoodpix) {
+	case 0:
+	    mean = INDEF
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	case 1:
+	    mean = sum
+	    sigma = INDEF
+	default:
+	    mean = sum / ngoodpix
+	    temp = sumsq / (ngoodpix - 1) - sum**2 / (ngoodpix * (ngoodpix - 1))
+	    if (temp < 0)		# possible with roundoff error
+		sigma = 0.0
+	    else
+		sigma = sqrt (temp)
+	}
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
+
+
+# ZSC_REJECT_PIXELS -- Detect and reject pixels more than "threshold" greyscale
+# units from the fitted line.  The residuals about the fitted line are given
+# by the "flat" array, while the raw data is in "data".  Each time a pixel
+# is rejected subtract its contributions from the matrix sums and flag the
+# pixel as rejected.  When a pixel is rejected reject its neighbors out to
+# a specified radius as well.  This speeds up convergence considerably and
+# produces a more stringent rejection criteria which takes advantage of the
+# fact that bad pixels tend to be clumped.  The number of pixels left in the
+# fit is returned as the function value.
+
+int procedure zsc_reject_pixels (data, flat, normx, badpix, npix,
+				 sumxsqr, sumxz, sumx, sumz, threshold, ngrow)
+
+real	data[npix]		# raw data array
+real	flat[npix]		# flattened data array
+real	normx[npix]		# normalized x values of pixels
+short	badpix[npix]		# bad pixel flags (!= 0 if bad pixel)
+int	npix
+double	sumxsqr,sumxz,sumx,sumz	# matrix sums
+real	threshold		# threshold for pixel rejection
+int	ngrow			# number of pixels of growing
+
+int	ngoodpix, i, j
+real	residual, lcut, hcut
+double	x, z
+
+begin
+	ngoodpix = npix
+	lcut = -threshold
+	hcut = threshold
+
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    if (badpix[i] == BAD_PIXEL)
+		ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+	    else {
+		residual = flat[i]
+		if (residual < lcut || residual > hcut) {
+		    # Reject the pixel and its neighbors out to the growing
+		    # radius.  We must be careful how we do this to avoid
+		    # directional effects.  Do not turn off thresholding on
+		    # pixels in the forward direction; mark them for rejection
+		    # but do not reject until they have been thresholded.
+		    # If this is not done growing will not be symmetric.
+
+		    do j = max(1,i-ngrow), min(npix,i+ngrow) {
+#call eprintf ("\t\t%d->%d\tcheck\n");call pargi(j); call pargs(badpix[j])
+			if (badpix[j] != BAD_PIXEL) {
+			    if (j <= i) {
+				x = normx[j]
+				z = data[j]
+#call eprintf ("\treject [%d:%6g]=%6g sum[xsqr,xz,z]\n")
+#call pargi(j); call pargd(x); call pargd(z)
+#call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+#call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+				sumxsqr = sumxsqr - (x ** 2)
+				sumxz = sumxz - z * x
+				sumx = sumx - x
+				sumz = sumz - z
+#call eprintf ("\t%10g %10g %10g\n")
+#call pargd(sumxsqr); call pargd(sumxz); call pargd(sumz)
+				badpix[j] = BAD_PIXEL
+				ngoodpix = ngoodpix - 1
+			    } else
+				badpix[j] = REJECT_PIXEL
+#call eprintf ("\t\t%d->%d\tset\n");call pargi(j); call pargs(badpix[j])
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	return (ngoodpix)
+end
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25f00c65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/window.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#{ WINDOW -- Adjust the lookup tables for the current frame.
+
+{
+	_dcontrol (type="frame", window+)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x b/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06813f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/x_iis.x
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# Driver for image control
+
+task cv  = t_cv,
+     cvl = t_load
+     #giis = t_giis
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9aa48959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#{ ZOOM -- Zoom in on a portion of the display.
+
+# zoom_factor,i,a,2,1,4,factor by which image scale is to be expanded
+# window,b,h,no,,,window enlarged image
+
+{
+	if (window)
+	    _dcontrol (zoom=zoom_factor, roam=yes, window=yes)
+	else
+	    _dcontrol (zoom=zoom_factor, roam=yes)
+}
diff --git a/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..849c3439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pkg/images/tv/iis/zoom.par
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+zoom_factor,i,a,2,1,4,factor by which image scale is to be expanded
+window,b,h,no,,,window enlarged image